technical handbook - lincoln electricnovember 2006, metrode joined the lincoln electric company as a...

TechnicalHandbook

Metrode Welding Consumables

WORLDWIDE WELDING CONSUMABLESFOR HIGH INTEGRITY APPLICATIONS

- Power Generation- Nuclear Industry- Petrochemical Industry- Offshore Industry

www.metrode.com

www.metrode.com 1

Introduction to Metrode .................................................................................................................................. 2Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes. .........................................................................................4

A. Low alloy steels ............................................................................................................................................6• CrMo creep resisting consumables• MnMo low alloy steels• High toughness Ni bearing low alloy steels• High strength low alloy steels

B. Stainless steels ........................................................................................................................................... 93• Martensitic stainless steels• Austenitic stainless steels• 309L and 309Mo stainless steels• Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels

C. High temperature alloys........................................................................................................................... 223• High carbon 300 series stainless steels• High temperature 309 and 310 stainless steels• High carbon austenitic alloys (including 330, 800, HP40

D. Nickel base alloys .....................................................................................................................................280• 182 type alloys• 625 type alloys• Alloy C types• Specialist nickel base alloys• Nickel based non-ferrous alloys

E. Repair and maintenance ........................................................................................................................... 330• Cast iron• Dissimilar welding• Copper alloy consumables• Hardfacing• Special mild steel

F. Fluxes for submerged arc welding ........................................................................................................... 382• Fluxes for use with low alloy CrMo, stainless steel and nickel base wires

G. Other useful information ......................................................................................................................... 389• Abbreviations, element symbols, welding positions• Schaeffler and WRC diagrams• Conversions• Packaging and storage

• Index 1 Product designations• Index 2 Consumable specifications• Index 3 Materials to be welded

TA BLE OF CONTENT S

www.metrode.com2

1. The companyMetrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the UK's leading manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. The Company is particularly strong in those industries which require the highest integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and nuclear. In the two last decades, the export market has been vigorously developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an extensive overseas network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. November 2006, Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.

2. ScopeThis handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the correct choice of welding consumables.

This 2016 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 13) contains over 100 data sheets covering about 350 arc welding consumables. About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are complemented by a wide range of solid wires, tubular flux cored and metal cored wires for the other popular arc welding processes. The range has applications for all industrially significant steels and alloy systems except for titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is currently being devoted to developing a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil and gas industries, high temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of nickel based alloys. Data sheets for some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on request.

3. The productsMetrode offers one of the largest ranges of alloyed welding consumables available from a single source. The products range from those suitable for low alloy steels, through numerous diverse stainless steels, to those matching the performance of nickel-base alloys.

All the major arc welding processes are catered for and the range covers Manual Metal Arc Electrodes (MMA/SMAW), Solid and Cored Wires for Gas Shielded Welding (MIG/MAG/GMAW and FCAW), Solid Wires for TIG Welding (TIG/GTAW), wire/flux combinations for Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) and strip/flux combinations for electroslag strip cladding (ESW).

The products are listed in the index at the back and more detailed information and guidance notes on selection are given in the individual data sheets.

4. Availability and special servicesMetrode is uniquely geared for rapid delivery from our very large stocks and through a flexible development and manufacturing system.

5. Standard product rangeAll the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most commonly used sizes.

6. Special product rangeThe special product range covers a wider range of the less common products and non-standard sizes. These items may be subject to minimum order value/quantity requirements and to longer lead times. Further information on the Product Range is available from our Customer Care Department.

7. Special servicesMetrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made formulations are developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.

8. DevelopmentMetrode maintains a close awareness of future welding consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association (EWA), The Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and research organisations both in the UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team working together with the sophisticated R&D resources within the Lincoln Electric Company group to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication industry.

INTRODUC TION TO ME TRODE

www.metrode.com 3

9. Technical supportTechnical support is available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural guidance.Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.

Facilities are available at Metrode as well as large numbers of other Lincoln facilities worldwide for demonstration, training and evaluation for all the major welding processes which utilise Metrode consumables.

10. Specifications and certificationMetrode consumables are manufactured to conform with the current issues of BS EN, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME standards where applicable. When incompatible variations exist between different specifications for equivalent types, these are indicated on the data sheet. Where a product does not strictly conform to a standard the specification is shown in brackets for guidance only.

Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some hardfacing/maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.

Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.

11. Health and safetyWelding produces fumes and gases which can be dangerous to your health. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin. Electric shock can kill.

It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be based upon information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and Safety booklet which may be obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific legislation outside the UK.Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.Metrode is approved to ISO 14001.

12. Quality assuranceMetrode's historic reputation for quality is sustained by the active and continuous implementation of a stringent quality assurance programme recognised by international authorities.

Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing is certified by:Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.TÜV NORD to AD2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100, VdTÜV-Merkblatt 1153 & KTA 1408, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-0874/7/001.

13. Quality policyIt is Metrode’s mission to achieve and maintain success in its chosen market of supplying welding consumables to users worldwide through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product leadership.

This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:• Ensuring that each customer’s needs are clearly defined and understood.• Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that quality is everyone’s responsibility.

• Supplying products that satisfy each customer’s quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the profitability of the company.

• Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customer’s wishes remain the prime focus at all time.• Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and reviewing quality objectives.

To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that complies with ISO 9001 and applicable regulatory requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and promote a culture committed to excellence in everything we do.

Our Quality Assurance Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality system and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.

3

www.metrode.com4

The individual data sheets collect all of the processes (MMA, TIG, MIG, SAW and FCAW) onto a single data sheet, allowing all products for any alloy type – eg 316L – to be seen at a glance. The front page of each data sheet provides the generic information on that particular alloy – alloy type, materials to be welded, applications, microstructure, welding guidelines, PWHT, additional information and products available. The data specific to the individual products – product description, specifications, analysis, mechanical properties etc – are then given on subsequent pages.

There are seven main sections comprising:A. Low alloy steelsB. Stainless steelsC. High temperature alloysD. Nickel base alloysE. Repair and maintenance – including cast iron, hardfacing, dissimilar, copper and its alloys, and some specialist mild steel consumablesF. Fluxes for submerged arc weldingG. Other useful information.

There are three comprehensive indices at the back of the Handbook – by product designation, by consumable specification and by base material – to aid navigation around the Handbook.

GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTESEach data sheet is headed with a unique number for easy reference. The same number also appears at the bottom right hand corner of each page of the data sheet.Data sheet revision status is given at the foot of the page.The Metrode designation in bold type should be used when ordering. It is printed on each electrode, stamped on many TIG wires and identifies all package labels.Each data sheet is sub-divided under self-explanatory headings, some of which are briefly outlined below.

Materials to be weldedExamples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed that this is a guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.

Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered trade names from Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.

ApplicationsInformation is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is suitable for the specific and intended purpose.

Welding guidelinesBrief guidelines on preheat, post weld heat treatment (PWHT) and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy. The user is responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.

Additional informationUseful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where appropriate. Technical profiles are also available for a number of products.

Specifications, approvalsSee specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the nearest specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode

CompositionComposition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.

Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often reflected in tighter data sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not satisfy all these constraints, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed otherwise.

See also specification notes on previous introductory page.Note that flux covered MMA electrodes and tubular cored wires are defined by all-weld deposit analysis, solid wires by product analysis, and fluxes by deposit analysis from appropriate combination with relevant solid wires.

DATA SHEE T S : INTRODUC TION A ND E X PL A N ATORY NOTES

www.metrode.com 5

DATA SHEETS: INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES

All-weld mechanical propertiesMinimum and typical tensile and impact properties are given where applicable to satisfy national specifications or material requirements. Caution is generally advised in translating these all-weld (longitudinal) values to joint (transverse) test values.

Operating parametersCurrent ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables such as welding position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc. Most electrodes operate smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode) and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open circuit voltage) is given.

Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this usually applies to 3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient room for manipulation. Where vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.

Packaging dataFor electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but may be subject to change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube, spool and coil weights are also provided. Contact Metrode for latest information if required.

Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this packaging is regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic alternative to smaller units of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.

Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure that the unpacked electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.

The majority of MMA electrodes are printed individually with both the designation or classification number and batch number, while the TIG wires are marked individually with designation/classification number or together with batch number.

Fume dataTo assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself comprises oxides, silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.

An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone concentration. This control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For example, a significant proportion of the chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux cored wire is present in hexavalent form with a limit of 0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around 1mg/m3. In fume generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all chromium is trivalent and the total fume OES is higher.

TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.

In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.

WebsiteInevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website (www.metrode.com) overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on the website and are updated as soon as the data sheet is revised.

www.metrode.com6

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

Section A : Low Alloy Steels

LOW A LLOY STEELS INCLUDING THE CrMo CR EEP R ESISTING CONSUM A BLES

METRODE PRODUCTS LTDHANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEYSURREY, KT16 9LL, UKTel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168Email: [email protected]: www.metrode.com

This section includes consumables suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium tensile grain-refined CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately –75°C) to specialised heat and creep-resistant CrMo types reaching the threshold of stainlessness at 12%Cr.Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high resistance to moisture absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen potential. With increasing weld and base metal strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural parameter, coupled with preheat where necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:

For guidance, preheat up to 50°C for CE < 0.40, 100°C for < 0.55, 150°C for < 0.70, 200°C for < 0.80, 250°C for 0.90 or above. However, note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control to maintain optimum strength and toughness. High joint restraint may require higher preheats.A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: ‘Welding steels without hydrogen cracking’, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally essential to temper the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent as-welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the leaner low carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used for repairs under local preheat..

Carbon equivalent (CE) = C + Mn + Cr + Mo + V + Cu + Ni6 155

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO ClassificationsCr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry

A-10 ½MoMMA Mo.B E7018-A1 E Mo BTIG/MIG CMo ER70S-A1 MoSi

A-12 1¼Cr½Mo

MMAChromet 1 E8018-B2 E CrMo1 BChromet 1L E7015-B2L E CrMo1L BChromet 1X E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B

TIG/MIG1CrMo ER80S-G CrMo1SiER80S-B2 ER80S-B2 --

SAW SA 1CrMo EB2 CrMo1FCW Cormet 1 E81T1-B2 T55T1-1C/M-1CM

A-13 2¼Cr1Mo

MMAChromet 2 E9018-B3 E CrMo2 BChromet 2L E8015-B3L E CrMo2L BChromet 2X E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B

TIG/MIG2CrMo ER90S-G CrMo2SiER90S-B3 ER90S-B3 --

SAW SA 2CrMo EB3 CrMo2

FCWCormet 2 E91T1-B3 T62T1-1C/M-2CMCormet 2L E91T1-B3L T62T1-1C/M-2CML

A-14 CrMoVMMA

Chromet 1V -- ECrMoV1 B13CMV -- (ECrMoV1 B)

FCW Cormet 1V -- --

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO ClassificationsCr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry (continued)

A-15 5CrMoMMA Chromet 5 E8015-B6 E CrMo5 BTIG/MIG 5CrMo ER80S-B6 CrMo5SiSAW 5CrMo EB6 S CrMo5

A-16 9CrMoMMA Chromet 9 E8015-B8 E CrMo9 BTIG/MIG 9CrMo ER80S-B8 CrMo9SAW SA 9CrMo EB8 S CrMo9

A-17 P91

MMA

Chromet 9MV-N E9015-B91 E CrMo91 BChromet 9MVN+ E9015-B91 E CrMo91 BChromet 9-B9 E9015-B91 E CrMo91 BChromet 91VNB E9015-B91 E CrMo91 B

TIG/MIG 9CrMoV-N ER90S-B9 CrMo919CrMoV ER90S-B9 9C1MV

MCW Cormet M91 E90C-B9 T69T15-0M-9C1MVSAW 9CrMoV-N EB91 (S CrMo91)FCW Supercore F91 E91T1-B9 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV

A-18 E911MMA Chromet 10MW E9015-G (E911) --FCW Cormet 10MW -- --

A-19 12CrMoVMMA Chromet 12MV -- E CrMoWV 12 1 BTIG 12CrMoV -- W CrMoWV12 1

A-20 P92

MMA Chromet 92 E9015-B92 --TIG/MIG 9CrWV ER90S-G (92) --SAW 9CrWV EG (92) --FCW Supercore F92 E91T1-G(92) --

A-21 T23MMA Chromet 23L E9015-G(23) --TIG 2CrWV ER90S-G (23) --

A-23 WB36MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --TIG MnMo ER80S-D2 --SAW SA 1NiMo EF3 S3Ni1Mo

A-25 W B2 / 921MMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G --FCW Supercore WB2 E91T1-G --

High toughness 1-3%Ni consumables for applications from –40°C down to about –75°C

A-40 MnMoMMA Tufmet 1Ni.B E8018-C3 E 46 6 1Ni B 42TIG/MIG 1Ni ER80S-Ni1 (3Ni1)FCW Metcore DWA 55E E71T-5 T 42 4 PM1 H5

A-41 NiMoMMA Tufmet 2Ni.B E8018-C1 E 46 6 2Ni B 42TIG 2Ni ER80S-Ni2 (2Ni2)

A-42 3Ni MMA Tufmet 3Ni.B E8018-C2 E 46 6 3Ni B 42

Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa

A-50 MnMoMMA

E9018-D1 E9018-D1 BS: MnMo.BHE10018-D2 E10018-D2 E 624 Mn1NiMo B

TIG/MIG MnMo ER80S-D2 4Mo

A-60 NiMoMMA

Tufmet 1NiMo E9016-G --E11018-M E11018-M --Tufmet 3NiMo E12016-G --

TIG/MIG ER110S-G ER110S-G Mn3Ni1CrMoA-61 NiMo MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --

Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten

A-70 CortenMMA 1NiCu.B E8018-W2 E 55 18-NCC1 ATIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W ER80S-G (Mn3Ni1Cu)

Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag techniqueA-80 Rail MMA Railrod - -

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com8

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-10

ALLOY TYPEFerritic creep resisting 0.5%Mo steels for elevated temperature service.

0.5%Mo CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDPIPE/TUBEASTM

A335 grade P1A209 & A 250 grade T1

BS3059 grade 2433606 grades 243, 245, 261

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Mo.B AWS E7018-A1 H4TIG/MIG CMo AWS ER70S-A1

APPLICATIONSNominal 0.5% Mo alloying results in improved elevated temperature performance over that of CMn steels. Used for the fabrication of vessels and associated pipework demanding creep rupture strength and ductility at temperatures up to about 450°C.The Mo content also enhances resistance to hydrogen attack in chemical process plant operation.Favourable mechanical properties of both as-welded and stress-relieved weld metal are also useful in welding structural and general engineering steels for ambient or sub-zero temperature service. In this respect these consumables are related to the higher strength manganese-molybdenum alloyed steel consumables.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the stress-relieved condition the microstructure consists of acicular ferrite with some tempered bainite.

PWHTPWHT to temper the weldment varies according to the code; the extremes range from 550°C up to 720°C but the most common range is 630-670°C. For material up to 20mm thick some codes allow the PWHT to be omitted.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperatures are normally in the range 100-250°C depending upon thickness being welded and restraint.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSFor high strength structural welding applications the MnMo alloys (A-50) are related.


FORGEDASTM

A336 grade F1A204 grades A, B, C

BS EN10028-2 grade 16Mo3 (1.5415)

DIN16Mo3 (1.5415)16Mo5 (1.5423)10MnMo 4 5 (1.5424)11MnMo 4 5 (1.5425)

CASTASTM

A217 grade WC1A352 grade LC1

BS EN1504 grade 2453100 grade B1

DINGS-22Mo 4 (1.5419)

www.metrode.com 9

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-10-Mo.B | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic flux, metal powder type coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 600-650ºC/h * Min. Typical As Welded Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 510 550-610 5900.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 460-525 480

Elongation (%) 4d 22 27-32 275d 22 23-29 23

Reduction of area % -- 65-72 68Impact ISO-V(J) -20°C -- 130 100

-30°C -- 115 --Hardness (HV) -- 200 200

* BS and DIN: 600ºC/1h; AWS: 620ºC/1h. Satisfactory properties are also obtained in the as-welded condition.

Mo.BMOLYBDENUM ALLOYED MM A ELECTRODE FOR ELE VATED TEMPER ATURE SERVICE

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

FUME DATAFume composition, wt % typical

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 17 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2FPA/1G PF/3GuPC/2G PE/4G

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E7018-A1 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E Mo B 3 2BS and AWS Mn ranges overlap, but required specification should be stated on order.

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 4QW4 42 A-No 2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

min. -- 0.75 -- -- -- -- -- 0.40 --max. 0.10 1.20 0.60 0.025 0.030 0.20 -- 0.65 --

Typical 0.05 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.015 0.05 0.05 0.55 0.05* BS2493 Mn:Si ≥2:1, AWS A5.5 Mn 0.90% max.

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Length (mm) 350 350 450 450kg/carton 12.0 12.9 13.5 16.5

Pieces/carton 552 390 246 153

www.metrode.com10

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-10-CMo | Rev. 01-03/16

CMo0.5%Mo SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR CREEP RESISTING STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCopper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu V

Min. 0.08 0.90 0.50 -- -- -- 0.45 -- -- --Max. 0.12 1.30 0.70 0.020 0.020 0.2 0.60 0.20 0.3 0.03

Typical 0.1 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.5 0.02 0.05 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Properties as-welded (AW) or PWHT: Min. Typical TIG MAG Ar + 5% CO2AW 620ºC/1h AW 620ºC/1h

Tensile strength (MPa) 515 662 640 650 6200.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 540 520 530 505

Elongation (%) 4d 19 29 25 29 255d 22 26 24 25 24

Impact ISO-V(J) -30°C -- 52 170 42 96Hardness HV -- 210/245 205/230 215/235 200/220

*Minimum values are after PWHT 620ºC/1h (AWS) or 595ºC/0.5h (DIN) and as-welded for BS EN.MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) will have lower strength than shown.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters

TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon + 2-20%CO2 / Argon +1.5%O2 or proprietary DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4

TIG - 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15 kg spool - -

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)55 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)ISO 21952-A W Mo Si (TIG wire)En ISO 14341-A G 46 3 M 2Mo (MIG wire)


www.metrode.com 11

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-12 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-12

ALLOY TYPE1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated temperature service

1¼CR-½Mo CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product Specification

MMAChromet 1 AWS E8018-B2Chromet 1L AWS E7015-B2LChromet 1X * AWS E8018-B2

TIG/MIG1CrMo BS EN CrMo1SiER80S-B2 AWS ER80S-B2

SAWSA 1CrMo AWS EB2LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1

FCW Cormet 1 AWS E81T1-B2

* Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant (TER) version of Chromet 1.

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed for prolonged Elevated temperature service up to 550°C. Main areas of application are associated with steam generating power plant, eg piping, turbine castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler superheaters. Some of the consumables will also find service in refineries where they are used for corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at 250-450°C. Some of the consumables will also find applications in the chemical and petro-chemical industries where they are used for resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as-welded condition the consumables also provide a useful source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal wear and heavy impact.

MICROSTRUCTUREAfter PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered bainite.

PWHTApart from some special applications, PWHT will always be required. PWHT temperature is typically 690°C with time being dependent on section thickness.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperature 200°C minimum, up to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout welding cycle and some time after completion of welding.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere are Technical Profiles available which cover some of the consumables on this data sheet. Additional information is available on Chromet 1X and Cormet 1.

BS1501 Gr 620 & 6211502 Gr 6201503 Gr 620 & 6211504 Gr 6213100 Gr B23604 Gr 620/440 & 6213059 Gr 620/460

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM

A387 Gr 11 & 12A182 F11 & F12A217 WC6 & WC11A234 WP11 & WP12A199 T11A200 T11A213 T11 & T12A335 P11 & P12

BS EN & DIN13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355)13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335)16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337)11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339)GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128)GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357)


www.metrode.com12

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-12-CHROMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESHT 690°C/1h min typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 6400.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 570

Elongation (%) 4d 19 255d 20 24

Reduction of area % -- 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 160

Hardness (HV) AW -- 250PWHT -- 210

CHROMET 11¼CR-½Mo MM A ELECTRODE

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.

Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8018-B2 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5518-1CMAPPROVALS TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu Nb

Min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- --Max. 0.12 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 1.40 0.65 0.3 0.2 0.01

Typical 0.07 0.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 1.25 0.55 0.1 <0.1 0.01 * Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

www.metrode.com 13

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-12-CHROMET 1L | Rev. 01-03/16

CHROMET 1LLOW C ARBON 1¼CR-½Mo MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet ‘sour’ environments. Also suitable for thin section joints which are to be left in the as-welded condition.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M 7015-B2L H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1L B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5216-1CML


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu

Min. 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 --Max. 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.025 1.40 0.65 0.15

Typical 0.04 0.80 0.40 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.55 <0.10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1h Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 19 265d 20 23

Reduction of area % - 68Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C - 180

-10°C - 120Hardness (HV) AW - 220

PWHT - 200





min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240




www.metrode.com14

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS CHROMET 1X

1¼CR-½Mo ALLOYED MMA ELECTRODE FOR TEMPER EMBRIT TLEMENT RESISTANCE


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) Min. Typical 690°C/5h typical 690°C/5h + SC typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 610 610 5950.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 525 515 490

Elongation (%) 4d 19 25 29 295d 20 21 25 25

Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 (2) 160 200 200

-30°C -- 100 160 140Hardness (HV) AW -- 300-320 -- --

PWHT -- 200-210 220 190(1) BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h. (2) DIN & BS EN minimum average.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement resistance with prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8018-B2 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-1CM


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As

Min. 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- --Max. 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 1.40 0.65 0.15 0.005 0.010

Typical 0.06 0.70 0.25 0.012 0.009 1.25 0.55 <0.05 0.002 0.003* Mn+Si < 1.10%Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm)/100 = 15 Max Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x(P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max






DS A-12-CHROMET 1X | Rev. 02-08/16

www.metrode.com 15

LOW ALLOY STEELS

1CrMoSOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCopper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels, conforming to European and ISO specifications.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu

Min. 0.08 0.8 0.5 - - 0.9 0.45 - -Max. 0.14 1.2 0.8 0.02 0.02 1.3 0.65 - 0.4

Typical 0.1 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.015 1.2 0.5 <0.1 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/4h (AWS=1h) Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 635 5900.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 520 480

Elongation (%) 4d 19 28 265d 20 23 22

Impact ISO-V(J) -10°C - >200 >115Hardness HV - 220 195

HB - 215 190


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar-5%CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2

TIG -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-GBS EN ISO21952-A CrMo1Si (W = TIG, G=MIG)APPROVALS TÜV


DS A-12-1CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com16

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS ER80S-B2

SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCopper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 1¼Cr-½Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME specification.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu

Min. 0.07 0.4 0.4 - - 1.2 0.4 - -Max. 0.12 0.7 0.7 0.020 0.020 1.5 0.65 0.2 0.35

Typical 0.10 0.5 0.5 0.01 0.015 1.3 0.5 <0.1 0.10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/4h (AWS=620°C /1h) Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG


Elongation (%) 4d 19 27 265d 17 25 20

Impact ISO-V(J) -10°C - >200 >115Hardness HV - 220 195

HB - 215 190



PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2

TIG - - - - 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel - - - -

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-B2BS EN ISO 21952-B 1CM



Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

DS A-12-ER80S-B2 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 17

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SA 1CrMoSOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu

SA1CrMo wire 0.1 0.8 0.15 0.01 0.012 1.3 0.55 0.01Deposit with LA436. 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5 00.1

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 2.4 3.2

SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool



Elongation (%) 4d 20 255d 20 23

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 >100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred.

For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

FUME DATASAW fume negligible

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.23M EB2BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo1


DS A-12-SA1CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com18

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS LA436

SUB-ARC FLUX

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES with SA 1CRMO WIRETypical PWHT 690-720°C/1-2h

Tensile strength (MPa) 6200.2% proof strength (MPa) 535

Elongation (%) 4d 25Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C >100

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONLA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo

SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.23M F9 P0-EB3 B3BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No --QW4 42 A-No --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferredFor 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA

Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.

DS A-12-LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 19

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-12-CORMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16

CORMET 1ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.). Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range Typical stickout1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm1.6 220 – 350A, 26-32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm

FUME DATAFume composition (wt%)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCormet 1 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu

Min. 0.05 -- -- -- -- 1.00 0.40 -Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.03 0.03 1.50 0.65 0.30

Typical 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 0.55 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1-2h Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 19 245d 17 22

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 150-20°C -- 80

Hardness (HV) -- 200

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 16kg.The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.29M E81T1-B2C/M-H4AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B2-H4 or E81T1-M21PZ-B2-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-1CM


www.metrode.com20

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS Data Sheet A-13

ALLOY TYPE2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated temperature service.

2 ¼Cr-1Mo CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAChromet 2 AWS E9018-B3Chromet 2L AWS E8015-B3LChromet 2X * AWS E9018-B3

TIG/MIG2CrMo BS EN CrMo2SiER90S-B3 AWS ER90S-B3

SAWSA 2CrMo AWS EB3LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1

FCWCormet 2 AWS E91T1-B3Cormet 2L AWS E91T1-B3L

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed for prolonged elevated temperature service up to 600°C. Main areas of application are associated with steam generating power plant, eg piping, turbine castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler superheaters. Some of the consumables will also find service in refineries where they are used for corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at 250-450°C. Some of the consumables will also find applications in the chemical and petro-chemical industries where they are used for resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as-welded condition the consumables also provide a useful source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal wear, heavy impact and the repair of P20 mould steel.


PWHTApart from some special applications, PWHT will always be required. PWHT temperature is typically 690°C with time being dependent on section thickness.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperature 250°C minimum, up to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout welding cycle and some time after completion of welding.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere are Technical Profiles available which cover some of the consumables on this data sheet. Additional information is available on Chromet 2X and Cormet 2.



A387 Gr 21&22A182 F22A217 WC9A234 WP22A199 T21,T22A200 T21,T22A335 P22A234 WP22

Also Cr-Mo-V steelsBS 1503 Gr 660BS 1504 Gr 660

BS 3100 Gr B7 BS 3604 Gr 660

BS EN & DIN11 CrMo 9-10 (1.7383)10 CrMo 9-10 (1.7380)GS-18CrMo 9 10 (1.7379)GS-12CrMo 9 10 (1.7380)6CrMo 9 10 (1.7385)12CrMo 9 10 (1.7375)

BS1501 Gr 6221503 Gr 6221504 Gr 6223100 Gr B33604 Gr 6223059 Gr 622/640 & 622/490

* Chromet 2X is the temper embrittlement resistant (TER) version of Chromet 2.

DS A-13 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 21

LOW ALLOY STEELS






Elongation (%) 4d 17 225d 18 20


Hardness (HV) AW -- 300-320PWHT -- 220-250

CHROMET 22¼Cr-1Mo MM A ELECTRODE.


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9018-B3 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2 H 5BS en ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1MAPPROVALS TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb

min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- 0.90 -- --max. 0.10 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 2.50 0.3 1.20 0.2 0.01

Typical 0.07 0.8 0.60 0.01 0.02 2.3 0.1 1.0 0.1 0.01* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.

Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)15 5 <0.1 1 <0.2 18 5

DS A-13-CHROMET 2 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com22

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS CHROMET 2L

LOW C ARBON 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu

Min. 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --Max. 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.015 0.020 2.50 1.20 0.15

Typical 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 2.25 1.05 < 0.10 * Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8015-B3L H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2L B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-2C1ML


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for resistance to sul-phide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet ‘sour’ environments. The lower hardness of Chromet 2L can also be benefi-cial for welds that cannot be subsequently PWHT.




Elongation (%) 4d 17 245d 18 20

Reduction of area % -- 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 160

-10°C -- 90Hardness (HV) AW -- 250-260

PWHT -- 210-220


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240




Length (mm) 350 350 450kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.4

Pieces/carton 621 396 228STORAGE





www.metrode.com 23

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 2X2¼Cr-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE FOR TEMPER EMBRIT TLEMENT RESISTANCE.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

Min. 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- -- --Max. 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 2.50 1.20 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005

Typical 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.010 2.25 1.05 < 0.05 0.002 0.003 < 0.002 * Mn+Si < 1.10%Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max 100

Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x (P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9018-B3 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement resistance after prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC= step cooled) Min. Typical 690°/5h typical 690°C/5h + SC typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 27 255d 18 19 24 20

Reduction of area % -- 65 70 65Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 (2) 140 170 170

-30°C -- 80 140 110Hardness (HV) AW -- 300-320 -- --

PWHT -- 220-250 195 205(1) BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h. (2) DIN & BS EN minimum average.


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240



Pieces/carton 681 375 270 171STORAGE






DS A-13-CHROMET 2X | Rev. 02-08/16

www.metrode.com24

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS 2CrMo

SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCopper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European and ISO specifications.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

Min. 0.06 0.80 0.50 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --Max. 0.12 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 2.70 -- 1.10 0.40

Typical 0.1 1.0 0.6 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.15

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER90S-GBS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo2Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)APPROVALS TÜV


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1h (1) Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG


Elongation (%) 4d 17 26 235d 15 21 20

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- > 150 > 95Hardness (HV) HV -- 225 220

HB -- 220 215

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5



PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2

TIG -- -- 5 kg tube To order 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- --

DS A-13-2CrMo | Rev. 03-08/16

www.metrode.com 25

LOW ALLOY STEELS

ER90S-B3SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCopper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 2¼Cr-1Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME specification.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni

Min. 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 2.30 0.90 -- --Max. 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 2.70 1.20 0.35 0.20

Typical 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 2.4 1 0.1 < 0.1

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER90S-B3BS EN ISO 21952-B 2C1M


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1h Min. Typical TIG Typical MIG


Elongation (%) 4d 17 27 235d 15 25 20

Impact ISO-V(J) -10°C -- > 150 > 95Hardness (HV) HV -- 225 220

HB -- 220 215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters



TIG -- -- -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- --



DS A-13-ER90S-B3 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com26

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS SA 2CrMo

SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels.


SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.60 0.12 0.010 0.012 2.40 1.00 0.15Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.80 0.40 < 0.01 < 0.02 2.10 1.00 0.15



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (LA436 FLUX)PWHT 690°C/1h Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 245d 18 23

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 > 100



SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool



DS A-13-SA2CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 27

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LA436SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONLA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.


SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.6 0.12 0.010 0.012 2.4 1.0 0.15Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0 0.15

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.23M F9 P0-EB3 B3BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690-720°C/1-2h Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 24Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C > 100


PACKAGING DATA

Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.

DS A-13-LA436 | Rev. 02-08/16

www.metrode.com28

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS CORMET 2 / 2L

ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCormet 2 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire. Cormet 2L, which is the low carbon version, is available to order; this wire finds applications for as-welded repairs in power generation plant and the lower hardness may provide some benefits in some petrochemical applications.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C* Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu

Min. 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.30

Typical 0.06 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.3 1.0 0.05 * Cormet 2L C < 0.05%, typical 0.04%

PACKAGING DATA16kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton. The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

SPECIFICATIONSCormet 2 Cormet 2L

AWS A5.29M E91T1-B3C/M-H4 E91T1-B3LC /M-H4AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-B3-H4 or E91T1-C1PZ-B3L-H4 or

E91T1-M21PZ-B3-H4* E91T1-M21PZ-B3L-H4*BS EN ISO 17634-B T62T1-1C/M-2C1M T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML


* dependent on shielding gas

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 690°C/1h-2h Min. Cormet 2 typical Cormet 2Ltypical (as-welded)

Tensile strength (MPa) 620 680 --0.2% proof strength (MPa) 540 570 --

Elongation (%) 4d 17 21 --5d 15 19 --

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 150 40-20°C -- 60 --

Hardness (HV) -- 220 270

OPERATING PARAMETERS

Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.)Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.0 120 - 220A, 22 - 30V 150A, 25V 15 - 25mm1.2 160 - 260A, 24 - 30V 190A, 25V 15 - 25mm1.6 220 - 350A, 26 - 32V 260A, 28V 15 - 25mm

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Cr3 Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)20 8 1 < 1 < 0.5 < 1 8 5

DS A-13-CORMET 2 / 2L | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 29

LOW ALLOY STEELS

Data Sheet A-14

ALLOY TYPE1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated temperature service

CrMoV CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL

PRODUCTS AVAILABLEProcess Product Specification

MMAChromet 1V BS EN ECrMoV1B 13CMV --

FCW Cormet 1V --

APPLICATIONSCrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture propreties up to about 580°C, with a reasonable degree of corrosopn resistance in superheated steam.Typical applications for the cast materials include valve casings ans steam turbines, general use for boilers, pressure vessels in the power generation and petrochemical industries



MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTMA389 grade C24 (cast)A356 grade (cast)

ENG17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706)

DIN21 CrMoV 5 11 (1.8070)15 CrMoV 5 10 (1.7745)GS-17CrMo 5 11 (1.7706) (cast)

GEB50A224

DS A-14 | Rev. 01 -09/15

www.metrode.com30

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 700°C/1h Room Temperature High Temperature

min typical +350°C +400°C +450°CTensile strength (MPa) 590 800 750 730 695

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 435 745 675 650 620Elongation (%) 4d -- 20 -- -- --

5d 15 16 -- -- --Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 24 60 -- -- --

Hardness (HV) HV -- 275 -- -- --

CHROMET 1VBA SIC COATED MM A ELECTRODE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9018-G H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoV1 B 3 2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V

Min. 0.05 0.70 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.10Max. 0.15 1.50 0.50 0.025 0.025 1.30 1.30 0.35

Typical 0.08 0.85 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.10 1.10 0.20


Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

DS A-14-CHROMET 1V | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 31

LOW ALLOY STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels. The 13CMV electrode is manufactured to order and is of a similar composition to the Chromet 1V although the carbon (at ~0.13%) and vanadium (at ~0.25%) are typically higher. The 13CMV can also be manufactured by prior agreement to the GE specification B50A273.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

13 CMVBASIC COATED MMA ELECTRODE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS







min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240



Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V * Ni

Min. 0.10 0.3 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 --Max. 0.15 1.0 0.50 0.020 0.030 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.4

Typical 0.13 0.6 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.25 0.05

* In the GE specification V = 0.40-0.55%


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 3580-A (E CrMoV1 B 3 2)GE B50A273 By prior agreement only

DS A-14-13 CMV | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com32

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-14-CORMET 1V | Rev. 01-03/16

CORMET 1VALL POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80% Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2.

Current: DC+ve ranges as below (when using 100%CO2 increase voltage by about 2V):Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout

1.2 160-260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15-25mm


Fe Mn Cr3 Cr6 Ni F Cu OES (mg/m3)20 8 1 < 1 < 0.5 8 < 1 5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 720°C/3h Typical


Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 50Hardness (HV) HV 230

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu V Ni

Min. 0.10 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.90 -- 0.20 --Max. 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.020 0.020 1.50 1.30 0.3 0.30 0.3

Typical 0.13 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 1.1 0.1 0.25 0.1

PACKAGING DATA

Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 16kg The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite. Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

www.metrode.com 33

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-15 | Rev. 01 -09/15

Data Sheet A-15

ALLOY TYPE5%Cr-½%Mo steel for elevated temperature service up to 600°C.

5CrMo FOR ELE VATED TEMPER ATUR E

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet 5 AWS E8015-B6TIG/MIG 5CrMo AWS ER80S-B6

APPLICATIONSFor elevated temperature service up to 600°C, with corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils.Used primarily for boiler superheaters, heat exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries.This weld metal has also been used successfully for subsequent nitriding, for example in the repair of 3Cr-1Mo-V and 2Cr-Mo-1A1 (BS En40C, En41) steels used for moulds for injection-moulding of plastics.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered bainite.

PWHTPWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in the range 705-760°C (eg. BS2633 & PD5500 710-750°C, ASME B31.3 705-760°C). Minimum holding time recommended is two hours. For castings the minimum suggested PWHT temperature is lower, with temperatures as low as 670°C being specified.

WELDING GUIDELINESOwing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 400HV) and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the 5CrMo bainitic microstructure, a preheat and minimum interpass temperature of 200°C should be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen induced cold cracking. Properly controlled and handled electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a lower preheat of 150°C may be acceptable, though it should be recognised that faster cooling rates may lead to partially martensitic and harder deposits.

Full transformation of 5CrMo during welding will be completed within a 200-350°C working range, so direct transfer (at >150°C) to PWHT is permissible, followed by NDE. If PWHT will be applied after complete cool out and NDE, the preheat temperature should be maintained for some time after welding, according to thickness, to promote hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is less significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG processes.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDPLATES ASTM

A387 grade 5

PIPE / TUBEASTM

A335 grades P5, P5b A234 grade WP5 (fittings)

A199 grade T5 A213 grades T5, T5b

BS 3604 grades HFS 625, CFS 625

DIN 12CrMo 19 5 (1.7362) X7CrMo 6 1 (1.7373) X11CrMo 6 1 (1.7374)

FORGINGSASTM

A182 grade F5, F5aA336 grade F5

BS EN1503 grade 6251501 grade 625 (section & bar)

CASTASTM

A217 grade C5BS EN

1504 grade 6253100 grade B5

DINGS-12CrMo 19 5 (1.7353, 1.7363)

www.metrode.com34

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-15-CHROMET 5 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





Typical properties after PWHT * 745°C/1h ** 740°C/2h 745°C/3hMin. Typical Typical Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 550*** 610 610 5400.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 500 480 360

Elongation (%) 4d 19 25 23 285d 18 22 20 25

Reduction of area % -- 69 71 74Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 150 130 140

-10°C -- 80 50 50Hardness cap/mid -- 210/205 210/200 205/160

* AWS A5.4 requires a PWHT of 840-870°C/2h, (this PWHT is never applied in practice so is not shown).** This is the AWS A5.5 PWHT (732-760°C/1h). BS is 725-745°C/2h, BS EN & DIN is 730-760°C/1h.*** BS EN and DIN minimum is 590MPa. There are no base material grades requiring such a high tensile strength ASTM is 414-552MPa dependent on grade.

CHROMET 5 5%Cr-0.5%Mo MM A ELECTRODE

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8015-B6 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo5 B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-5CM


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 4.0 -- 0.45 --max. 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.025 0.030 6.0 0.40 0.65 0.3

Typical 0.06 0.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 5 0.2 0.55 0.05* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B6 (<0.05% for E8015-B6L made to order).


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 <0.1 1.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 5

www.metrode.com 35

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-15 5CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

5CrMoSOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW FOR 5%Cr-0.5%Mo CREEP RESISTING STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG, alloyed with 5%Cr-0.5%Mo.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu V

Min. 0.03 0.40 0.30 -- -- 5.5 0.50 -- -- --Max. 0.10 0.70 0.50 0.020 0.020 6.0 0.65 0.30 0.3 0.03

Typical 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.01 5.7 0.55 0.1 0.2 0.02* Si is 0.30% min. in. BS EN ISO 21952-A specification


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 140A, 14VMIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW LA436 DC+ 2.4 400A, 30V, 450mm/min * Also required as a purge for root runs.


TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15 kg spool -- -- --

SAW -- -- 25kg spool --



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-B6AWS A5.23M EB6BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo5Si*




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical properties after PWHT Min. TIG 745ºC/1h TIG 740ºC/2h SAW 740ºC/1h


Elongation (%) 4d 17 28 25 275d 17 25 20 24

Reduction of area % -- 72 78 75Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 240 -- 70

Hardness cap/mid -- 195/215 -- --* Minimum values after PWHT 745ºC (730-760ºC) for 1h according to AWS A5.28 for ER80S-B6 and BS EN 12070.

www.metrode.com36

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-16 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-16

ALLOY TYPE9%Cr-1%Mo martensitic alloy for elevated temperature service.

9CrMo FOR ELE VATED TEMPER ATUR E

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet 9 AWS E8015-B8TIG/MIG /SAW 9CrMo AWS ER80S-B8SAW SA 9CrMo AWS EB8

LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1

APPLICATIONSFor elevated temperature service up to 600°C, with reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils, where higher performance than 5%Cr-0.5%Mo steels is required.

Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries and power plants.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered bainite.

PWHTPWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in the range 705-780°C (eg. BS2633 710-750°C, PD5500 740-780°C, ASME B31.3 705-760°C). Minimum holding time recommended is two hours. For castings the minimum suggested PWHT temperature is lower, with temperatures as low as 670°C being specified.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV) and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the martensitic 9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and minimum interpass temperature of 200°C shall be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen induced cracking. Properly controlled and handled electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a lower preheat of 150°C may be acceptable.

During welding, full transformation may not be complete within a working range of 200-350°C, so partial cooling to around 150°C is advised before direct transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If PWHT will be applied after complete cool out and NDE, the preheat temperature should be maintained for some time, according to thickness, to promote hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is less significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG processes.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDPLATES ASTM

A387 grade 9PIPE / TUBEASTM

A335 grade 9 A234 grade WP9 (fittings)

A199 grade T9A213 grades T9

BS 3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470, CFS & HFS 629-590

DIN X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386)X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388)

FORGINGSASTM

A182 grade F9A336 grade F9

CASTASTM

A217 grade C12BS EN

1504 grade 6293100 grade B6

DINGS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389)

www.metrode.com 37

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-16-CHROMET 9 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.





ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical PWHT Min. 740°C/2h Typical 746°C/3h Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 19 22 265d 18 20 25

Reduction of area % -- 70 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 34 90 130

0°C -- 50 ---10°C -- 25 90

Hardness (HV) -- 235 220AWS PWHT is 732-760°C /1 hour. BS EN PWHT is 740-780°C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for normal fabrication practice.* ASTM base material minimum varies in the range 414-586MPa depending on grade.

CHROMET 9 9%Cr-1%Mo MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

FUME DATAFume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 <0.1 2.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 2

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8015-B8 H4AWS A5.4M E505-15 This classif ication has now been withdrawn from A5.4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo9 B 3 2 H5BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1M


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C * Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

min. 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.90 --max. 0.10 1.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.3

Typical 0.06 0.75 0.35 0.012 0.015 9.0 0.2 1.0 <0.05* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B8 (<0.05% for E8015-B8L, made to order).

www.metrode.com38

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-16 9CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

9CrMoCOPPER COATED TIG AND MIG WIRES FOR 9%Cr-1%Mo

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.


Min. 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --Max. 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.50 1.20 0.35

Typical 0.07 0.50 0.40 0.01 0.015 9.0 0.10 0.90 0.10


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 140A, 14VMIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.


TIG -- 5 kg tube To orderMIG To order -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-B8BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo9


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values after 745°C/1h: Min. TIG


Elongation (%) 4d 17 275d 18 23

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 80Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 225/230

www.metrode.com 39

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-16-SA 9CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

SA 9CrMoSOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 9Cr-1Mo steels


Min. 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --Max. 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.5 1.20 0.35

Typical 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 9 0.1 0.9 0.1


Fe Mn Cr 3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values after 745°C/1h: Min.


Elongation (%) 4d 175d 18

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 34Hardness cap/mid (HV) --

AWS PWHT is 730-760°C /1 hour. EN ISO PWHT is 740-780°C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for normal fabrication practice.Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 9Cr-1Mo steels


PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 2.4

SAW 25kg spool

www.metrode.com40

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-17 | Rev. 03-04/17

Data Sheet A-17

ALLOY TYPEModified 9CrMo for high temperature creep resistance.

P91 – MODIFIED 9CrMo

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED ASTM

A 213 T91 (seamless tubes)A 335 P91 (seamless pipes)A 387 Gr 91 (plates)A 182 / A336 F91 (forgings)A 217 C12A (castings)A 234 WP91A 369 FP91

DIN / BS EN 1.4903 (X10CrMoVNb 9 1)

BS1503 Gr913059-2 Gr91

AFNORNF A-49213/A-49219 Gr TU Z 10 CDVNb 09-01

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA

Chromet 9MV-N AWS E9015-B91Chromet 9MVN+ AWS E9015-B91Chromet 9-B9 AWS E9015-B91Chromet 91VNB AWS E9015-B91

TIG/MIG 9CrMoV-N AWS ER90S-B99CrMoV AWS ER90S-B9

MIG (MCW) Cormet M91 AWS E90C-B9

SAW9CrMoV-N (wire) AWS EB919CrMoV (wire) AWS EB91LA490 (flux) ISO SA FB 155 AC H5

FCW Supercore F91 AWS E91T1-B9

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type 91’ 9CrMo steels modified with small additions of niobium, vanadium and nitrogen to give improved long term creep properties.These consumables are specifically intended for high integrity structural service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions responsible for its creep strength are kept above the minimum considered necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In this case, weldments will be weakest in the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as indicated by so-called ‘type IV’ failure in transverse weld creep tests.Modified 9CrMo steels are now widely used for components such as headers, main steam piping, valves and turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating plants. They may also find future use in oil refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification plants.

PWHTMinimum preheat temperature 150°C with maximum interpass temperature of 300°C; in practice a preheat-interpass range of 200–300°C is normal. To ensure full martensite transformation, welds shall be cooled to ~100°C prior to PWHT.ASME base material codes and AWS consumable classifications allow PWHT down to 730°C, whilst BS EN consumable classifications specify 750°C. Optimum properties are obtained with a tempering parameter (P) of around 21 or above, where P = °C+273 (log t + 20) x 10–3. Maximum PWHT temperature varies, AWS consumable specifications are 760°C, BS EN 770°C; BS 1503 allows up to 790°C for base material forgings.When compared with directly matching weld metal, the addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides a useful improvement in toughness after conveniently short PWHT at 750–760°C. PWHT above 765°C is not generally recommended for Ni-containing consumables, because some re-hardening could occur due to the proximity of Ac1. Some authorities specify weld metal Ni + Mn < 1.5% to keep Ac1 high enough to allow higher PWHT temperature if required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMore detailed information on the products and properties of P91 steels are available in the Technical Profile – "Welding Consumables for P91 Steels for the Power Generation Industry" – available from Metrode Technical Department


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered martensite with alloy carbides.

www.metrode.com 41

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-17-CHROMET 9MV-N | Rev. 02-02/17




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 2h Min. (1) Typical 550°C 600°C 650°C

Tensile strength (MPa) 620 770 >450 >375 >2850.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 640 >360 >255 >175

Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 -- -- --5d 17 19 >15 >17 >21

Reduction of area % -- 60 >68 >75 >80Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 65 -- -- --

Lateral expansion +20°C -- 1.00 -- -- --Hardness (HV) after PWHT -- 250 -- -- --

as-welded -- 450 -- -- --(1) Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

CHROMET 9MV-NMM A ELECTRODE TO AWS /EN ISO WITH OPTIMISED Ni TO M A XIMISE TOUGHNESS


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 <0.1 < 3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5APPROVALS TÜV

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW422 P-No 15E group 1QW432 F-No 4QW4 42 A-No 5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni** Mo Nb V N Cu Al

min. 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.40 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- --max. 0.12 0.80 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.70 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04

Typical 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9.0 0.5 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01* Mn+Ni ≤ 1.2%** Low Ni and low Mn+Ni variant is available : Chromet 9-B9.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A.

Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

www.metrode.com42

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-17-CHROMET 9MVN+ | Rev. 02-02/17

CHROMET 9MV-N+MMA ELECTRODE TO AWS /EN ISO WITH OPTIMISED Ni TO MA XIMISE TOUGHNESS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni** Mo Nb V N Cu Al

Min. 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.40 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- --Max. 0.12 0.80 0.3 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.70 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04

Typical 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9.0 0.5 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01 * Mn+Ni ≤ 1.2% ** Low Ni and low Mn+Ni variant is available : Chromet 9-B9.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – Basic type made on matching core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A and AWS specifications.

Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 2h Min. (1) Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 225d 17 19


Hardness (HV) after PWHT -- 250(1) Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240








SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5APPROVALS TÜV



www.metrode.com 43

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-17-CHROMET 9-B9 | Rev. 02-02/17

CHROMET 9-B9MMA ELECTRODE WITH LOW Ni CONTENT

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al

Min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 0.20 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --Max. 0.12 0.75 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04

Typical 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.008 9 0.3 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01* Mn + Ni ≤ 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 0.8%Ni. See Chromet 9MV-N or Chromet 9MVN+ for variant with 0.4–0.7%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO specification.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1MV

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire manufactured to the requirements of AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 and BS EN ISO 3580-B.



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 2h Min. (1) Typical 550°C 600°C 650°C

Tensile strength (MPa) 620 710 >450 >375 >2850.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 590 >360 >255 >175

Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 -- -- --5d 17 20 >15 >17 >21

Reduction of area % -- 63 >68 >75 >80Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 75 -- -- --

Lateral expansion +20°C -- 1.10 -- -- --Hardness (HV) after PWHT -- 240 -- -- --

as-welded -- 450 -- -- --(1) Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*









www.metrode.com44

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-17-CHROMET 91VNB | Rev. 01-03/16

CHROMET 91VNBMMA ELECTRODE FOR ROOT WELDING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode - Basic coated for root welding applications made on high purity steel core wire.




OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)Diameter (mm) 2.5

min A. 60max A. 100



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al

Min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.00 0.4 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --Max. 0.12 1.2 0.30 0.01 0.01 9.5 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04

Typical 0.1 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.008 8.5 0.5 1.0 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 2h Min. (1) Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 205d 17 18

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 47 55 (1) Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.


Length (mm) 350kg/carton 13.5

Pieces/carton 678



www.metrode.com 45

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-17-9CrMoV-N | Rev. 04-04/17

9CrMoV-NSOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW


PWHT 760°C / 2h Min. TIGtypical

SAW typical LA490 flux


Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 255d 16 19 23

Reduction of area (%) -- 70 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- * 220 60

Hardness (HV) (mid) -- 265 230 * Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)50 4 <0.4 6 < 0.5 0.5 5

PARAMETERSShielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters

TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW LA490 DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2

TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order. 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW to order to order to order 25kg spool 25kg spool

SPECIFICATIONSTIG MIG SAW

AWS A5.23M -- -- EB91AWS A5.28M ER90S-B9 ER90S-B9 --BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMo91 G CrMo91 --BS EN ISO 24598-A -- -- S CrMo91APPROVALS TÜV TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al

Min. 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.40 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --Max. 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.80 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04

Typical 0.10 0.5 0.25 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.6 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01

www.metrode.com46

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS 9CrMoV

SOLID WIRE WITH LOW Ni CONTENTFOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire with Mn+Ni≤1.0%, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW


PWHT 760°C / 2h Min. TIGtypical

SAWtypical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 255d 17 19 23

Reduction of area (%) -- 70 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- * 220 65

Hardness (HV) (mid) -- 255 220 * Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)50 4 <0.4 6 < 0.5 0.5 5

PARAMETERSShielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters

TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW LA490 DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2

TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order. 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool


AWS A5.23M - - EB 91AWS A5.28M ER90S-B9 ER90S-B9 -BS EN ISO 21952-B W 9C1MV G 9C1MV -BS EN ISO 24598-B W 9C1MV G 9C1MV S 9C1MV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al

Min. 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.10 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --Max. 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.40 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04

Typical 0.10 0.5 0.35 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.3 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01

*Mn+Ni≤ 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni. See 9CrMoV-N for variant with 0.4–0.8%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO suffix “A” specification.

DS A-17-9CrMoV | Rev. 03-02/17

www.metrode.com 47

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-17-LA490 | Rev. 24-04/17

LA490SUB-ARC FLUX FOR USE WITH 9CrMoV-N AND 9CrMoV SOLID WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAgglomerated fluoride-basic flux for P91 and P92 modified 9CrMo creep resistant steels

ANALYSIS DEPOSIT (TYPICAL, WT%)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N

9CrMoV-N Wire 0.10 0.5 0.25 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.6 1.0 0.05 0.20 0.05Deposit with LA490 0.09 0.7 0.20 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.6 1.0 0.04 0.20 0.05

9CrMoV Wire 0.10 0.5 0.35 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.3 1.0 0.05 0.20 0.05Deposit with LA490 0.09 0.7 0.30 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.3 1.0 0.04 0.20 0.05

PACKAGING DATA25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara™ bags.If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1–2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 2h Min. 9CrMoV-N+LA490 (typical) 9CrMoV+LA490 (typical)


Elongation (%) 4d 17 25 245d 17 23 21

Reduction or area -- 70 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C --* 60 60

Hardness (HV) (mid) -- 230 220* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO 24598-A : 47 J average / 38 J single after PWHT 750-760C°/3h.

OPERATING PARAMETERSAC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 (flux) SA FB 155 AC H5 AWS A5.23MAWS A5.23(flux wire combination)APPROVALS

F62P0-EB91-B91F9PZ-EB91-B91

TÜV (in conjunction with 9CrMov-N wire)

COMPOSITION (FLUX WT%)SiO2 + Al2O3 30%CaO + Mg O 36%CaF2 27%Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~3.0

www.metrode.com48

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-17-CORMET M91 | Rev. 01-03/16

CORMET M91METAL CORED WIRE FOR MIG WELDING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMetal cored wire for MIG welding. High purity steel sheath with 96% metal recovery with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M E90C-B9AWS A5.36M E90T15-M12PZ-B91BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T15-0M-9C1MV



Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)60 5 <0.5 5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5

PACKAGING DATA Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 16kg spools. Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.


PB/2FPA/1G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al

Min. 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.03 0.18 0.03 -- --Max. 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04

Typical 0.1 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 0.3 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.03 * Ni + Mn ≤1.50


PWHT 750 – 760°C / 2 – 3h Min. typicalAr-2½%CO2 80/20 Ar-He-CO2


Elongation (%) 4d 16 17 17 175d 14 16 16 16

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 30 25 35Lateral expansion + 20°C -- 0.30 0.28 0.45

Hardness (HV) -- 260 260 260

PARAMETERS

Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and O2 levels produce better impact properties. The best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2½%CO2 although if impact properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc characteristics.

Diameter (mm) Gas flow Optimum Stickout1.2 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 260A 28V 10 – 20mm1.6 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 330A 29V 15 – 25mm

www.metrode.com 49

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-17-SUPERCORE F91 | Rev. 01-03/16

SUPERCORE F91ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAll-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent modified 9CrMo steels (P91). Rutile flux system with an high purity strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)18 8 < 0.5 3 3 < 1 8 1.7

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) welding position amp-volt rane * typical stickout1.2 (0.045in) Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm

* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.29M E91T1-B9C/M-H4AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-B91-H4 or

E91T1-M21PZ-B91-H4 BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No 5(dependent on shielding gas)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al Ni+Mn

Min. 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.02 0.15 0.02 -- -- --Max. 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04 1.50

Typical 0.1 0.8 0.3 0.010 0.016 9.0 0.5 1.0 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01 1.30


PWHT 760°C / 2h (6h) Min. typical760°C/2h

typical760°C/6h

High Temperature+566°C +600°C +650°C

Tensile strength (MPa) 690 790 750 450 420 3960.2% proof strength (MPa) 565 660 630 360 288 245

Elongation (%) 4d 17 20 23 21 27 295d 14 18 20 20 25 26

Reduction of area -- 55 58 73 81 85Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 28 36 -- -- --

Hardness (HV) -- 260 250 -- -- --

www.metrode.com50

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-18 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-18

ALLOY TYPEModified 9CrMo type generically called E911, with a nominal composition of 9%Cr-1%Mo-1%W+NbVN.

CONSUM A BLES FOR E911 CrMo STEEL

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDEN/DIN

1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 11.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast)

ASTMA182/A336 F911 (forgings)A213 T911 (seamless tube)A234 WP911 (fittings)A335 P911 (seamless pipe)A369 FP911 (forged pipe)A387 Grade 911 (plate)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet 10MW E9015-GTIG/MIG Cormet 10MW E90C-G

APPLICATIONS

Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with 1%W added to increase creep strength for service up to at least 600°C.

These consumables are mainly intended for castings, which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also have up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in wrought products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For microstructural control and to optimise toughness after PWHT, the weld metal has about 0.6%Ni added.

Applications for E911 steels include components such as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, turbine casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled power generating plants. It may also find future use in oil refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification plants.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition consists of tempered martensite.

PWHTPWHT requirements are essentially the same as for P91, which requires PWHT in the range 730-780°C. Castings are often PWHT at temperatures towards the bottom of this range but the time is proportionally increased to ensure sufficient tempering. As a general rule the tempering parameter (P), should be 21, or higher, to achieve adequate tempering.

P = °C+273(20+logt) x 10-3(t = time in hours)Suggested conditions are 12h at 730°C or 3h at 760°C.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300°C. Before PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100°C or lower to ensure full martensite transformation.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThis alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data sheet A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The 9CrWV TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction with Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data sheet A-25).


www.metrode.com 51

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-18-CHROMET 10MW | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic low hydrogen flux system made on high purity steel core wire. Electrode is all-positional with a moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.



Pieces/carton 399 225 159

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical after PWHT: 730°C/12h typical


Elongation (%) 5d 19Reduction of area % 62

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 60Hardness (HV) 250

CHROMET 10MWMM A ELECTRODE FOR E911 CREEP-RESISTING STEEL

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 80 100 140max. A 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 < 0.2 < 3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-G H4 (E911)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N Al

min. 0.08 0.50 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.85 0.85 0.04 0.18 0.03 --max. 0.14 1.20 0.30 0.015 0.02 10.5 0.80 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.02

Typical 0.11 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.010 9.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.22 0.05 0.01

www.metrode.com52

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-18-Cormet 10MW | Rev. 02-03/16

CORMET 10MWMETAL CORED WIRE FOR E911 CREEP-RESISTING STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMetal cored wire designed to weld equivalent E911 steels. Metal powder core with an alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 96%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 755°C / 3h Typical



Reduction of area 20Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 14

Hardness HV 260


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Pb Cu OES (mg/m3)60 5 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5.0

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M E90C-G(E911)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu

min. 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.9 0.9 0.04 0.18 0.03 -- -- --max. 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.02 10.0 0.85 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.0015 0.04 0.1

Typical 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9.5 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.0005 0.01 0.05


Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact properties are better with lower CO2 contents).Current: DC+ ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt, range Stickout1.2 260A 28V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA

Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs) The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite. Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

www.metrode.com 53

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-19 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-19

ALLOY TYPE12%Cr creep resisting steel also with nominally 1%Mo-0.5%W-0.3%V. The matching base material is generically called X20.

12CrMoV CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED AISI

Type 422.

DINX20CrMoV 12 1 (1.4935)G-X22CrMoV 12 1 (1.4931) cast.

BS3604 grade 762.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet 12MV BS EN E CrMoWV 12 BTIG 12CrMoV BS EN W CrMoWV 12 Si

APPLICATIONS

Chromet 12MV deposits high strength martensitic weld metal of nominally 0.2%C-12%Cr-1%Mo modified with vanadium and tungsten. The alloying is balanced with a small addition of nickel to ensure a fully martensitic microstructure.

12%CrMoV steels are used for critical heat and creep resisting service up to at least 550ºC. The high chromium level confers superior steam and fireside corrosion performance compared with 2-9%CrMo creep-resisting steels.

Used in cast and wrought form for high pressure steam piping and headers, heat exchangers and turbine components, particularly in the power generation industry and sometimes in petrochemical applications.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered martensite.

PWHTFor production welds typical PWHT is in the temperature range 730-770°C. Normally this would be required for a minimum of three hours but will vary according to thickness, see appropriate application code for details.

WELDING GUIDELINESThe room temperature hardness of as-deposited weld metal exceeds 500HV over a wide range of cooling conditions. Preheat of 400°C with maximum interpass temperature of 500°C is specified by DIN 8575. These temperatures are above the austenite-martensite transformation range (Ms-Mf about 350-150°C) and more recent procedures have benefited from welding in the 200-350°C preheat range to reduce grain-coarsening and promote some tempering of partially transformed multipass weld metal.

After welding, the joint must be cooled slowly to 120C (100-150°C) and held for 1-2 hours, to allow transformation before post-weld heat treatment. If immediate heat treatment is not possible, the transformation step must be followed by a post-heat of about 350°C for 1-4 hours for hydrogen release, before cooling below 60°C is allowed. In this condition, the hard weld zone is potentially sensitive to stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and must be kept dry, with minimum delay before PWHT.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe newer P91 materials have replaced many of the original applications for this alloy (data sheet A-17).


www.metrode.com54

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-19-CHROMET 12MV | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





PWHT 760°C / 3 hrsRoom temperature

Elevated temperature350°C 400°C 450°C

min * typical min typ min typ min typTensile strength (MPa) 690 750 -- 590 -- 560 -- 520

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 550 370 450 355 420 325 410Elongation (%) 4d -- 24 -- 18 -- 20 -- 17

5d 15 21 -- 16 -- 16 -- 14Reduction of area % -- 55 -- 50 -- 48 -- 48

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 34 40 -- -- -- -- -- --0°C -- 33 -- -- -- -- -- --

Hardness (HV) -- 235 -- -- -- -- -- --* Minimum requirements after PWHT of 740-780°C/2 hours.

CHROMET 12MVBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR 12%Cr CREEP RESISTING STEEL


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)20 4 0.1 3 <0.2 0.1 0.1 16 1.7

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoWV12 B 3 2 H5


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V

min. 0.15 0.40 -- -- -- 10.0 -- 0.80 0.40 0.20max. 0.22 1.30 0.80 0.025 0.025 12.0 0.8 1.20 0.60 0.40

Typical 0.20 0.8 0.25 0.010 0.017 11 0.5 1 0.5 0.3

www.metrode.com 55

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-19-12CrMoV | Rev. 01-03/16

12CrMoV SOLID TIG WIRE FOR 12%Cr CREEP RESISTING STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760ºC/2h min typical


Elongation (%) 5d 15 20Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 34 50

FUME DATA Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)55 4 8 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 5

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMoWV 12 Si


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V W

min. 0.17 0.40 0.20 -- -- 10.5 -- 0.80 0.20 0.35max. 0.24 1.00 0.60 0.020 0.025 12.0 0.80 1.20 0.40 0.80

Typical 0.2 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.01 11 0.6 1 0.3 0.5

PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage

TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V


TIG 5kg tube

www.metrode.com56

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-20 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-20

ALLOY TYPE9Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and N for high temperature creep resistance.

P92 CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL


A 213 T92 (seamless tubes)A 335 P92 (seamless pipes)A 387 Gr 92 (plates)A 182 F92 (forgings)A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe)

EN 10216-2 (seamless tubes)X10CrWMoVNb 9-2

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet 92 AWS E9015-B92TIG/MIG 9CrWV AWS ER90S-G (92)

SAW9CrWV (wire) AWS EG (92)LA490 (flux) ISO SA FB 155 AC H5

FCW Supercore F92 E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of tempered martensite.

PWHTMinimum preheat temperature 200°C with maximum interpass temperature of 350°C; in practice a preheat-interpass range of 200 – 300°C is normal. To ensure full martensite transformation welds shall be cooled to ~100°C prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can be cooled to room temperature whilst thick wall forgings or castings should not be cooled below ~80°C prior to PWHT.

ASME base material codes allow PWHT down to 730°C but for weld metals PWHT is normally carried out in the range 750-770°C. Optimum properties are obtained with PWHT at 760°C for 4 hours.

When compared with directly matching weld metal, the addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides a useful improvement in toughness after PWHT.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMore detailed information on the products and properties of P92 steels are available in the Technical Profile – "Welding Consumables for P92 Steels for the Power Generation Industry" – available from Metrode Technical Department.


APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type 92’ 9%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium, niobium, nitrogen and a small addition boron to give improved long term creep properties.

They are specifically intended for high integrity structural service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions responsible for its creep strength are kept above the minimum considered necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In practice, weldments will be weakest in the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as indicated by so-called ‘type IV’ failure in transverse weld creep tests.

The rupture strength of P92 is up to 30% greater than P91, and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for components such as headers, main steam piping and turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.

www.metrode.com 57

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-20-CHROMET 92 | Rev. 02-02/17

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Length (mm) 300 350 350 450kg/carton 12 14.1 13.5 16.5



PWHT 760°C / 2-4h min. typicalHigh Temperature

+550°C +600°C +650°CTensile strength (MPa) 620 740 511 422 340

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 630 419 320 229Elongation (%) 4d 17 22 15 19.5 19.5

5d 16 19 14 18 18Reduction of area % -- 50 64 73 80

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 60 -- -- --Hardness (HV) -- 230-260 -- -- --

CHROMET 92MM A ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR JOINING P92 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240






SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-B92 H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 2 B 3 2 H5APPROVALS TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu

min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --max. 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15

Typical 0.11 0.6 0.25 0.01 0.01 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05* Mn + Ni ≤ 1.2%

www.metrode.com58

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-20-9CrWV | Rev. 03-02/17

9CrWVSOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5


AWS A5.23M -- -- EG (92)AWS A5.28M ER90S-G (92) ER90S-G (92) --BS EN ISO 21952-A W ZCrMoW VNb 9 0.5 1.5 G ZCrMoW VNb 9 0.5 1.5 S ZCrMoW VNb 9 0.5 1.5APPROVALS TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu

min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --max. 0.13 0.80 0.40 0.015 0.015 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15

Typical 0.10 0.5 0.30 0.004 0.008 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.06 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05* Mn + Ni ≤ 1.2%

PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Typical parameters

TIG Argon DC+ 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW LA490 flux DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min


PWHT 760°C / 2-4h min. typicalTIG

High Temperature (TIG)+550°C +600°C +650°C


Elongation (%) 4d 16 22 24.5 20.5 285d -- 19 22.5 19 25.5

Reduction of area % -- 70 82 85 89Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 220 -- -- --

Hardness (HV) -- 265 -- -- --

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2

TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg Spools to order 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- --

SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

www.metrode.com 59

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-20-LA490 | Rev. 03-02/17

LA490SUB-ARC FLUXES FOR USE WITH 9CrW V SOLID WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAgglomerated fluoride-basic flux for P91 and P92 modified 9CrMo creep resistant steels

ANALYSIS DEPOSIT (TYPICAL, WT %))C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B

9CrWV Wire 0.10 0.5 0.3 0.004 0.008 9.0 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.06 0.20 0.05 0.003Deposit with LA490 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.05 0.20 0.05 0.002

PACKAGING DATA25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara™ bags.If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1–2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 4h Min. typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 245d 17 22

Reduction or area 65 70Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 27 45

Hardness (HV) (mid) 225 230* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO 24598-A : 38 J after 3h.

OPERATING PARAMETERSAC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 (flux) SA FB 155 AC H5 AWS A5.23MAWS A5.23(flux wire combination)

F62PZ-EG(92)-G(92) F9PZ-EG(92)-G(92)

COMPOSITION (FLUX WT%)SiO2 + Al2O3 30%CaO + Mg O 36%CaF2 27%Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~3.0

www.metrode.com60

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-20-SUPERCORE F92 | Rev. 02-03/16

SUPERCORE F92ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAll-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent P92 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.



SPECIFICATIONS

AWS A5.36ME91T 1-C1PZ-B92-H4 or E91T 1-M21PZ-B92-H4(dependent on shielding gas)

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No QW4 42 A-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu

min. 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.5 0.30 0.30 1.5 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --max. 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15

Typical 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.04 0.2 0.04 0.003 <0.01 <0.05


PWHT 760°C / 2-4h typicalHigh Temperature

+550°C +600°C +650°C +650°CTensile strength (MPa) 775 471 400 308 215

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 650 385 294 194 125Elongation (%) 4d 21 18.5 25 26.5 25.5

5d 18 17 22.5 24.5 23.5Reduction of area % 50 68 77 81 86

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 25 -- -- -- --Hardness (HV) 260 -- -- -- --


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range Typical stickout welding position1.2 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15 – 25mm Positional

* Using 100% CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V


www.metrode.com 61

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-21 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-21

ALLOY TYPE2¼%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and B for high temperature creep resistance.

T 23 CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL


A 213 T23 (seamless tubes) A 335 P23 (pipe)

BS EN10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet 23L E9015-G (23)TIG 2CrWV ER90S-G (23)

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type 23’ 2¼%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to give improved long term creep properties. The Chromet 23L electrode is specifically designed for as-welded applications but can also be subject to PWHT; the flux cored wire will typically be used on thicker wall pipe where it is envisaged that PWHT will be applied.

The consumables are intended for high integrity service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions responsible for creep strength are kept within the parent material range.

The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINES

In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube can be welded without preheat; if preferred, and for thicker wall sections, preheat of 150-200°C can be applied. Maximum interpass temperature should be kept to 350°C.

For many current applications T23 tube is put into service in the as-welded condition. During production of the tube the typical tempering cycle applied is 760°C/30 minutes; the ASME code case specifies a minimum tempering temperature of 730°C for base material. When it has been applied PWHT in the range 715-740˚C has been applied.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONJ C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel, W Bendick: “The T23/P23 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann Tubes, 2006.


www.metrode.com62

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic coated MMA electrode made on high purity, alloyed core wire.






ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIEStypical as-welded typical 715°C/1h


Elongation (%) 4d 19 225d 16 20

Reduction of area % 50 60Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 22 70

Hardness (HV) 290-350 220-260

CHROMET 23LMM A ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR JOINING T 23 CREEP RESISTING STEEL

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180






SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-G ( 23) H4BS EN ISO 3580-A E ZCrWV2 1.5 B 3 2 H5

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW422 P-No 5B group 2QW432 F-No 4QW4 42 A-No 5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu

min. 0.04 0.10 -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 -- 0.0005 -- --max. 0.10 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.80 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.03 0.0060 0.03 0.15

Typical 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.01 0.01 2.2 0.6 0.2 1.6 0.03 0.23 0.02 0.001 <0.01 <0.05

www.metrode.com 63

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-21-2CrWV | Rev. 01-03/16

2CrWVSOLID WIRE FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIEStypical

as-weldedtypical

715°C/30mintypical

740°C/2hTensile strength (MPa) 950 755 640

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 875 700 555Elongation (%) 4d 21 23 28

5d 19 20 24Reduction of area (%) 55 70 80

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 50 190 >250Hardness (HV) mid 325 255 220

FUME DATA Fume composition (wt %); TIG fume is negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)55 5 1.3 <0.5 <0.5 1.2 5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER90S-G ( 23)BS EN ISO 21952-A W ZCrWV 2 1.5

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW422 P-No 5B group 2QW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V B Al Cu

min. 0.04 -- -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 0.0005 -- --max. 0.10 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.8 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.0060 0.03 0.25

Typical 0.06 0.6 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.003 <0.01 0.15

PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Typical parameters



TIG 5kg tube

www.metrode.com64

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-23 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-23

ALLOY TYPEWB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb additions with good hot strength. Although consumables of matching composition are not used compatible alternatives have been found to provide the required properties.

WB36/ P 36 STEEL

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

The consumables listed on this data sheet can be used for a wide variety of applications (see also data sheets A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet concentrates on the welding of: DIN

15NiCuMoNb51.6368

BS EN 10216-215NiCuMoNb5-6-41.6368

BS 3604Grade 591

ASTMCode Case 2353A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335, P36

ProprietaryWB36 (V+M)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA 1NiMo.B AWS E9018-GTIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2

SAWSA 1NiMo (wire) AWS EF3LA436 (flux) BS EN SA AB 167

APPLICATIONSWB36 is a high temperature construction steel for service up to 450°C; typical applications are below 400°C designed on the basis of tensile rather than creep properties. It is mainly used for feedwater piping systems in place of standard carbon steels (eg.A106 grade C) in conventional and nuclear power stations. WB36 also finds applications for headers, manifolds and fittings in power stations.

PWHT

WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the temperature range 580-680°C, depending on specifications and requirements and following welding PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT requirements will depend on a number of factors but will normally be about 590±30°C.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the stress relieved condition the microstructure consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINESThe actual preheat and PWHT requirements will depend on the thickness of the base material being welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures will be in the range 100-250°C depending on wall thickness.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Technical Profile P36 and the related welding consumables.

For offshore oil well-head process pipework and fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni & <22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.

Also find applications for the repair of medium strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.

More detailed information on the products and properties of WB36 steels are available in the METRODE Technical Profile.

www.metrode.com 65

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-23-1NiMo.B | Rev. 02-07/17

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.






PWHT 590-620°C/1-2h: Min. Typical High Temperature250°C 350°C 450°C


Elongation (%) 4d 17 25 22 28 245d -- 22 -- -- --

Reduction of area % -- 65 57 69 73Impact ISO-V(J) 0°C -- 130

1NiMo.BALL-POSITIONAL NiMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 18 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 150°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9018-G H4BS EN ISO 18275-A E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5 APPROVALS TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V

min. 0.05 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 -- --max. 0.12 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10 0.03

Typical 0.07 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05 0.01

www.metrode.com66

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-23-MnMo | Rev. 03-10/17

MnMoSOLID MnMo LOW ALLOYED WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

C Mn Si S P Ni Mo CuMin. 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --

Max. 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4Typical 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2EN ISO 1683 4-B 4M31EN ISO 14341-A W 46 3 M G4MoEN ISO 14341 A 4Mo / B S4M31BS EN 440 (G4Mo)APPROVALS DNV


PWHT 590-620°C/1-2h Min. TIG MIG ----- High Temperature -----Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 20%CO2 250°C 350°C 450°C

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 640 >625 605 650 665 5850.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 530 >525 490 525 490 460

Elongation (%) 4d 17 32 >25 25 24 27 25Impact ISO-V(J) -30°C 47 200 >100 >100 -- -- --

Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 235/210 235/220 220/205 -- -- --* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.

PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters

TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14VMIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.


TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

www.metrode.com 67

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-23-SA1NiMo | Rev. 02-08/16

SA 1NiMoSOLID NiMo ALLOYED WIRE FOR SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for submerged arc welding. Nominal composition of 1%Ni-0.5%Mo capable of achieving 90ksi (620MPa) tensile strength. Supplied to NACE MR0175 1.0%Ni maximum on request.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni * Mo Cr Cu

min. 0.07 1.30 0.05 -- -- 0.8 0.45 -- --max. 0.15 1.80 0.25 0.020 0.020 1.2 0.65 0.20 0.30

Typical 0.11 1.75 0.2 0.005 0.01 0.9 0.55 0.05 0.1* Ni supplied to 1.0% maximum (NACE MR0175) on request.


Typical values as-welded & PWHT AW 590°C/2h


Elongation (%) 4d 20 28Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 90 140

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.23M EF3BS EN ISO 14171 S 3Ni1Mo

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No 10 (Nearest )

PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters

SAW LA436 flux DC+ 2.4 450A, 30V, 450mm/min


SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spoolTo order 25kg spool



www.metrode.com68

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-25 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-25

ALLOY TYPEAdvanced 9CrMoV alloy with nominal composition 0.12%C-9.5%Cr-1.5%Mo-1%Co-0.25%V-0.05%Nb+B for high temperature creep resistance.

C(F)B 2 CR EEP R ESISTING STEEL


For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in the European COST programme in forged (FB2) or cast (CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G H4

FCW Supercore WB2 E91T1-G H4E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4

APPLICATIONSCOST alloy B2 was originally developed as a turbine rotor material and its outstanding creep performance (above P91 and E911) has been confirmed with further optimisation. Applications of CB2 and FB2 use are growing as a candidate for components such as turbine rotors, vales and casings, etc, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.

The weld metals deposited by Chromet WB2 electrode and Supercore WB2 flux cored wire are designed to match the base material composition quite closely for fabricating thick wall components used in the construction of power plants operating with advanced steam parameters up to at least 600°C.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition, the microstructure consists of tempered martensite.

PWHTCooling to <100°C before PWHT is advisable to ensure full transformation to martensite. PWHT: 730°C/16-24h or preferably 760°C/~4h for Chromet WB2 and 730°C/24h or preferably 760°C/~6h for Supercore WB2.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and Interpass temperature range 200-300°C. Welding heat input should be kept below ~3kJ/mm.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSEquivalent solid wire is not currently available; nearest for compatible properties is 9CrWV (P92), see data sheet A-20.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Zhuyao Zhang and Graham B Holloway “Welding Consumables for Advanced Boron-Cobalt Alloyed9%Cr-Mo Creep Resisting Steels for Power Generation”, IIW Doc IX-2420-12, 2012.

www.metrode.com 69

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-25-CHROMET WB2 | Rev. 02-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

CHROMET WB2MM A ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR C(F)B 2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9015-G H4


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co

min. 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.003 0.80max. 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.010 1.20

Typical 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.009 0.010 9.5 0.6 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.005 1.0





PWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent Min. Typical760°C/4h

Typical760°C/10h

High Temperature *+600°C +650°C +700°C


Elongation (%) 4d 17 23 21 21 34 305d 15 21 19 19 31 28

Reduction of area % -- 58 56 71 80 85Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 40 40 -- -- --

Hardness (HV) -- 230-260 230-260 -- -- --* After PWHT at 730°C/12h + 730°C/12h.


min. A 80 100 140 200max. A 140 180 240 300




www.metrode.com70

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-25-SUPERCORE WB2 | Rev. 01-03/16

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout1.2 Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm

(0.045in) Down hand 180-260A, 28-30V 210A, 30V 15-25mm* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V


SUPERCORE WB2ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL*

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAll-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent C(F)B2 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B CoMin. 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.005 0.80

Max. 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.015 1.20Typical 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.007 0.017 9.5 0.7 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.008 1.0

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No -QW4 42 A-No -

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.29M E91T1-G H4AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4

(dependent on shielding gas)


PWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent Min. Typical760°C/4h

Typical760°C/10h

----- High Temperature *-----+600°C +650°C +700°C


Elongation (%) 4d 17 19 20 15 19.5 475d 15 18 18 14 18 43

Reduction of area % -- 53 56 64 73 89Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 22 32 -- -- --

Hardness (HV) -- 265 250 -- -- --* After PWHT at 730°C/12h + 730°C/12h.

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2


*: Previously Supercore F921

www.metrode.com 71

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-40 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-40

ALLOY TYPELow alloy steel alloyed with nominally 1%Ni for improved toughness. Actual Ni content is kept below 1% to ensure conformance with NACE MR0175.

1%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDCMn steels with yield stress of 450MPa or where good toughness is required down to –50°C, such as:

ASTMA333 & A334 Grade 6.A350 Grades LF2 & LF5.A352 Grades LCB & LCC (cast).

API5L X65

BS 4360 Grades 43E, 50E, 55C, 55EE, 55F.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Tufmet 1Ni.B AWS E8018-C3TIG/MIG 1Ni AWS ER80S-Ni1APPLICATIONS

For welding higher strength steel structures where PWHT is impracticable so that welds must possess an appropriate degree of toughness and crack resistance.

The addition of about 1%Ni promotes microstructural refinement, with improved tolerance to procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld metal. Nickel also increases atmospheric weathering resistance and improves electrochemical balance between weld and base metal, thus minimising preferential weld area corrosion in marine environments. For offshore oilfield sour service, a maximum of 1.0%Ni is commonly required (NACE MR0175).Also recommended where design requirements specify toughness testing of higher strength low alloy steel welds down to –50°C eg. offshore construction, pipelines and pressure vessels.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

The 2%Ni (data sheet A-41) and 3%Ni (data sheet A-42) are also designed for applications requiring low temperature toughness.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat will dependent on the grade and thickness of the base material.

www.metrode.com72

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-40-TUFMET 1Ni.B | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic, metal powder, type flux on high purity low carbon core wire.

Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.





ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 550-680 6100.2% proof strength (MPa) 470-550 520

Elongation (%) 4d 24 275d 20 25

Reduction of area (%) -- 70Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- 150

- 40°C 47 120- 50°C -- 80- 60°C 47 65

TUFMET 1Ni.B 1%Ni MM A ELECTRODE FOR GOOD LOW TEMPER ATURE TOUGHNESS


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %) typical

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8018-C3 H4BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 1Ni B 4 2 H5BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N2 A UConforms with NACE MR0175


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Nb Cu

min. -- 0.80 -- -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- -- --max. 0.10 1.20 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 1.00* 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.3

Typical 0.05 1.0 0.4 0.015 0.015 0.05 0.9 0.1 0.01 <0.05 0.05* BS and AWS 1.10%Ni max.

www.metrode.com 73

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-40-1Ni | Rev. 01-03/16

1NiSOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG



C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu VMin. 0.06 0.80 0.40 -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- --

Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.015 0.020 0.15 1.00 0.35 0.35 0.05Typical 0.10 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 0.05 0.9 0.02 0.2 0.01* Most wires have a typical Mo of 0.02% but some batches will have typically 0.3% Mo.

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)55 6 < 0.1 0.5 < 0.1 1.2 5


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-Ni1EN ISO 636-A W 42 6 W3Ni (TIG wire)EN ISO 14341-A G 46 5 M 3Ni (MIG wire)

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded min * TIG MAG Ar + 5%CO2


Yield strength (MPa) -- 472 498Elongation (%) 4d 24 32 35Impact ISO-V(J) - 50°C 27 > 120 > 130

- 75°C -- > 110 > 50Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 195/240 190/205

* Minimum as-welded properties according to AWS. All-weld tests show actual proof stress values close to minimum or slightly lower, depending on process, shielding gas and Mo content (higher Mo wires produce the higher typical strengths reported). However, note that yield point is typically 10-20MPa above the 0.2% proof stress, and in either case, exceeds 450MPa (65ksi).


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14VMIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

* Ar + 1-5%CO2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.0 (not 3.2)


www.metrode.com74

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS METCORE DWA 55E

Ni ALLOYED ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions.

The wire is alloyed with about 0.4%Ni and provides good as-welded ed toughness down to –40°C.

Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g.

Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V

min. -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.30 -- --max. 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08

Typical 0.05 1.1 0.5 0.01 0.02 < 0.1 0.35 < 0.1 0.02


As welded (PWHT with caution) Min*Typical

as-welded 600°C/4h **Tensile strength (MPa) 480 580 575

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 500 485Elongation (%) 4d 22 32 29Impact ISO-V(J) -40°C 27 115 >27


* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ as-welded. ** PWHT has a detrimental effect on impact energy but all batches are impact tested after PWHT of 600°C/4h.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.20M E71T-5 (MJ )*AWS A5.36M E71T1-M21A2-CS1-H4BS EN ISO 17632-A T42 4 P M 1 H5BS EN ISO 17632-B T494T12-1MAP-H5

* Meets suffix M (Ar+20%CO2) and J (27J at –40°C) requirements. Note that the new classification E71T-9MJ introduced in AWS A5.20-95 is strictly more appropriate.


OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATASpools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of poro-sity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.



DS A-40-METCORE DWA 55E | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 75

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-41 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-41

ALLOY TYPENominally 2.5%Ni low alloy steels.

2%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDCMn and low alloy steel plate, pipe, forgings and castings used extensively for service at low temperature eg. LT50.

ASTMA203 Grade A & B plate.A333 Grade 6 pipe.A350 Grade LF1 & LF2 forgings.A352 Grade LC2 casting.

BS 1501-224 Grade 490B plate.

Also proprietary medium tensile steels eg. Hyplus 29 (Corus) and Corten weathering steel (Corus, US Steels).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Tufmet 2Ni.B AWS E8018-C1TIG/MIG 2Ni AWS ER80S-Ni2

APPLICATIONSFabrication of storage tanks, process plant and associated pipework where good fracture toughness from as-welded joints is demanded down to temperatures in the region of -60°C.

The addition of about 2.5%Ni improves microstructural refinement and tolerance to procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld metal. It also promotes the formation of a stable patina as required for matching the characteristics of weathering steels, and is an alternative to using matching consumables (data sheet A-70).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 1%Ni low alloy consumables (data sheet A-40) and 3%Ni types (data sheet A-42) are also designed for applications requiring low temperature toughness.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat according to base material and thickness. Although AWS consumable specifications require PWHT many fabrications will be left as-welded. The need for PWHT will generally be determined by applicable design codes.

www.metrode.com76

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-41-TUFMET 2Ni.B | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded or PWHT 605°C/1h * Min. Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 550-680 ** 6000.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 520

Elongation (%) 4d 19 255d 20 23

Reduction of area (%) -- 70Impact ISO-V(J) - 60°C 47 100

- 75°C -- *** 65* BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.** Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.*** Typically >30J as-welded, meeting BS 2Ni.LB/AWS E7018-C1L properties.

TUFMET 2Ni.B 2.5%Ni MM A ELECTRODE FOR GOOD LOW TEMPER ATURE TOUGHNESS


min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100– 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8018-C1 H4BS EN ISO 2560-A (E 46 6 2Ni B 4 2 H5)BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N5 P U


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo Cu V Nb

min. -- 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- -- -- -- --max. 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.60 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.05 0.05

Typical 0.05 0.75 0.3 0.015 0.010 2.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.01 <0.01

www.metrode.com 77

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-41-2Ni | Rev. 01-03/16

2Ni SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Cu

Min. 0.06 0.8 0.40 -- -- 2.00 --Max. 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.025 0.025 2.75 0.35

Typical 0.08 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 2.5 0.10


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)54 6 <0.1 1.5 <0.1 1.2 5


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-Ni2EN ISO 636-A W 2 Ni2 (TIG wire)EN ISO 14341-A G 46 6 M 2Ni2 (MIG wire)

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded (AW) andPWHT 605ºC/1h: min * TIG MAG: Ar + 5%CO2 MAG: Ar + 20%C02

AW PWHT AW PWHT AW PWHTTensile strength (MPa) 550 580 556 650 585 580 555

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 470 452 540 460 470 425Elongation (%) 4d 24 32 35 28 32 28 32Impact ISO-V(J) - 60°C 27 175 200 45 140 40 100

-101°C -- -- 34 -- 50 -- 30Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 220/190 185/220 240/230 195/185 220/195 185/175

* Minimum properties after PWHT 620ºC/1h according to AWS. Actual tests show conformance as-welded, as required for most fabrications. Proof stress values below AWS are found after PWHT at 605ºC/1h (=typical practice and PWHT for AWS E8018-C1/Tufmet 2Ni.B).Note that superior as-welded toughness may be obtained with Metrode 1Ni.



MIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable. Less oxidising shielding gas such as Ar + 5%CO2 produced the best mechanical properties, see above.


TIG -- 5 kg tube To order 5 kg tube To orderMIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --

www.metrode.com78

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-42-TUFMET 3NiB | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-42

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Recovery is approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

TUFMET 3NiB


3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic temperatures down to –80°C

PlateBS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F

ForgingsBS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade LF3

CastingsBS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352 Grade LC3

PipeASTM A333 Grade 3

APPLICATIONSConstruction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework eg. petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to weld brittle fracture when operating at temperatures down to -80°C in the manufacture, storage and distribution of volatile liquids and liquified gases.As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn and low alloy steels for critical applications demanding a combination of strength and reliable toughness down to temperatures in the region of -60°C.For applications specifying impact properties at -100°C, the use of matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be unacceptable because of its sensitivity to procedure, heat input etc, which results in excessive scatter of the impact properties. In this situation nickel-base filler metals are usually recommended eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root, with Nimrod AKS or 182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG applications such as thin-wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG root followed by 20.70.Nb may be used, or 20.70.Nb throughout.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperature according to base material thickness


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8018-C2 H4BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 3Ni B 42BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N7 P

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

QW432 F-No 4 QW442 A-No 10.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni

Min. -- 0.30 -- -- -- 3.00Max. 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020 0.030 3.75

Typical 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.015 3.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded or PWHT 605°C/1h(1) min typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 560-680(2) 6200.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 540

Elongation (%) 4d 19 > 225d 20 25

Reduction of area % -- 70Impact ISO-V(J) - 60°C -- 100

- 75°C 30 > 90(1) BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.(2) Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.




min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180




STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Rebake 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThere is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode 2Ni TIG wire is available which is suitable for root runs (data sheet A-41).

www.metrode.com 79

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-50

ALLOY TYPELow alloy steel consumables with MnMo additions for welding high strength steels.

MnMo HIGH STR ENGTH STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDThese consumables are used for a variety of ferritic CMn and low alloy steels. E9018-D1 is used for materials with a minimum tensile strength requirement of 620MPa (90ksi); eg. AISI 4130 (90ksi condition), ASTM A487 grades 2A, B & C (cast).E10018-D2 is used for materials with a minimum tensile strength requirement of 690MPa (100ksi); eg. AISI 4130, 4140, 8630; BS970 grades 709M40 (En19); DIN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), 34CrMo4 (1.7220); ASTM A487 grades 4A, 4B, 4D & 6A (cast).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAE9018-D1 AWS E9018-D1E10018-D2 AWS E10018-D2

TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2

APPLICATIONS

Fabrication of higher strength steels for use in the stress relieved condition.

For offshore oil well-head process pipework and fittings, these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.

Also finds applications for the repair of medium strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.

PWHTThe PWHT requirements will depend on a number of factors including, base material, property requirements, need to conform to NACE etc. Temperatures will normally be about 620°C but when welding 4130 using E10018-D2 temperatures up to about 645°C may be required to temper the HAZ.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the stress relieved condition the microstructure consists of tempered bainite.

WELDING GUIDELINESThe actual preheat and PWHT requirements will depend on the base material being welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures will be in the range 100-250°C.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSAlthough MnMo wire is the nearest match to the E9018-D1/E10018-D2 electrodes in terms of composition when welding base materials requiring high temperature or prolonged soak PWHT (eg. 4130) it may not retain the required strength. In these circumstances the 1CrMo or 2CrMo wires may prove useful (data sheets A-12 and A-13). See also alloy WB36 (data sheet A-23).

www.metrode.com80

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-50-E9018-D1 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 620°C/1h: Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17 255d 15 20

Reduction of area (%) -- 50Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C 47 90

- 50°C 30 55Hardness (HV) -- 210

E9018-D1ALL-POSITIONAL MnMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9018-D1 H4



min. -- 1.25 -- -- -- -- -- 0.25 --max. 0.10 1.75 0.80 0.025 0.025 -- -- 0.45 --

Typical 0.07 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.15 0.35 0.05

www.metrode.com 81

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-50-E10018-D2 | Rev. 03-10/17

E10018-D2MnMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo CuMin. 0.07 1.65 0.20 -- -- -- -- 0.25 --

Max. 0.15 2.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 -- 0.9 0.45 --Typical 0.10 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.6 0.35 0.05


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E10018-D2 H4BS EN ISO 18275-A (E 624 MnMoB)APPROVALS DNV

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical after PWHT: min 620°C/1h * 645°C/4h **


Elongation (%) 4d 16 25 265d 18 21 22

Reduction of area (%) -- 65 67Impact ISO-V(J) 0°C -- -- >100

- 40°C 27 >27 >60Hardness HV -- 250 230

HRC -- -- <22* PWHT according to AWS.** PWHT typically applied to weldments in alloy 4130 to meet <22HRC in HAZ for oilfield sour service (NACE MR0175).

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min. A 70 80 100 140 200max. A 110 140 180 240 300


Length (mm) 350 350 450 450 450kg/carton 13.5 12.6 16.8 17.1 16.5

Pieces/carton 690 351 243 159 105





Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5

www.metrode.com82

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-50-MnMo | Rev. 02-10/17

MnMoSOLID MnMo ALLOYED WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu

min. 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --max. 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4

Typical 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1


Typical values as-welded (AW) & PWHT Min*

TIG MIG Ar + 5%CO2 MIG Ar + 20%CO2

AW 620°C/1 645°C/4 AW 620°C/1 AW 620°C/1Tensile strength (MPa) 550 720 640 610 725 >635 625 605

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 610 530 530 625 >525 510 490Elongation (%) 4d 17 27 32 31 29 >25 28 25Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C 47 >80 >200 -- >100 -- >55 >100

- 45°C -- >50 >100 >130 >70 >110 -- --Hardness (HV) -- 250 220 220 235 220 215 205

* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures. Maximum strength is found with Ar + 5%CO2, an economic procedure to obtain as-welded properties equivalent to AWS ER100S-G (and the closest approximation to electrode E10018-D2).

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2BS EN ISO 16834-B 4M31EN ISO 14341-A W 46 3 M G4MoEN ISO 14341 A 4Mo / B S4M31BS EN 440 (G4Mo)APPROVALS DNV









www.metrode.com 83

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-60 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-60

ALLOY TYPEA range of Mn-Ni-Mo low alloy consumables covering tensile strength requirements from 620MPa (90ksi) up to 825MPa (120ksi). Some are designed for as-welded applications whilst others are predominantly used following a stress relief PWHT.

HIGH STR ENGTH Ni-Mo LOW A LLOY


These consumables are used for a variety of high strength steels. Depending on strength requirements, some examples are:TUFMET1NiMo

API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55FRQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy Q1(N).

E11018-MQ1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus); QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.

TUFMET3NiMo

HY80 & Q1(N); possibly HY100 & Q2(N).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMATufmet 1NiMo AWS E9016-GE11018-M AWS E11018-MTufmet 3NiMo AWS E12016-G

TIG/MIG ER110S-G AWS ER110S-G

APPLICATIONSAll the consumables are used for a range of high strength low alloy steels. The E11018-M and Tufmet 3NiMo electrodes in particular are used for military applications by the MoD and US Navy for construction and repair of naval craft and submarines. The Tufmet 1NiMo was developed for the offshore industry where high strength and –50°C toughness is required in the as-welded condition.All of the consumables also have applications for general structural steel fabrications in HSLA steels, which may be used for cranes, earth moving equipment, and other highly stressed structural components.

MICROSTRUCTUREThe microstructure of all the consumables is predominantly ferrite; some will contain high proportions of acicular ferrite for optimum as-welded toughness (eg. Tufmet 1NiMo and Tufmet 3NiMo).

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat according to base material and thickness, although materials likely to be welded by the higher strength consumables will normally require 100°C minimum preheat.With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures above 200°C may result in a reduction of strength and toughness.PWHT generally dependent on base material and application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT. Further information can be found under each individual product.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 1NiMo.B electrode (data sheet A-61) is used for applications requiring maximum retained strength after extended PWHT.The MnMo consumables (data sheet A-50) may be suitable for some of the same applications.


www.metrode.com84

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-60-TUFMET 1NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.

Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Provides minimum strength of 620MPa (90ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition.





ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as-welded and PWHT Min. As-welded PWHT 600°C/4-8h

Tensile strength (MPa) 620-730 670 6300.2% proof strength (MPa) 550-660 600 525

Elongation (%) 4d 20 28 --5d 20 25 --

Impact ISO-V(J) 0°C -- -- 130- 50°C 60 >100 >100

TUFMET 1NiMoALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS

OPERATING PARAMETERS, AC (OCV: 60V MIN) OR DC -VE Operation on DC+ve is not as favourable as above,

Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0min. A 60 80 100 140

max. A 100 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9016-G H4Approval: Statoil R-SF-163


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Mo

min. 0.030 1.30 0.25 -- -- 0.6 --max. 0.075 1.80 0.60 0.02 0.02 1.0 0.3

Typical 0.05 1.5 0.35 0.008 0.01 0.85 0.15

www.metrode.com 85

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-60-E11018-M | Rev. 01-03/16

E11018-MALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic, metal powder type, flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.

Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

Conforms to military electrode specification used for Q1(N) and HY80 type steels used in naval construction by MoD and US Navy.

Also suitable for similar high strength steels requiring a minimum strength of 760MPa (110ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition.


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical as welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 620°C/2h

Tensile strength (MPa) 760 820 8300.2% proof strength (MPa) 680-760 730 760

Elongation (%) 4d 20 23 --5d 20 22 16

Reduction of area (%) -- 65 --Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 125 --

- 50°C 30 80 40Lateral expansion mm (mils) - 50°C -- 0.9 (37) --

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E11018-M H4



min. -- 1.30 -- -- -- -- 1.50 0.25 --max. 0.10 1.80 0.60 0.030 0.030 0.40 2.50 0.50 0.05

Typical 0.05 1.7 0.35 0.012 0.012 0.2 2.2 0.4 0.02







min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240




www.metrode.com86

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-60-TUFMET 3NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

TUFMET 3NiMoALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

The electrode was specially designed for welding HY80 and Q1(N) castings which are N+T following welding. Also suitable for other high strength steels requiring minimum tensile strength of about 820MPa (120ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition; or yield strength up to about 800MPa in the as-welded condition.



Typical values min As-weldedStress relieved

600-620°C/1h

Q+T 900°C/1-6h WQ +

635-650°C/1-6h WQTensile strength (MPa) 830 950 920 710-770

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 740 870 870 590-660Elongation (%) 4d 14 20 22 --

5d -- 18 20 20-25Reduction of area (%) -- 55 58 65-70

Impact ISO-V(J) 0°C -- 65 -- --- 50°C -- 45 30 65-135

CTOD (mm) - 5°C -- -- -- >0.46

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E12016-G H4Approvals: MoD NES 769 for Q1(N) in Q+T condition.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo

min. 0.02 0.8 -- -- -- 0.6 3.5 0.4max. 0.06 1.5 0.5 0.025 0.025 1.0 4.5 0.8

Typical 0.045 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.8 4 0.5







min. A 80 100 140max. A 140 180 240




www.metrode.com 87

LOW ALLOY STEELS

ER110S-GHIGH STRENGTH SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper wire for TIG and MIG welding of Q+T steels requiring as-welded tensile strength up to about 760MPa (110ksi). It is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT.


Typical values as welded min TIG MAG Ar+5%CO2

MAGAr+20%CO2


Elongation (%) 4d 15 23 21 21Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- 120 60 50

Hardness (HV) cap/mid -- 300 280 255

* Minimum values for AWS ER110S-G MAG welds are typically obtained with low CO2 content shielding gases; more oxidising gases give AWS ER100S-G properties, as shown above.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER110S-G

(Classified on the basis of mechanical properties in the as-welded condition)BS EN ISO 1683 4-A (Mn3Ni1CrMo)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Cu

min. 0.05 1.4 0.4 -- -- 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.04 --max. 0.12 1.8 0.8 0.020 0.020 0.4 1.8 0.4 0.13 0.25

Typical 0.1 1.6 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.3 1.4 0.3 0.09 0.1


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)50 10 1 0.4 <1.5 1.2 5





TIG -- -- 5 kg tubeMIG 20kg spool 15kg spool --

DS A-60-ER110S-G | Rev. 02-08/16

www.metrode.com88

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-61-1NiMo.B | Rev. 02-07/17

Data Sheet A-61

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

1NiMo.B


ASTMA302 grades C &D.A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3.A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2.

AISI4130 and similar alloys.

BS1501 grades 271 & 281.3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591.

DIN15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368).

APPLICATIONSDesigned for welding low alloy steels used for pressure vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where high strength must be maintained after extended, or multiple, PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used at modest elevated temperature and tests have shown typically 15% reduction in tensile strength at +300°C compared to the room temperature values for 1NiMo.B weld metal.It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high strength steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for oilfield and well-head equipment. In comparison with the MnMo types (data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved resistance to softening at high tempering parameters.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered high strength ferrite.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base material.


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E9018-G H4BS EN ISO 18275-A E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5APPROVALS TÜV


QW432 F-No 4 QW442 A-No 10.


Min. 0.05 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 --Max. 0.12 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10

Typical 0.07 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 610-650°C/1-6h min typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 620-780* 640-7000.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 ** 540-630

Elongation (%) 4d 17 24-305d -- 21-26

Reduction of area % -- 70Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- 75-110

- 40°C -- 60- 60°C -- 45

Hardness (HV) AW -- 220* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield point.




min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240




STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 18 5

www.metrode.com 89

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-70

ALLOY TYPELow alloy steel with Ni-Cu-Cr additions for welding weathering steels.

LOW A LLOY Ni-Cu CONSUM A BLES FOR WE ATHER ING STEELS


ASTMA588 Grades A, B, C, K.A242 Types 1, 2.

DIN1.8960, 1.8961, 1.8963

BS4360 Grades WR50A, WR50B, WR50C.

ProprietaryCorten A, B1 (Corus and US Steel)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA 1NiCu.B AWS E8018-W2TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W AWS ER80S-GSAW flux LA436 BS EN SA AB 1

APPLICATIONSMainly used for weathering steels containing a similar controlled copper addition and claimed to offer a three-fold improvement in corrosion resistance and a more stable patina compared with plain CMn steel.Applications include architectural structures, bridges and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion in seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in oxygen and salinity, and has applications for welding micro-alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels and off-shore structures.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe Chromet 1L electrode (data sheet A-12) may be preferred for welding vanadium treated Corten B1 steel intended for non-critical elevated temperature applications eg. chimney stacks.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat according to joint thickness and restraint. Normally left in the as-welded condition so no PWHT required.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 2%Ni consumables (data sheet A-41) provide comparable weathering resistance and are also compatible with the weathering steels


www.metrode.com90

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-70-1NiCu.B | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire.



1NiCu.B MM A ELECTRODE FOR WELDING CORTEN T YPE WE ATHERING STEELS



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.5M E8018-W2 H4BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-NCC1 A

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 4QW4 42 A-No (not allocated)


min. 0.04 0.50 0.35 -- -- 0.45 0.40 -- 0.30max. 0.12 1.30 0.80 0.02 0.03 0.70 0.80 -- 0.75

Typical 0.06 1 0.6 0.01 0.015 0.6 0.6 0.02 0.5





Tensile strength (MPa) 550-720 * 6100.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 520

Elongation (%) 4d 19 255d 17 20

Reduction of area % -- 65Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 150

-20°C 27 100-40°C -- 70-60°C -- 40

* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.


min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)14 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.1 18 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or 50-150ºC in heated quivers:: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

www.metrode.com 91

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DS A-70-ER80S-W | Rev. 01-03/16

ER80S-W SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF CORTEN WEATHERING STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG, MIG and SAW welding.


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni CuMin. 0.04 1.0 0.5 -- -- -- 0.6 0.2

Max. 0.12 1.6 1.0 0.025 0.025 0.4 1.2 0.6Typical 0.09 1.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.8 0.4

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No not allocated

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.28M ER80S-GBS EN ISO 1683 4-A (Mn3Ni1Cu)

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent Min. Ar-20%CO2

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 610Yield stress (MPa) -- 525

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 470 500Elongation (%) 4d 24 28


- 50°C -- 75Hardness (HV) mid/cap -- 190/245


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)52 8 0.2 0.5 < 0.5 1.6 5


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14VMIG Ar + 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V

SAW LA436 DC+ 2.5 350A, 28V


TIG -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube --MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- -- 25kg spool

www.metrode.com92

LOW

ALL

OY ST

EELS

DS A-80-railrod | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet A-80

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low hydrogen flux coating with low moisture absorption characteristics. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

R A ILROD


Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile strength of > 700 MPa.

APPLICATIONSThis electrode is especially designed for the butt welding of rails with square preparation. It can also be used for welding similar cross-sections such as bars, thick plates, flanges, etc. The electrode is specially designed to enable good fusion to the side walls to take place without excessive slag interference. Weld metal has good resistance to collapse under compression by rolling loads.Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane rails in dockyards, mines, steelworks and petrochemical plants.Note that this technique has not been generally accepted as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ welding of passenger track.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat typically 200°C for >0.5%C rail steel, increasing to 300°C for >0.7%C rail steel. It is important to maintain these minimum temperatures during welding. Maximum suggested interpass temperature 400°C. Slow cool under insulation after welding.This electrode is normally used in the downhand (flat) position with a slag-over-slag technique. Rail ends are square butt welded by setting 15-20mm apart with a prepared 4-6mm thick steel insert at the weld root, then copper shims are stacked to form an enclosure for the weld pool whilst allowing excess slag to run free.Good surface profile underneath the weld root area will maximise fatigue resistance of the joint. Initial support for depositing the root can utilise a copper backing plate or wire-reinforced window glass. Before and during welding it is important to use a sufficient preheat-interpass range, and to retard cooling.


SPECIFICATIONSNone strictly applicable, nearest AWS E12016-G and nearest BS EN E69 Z Z B.


QW432 F-No - QW442 A-No -


Min. 0.06 0.7 0.2 -- -- 2.0 -- --Max. 0.12 1.5 0.8 0.020 0.025 2.6 0.5 0.5

Typical 0.09 1 0.5 0.008 0.012 2.3 0.2 0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT 610-650°C/1-6h typical


Elongation (%) 4d 17Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C 18-48

- 40°C 14-43Hardness (HV) 280

* For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20°C, 5J @ 0°C.


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G


min. A 100 200 240max. A 160 280 360

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 3.2 * 5.0 6.0 *

Length (mm) 350 450 450

kg/carton 15.0 17.7 18.3


* supplied to order



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)15 5 < 0.2 0.8 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 93DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

Section B : STAINLESS STEELS

M A RTENSITIC STA INLESS STEEL CONSUM A BLES


Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At 0.1%C the leanest alloy type 410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing chromium in types 430 and 446, which are essentially ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises the ductile-to-brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical properties. However, this is controlled by adding some nickel to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved properties, or 20-26%Cr duplex alloys (eg. data sheets B-60 to B-63).

This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common martensitic stainless base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in the flat and H-V positions, since welds are more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types. Procedural guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.

Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common types can be broadly sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic (CA6NM or 410NiMo), and precipitation hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a much harder martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining 0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430 into a much stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in alloys of up to 17%Cr gives tougher and more ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are an improved extension of this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.

Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation hardened during heat treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and toughness. Unfortunately, as alloying is raised for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ may not fully transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels (data sheets B-30 to B-35).

Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen cracking control (particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for precipitation hardening types. To overcome the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength: use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness of matching welds in alloy 410 can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431. Again, a dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.

Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409). Hybrid utility ferritics with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo superferritics are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely encountered. The remaining heat-resistant plain 17-28%Cr ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given PWHT. Better as-welded properties are obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.

The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking. With increasing chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so preheat is often advised for alloys with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness. The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low impurity levels typically present.

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com94 DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications

B-10 410MMA

13.RMP E410-26 E 13 R 5 213.1.BMP (E410-15) (E 13 B 5 2)

TIG/MIG 12Cr ER410 13

B-11 410NiMoMMA

13.4.Mo.L.R E410NiMo-26 E 13 4 R 5 213.4.Mo.L.B E410NiMo-25 E 13 4 B 6 2

TIG/MIG ER410NiMo (ER410NiMo) 13 4FCW Supercore 410NiMo E410NiMoT1-1/4 T 13 4 P C/M 2

B-1217.4.PH/FV520

MMAFV520-1 - -

17.4.Cu.RL - -

TIG/MIGFV520-B - -17-4PH ER630 -

STA NDA R D AUSTENITIC STA INLESS STEEL CONSUM A BLES

The stainless steels in most widespread use are standard austenitic types. They combine general ease of fabrication with useful properties over a wide range of temperatures. Low carbon and other grades, effectively immune to HAZ corrosion (once known as weld decay), are produced economically by continuous casting, a process which relies on a particular solidification mode that also guarantees welds their resistance to hot cracking.

Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special service properties. The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although improved basic types are gaining popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding, Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for higher speed vertical-down welding, and Supercore for flux cored wires.

For normal service below about 400°C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-stabilised 321 or unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these 19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly, 19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316) for 316 and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about 400°C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature weld metals with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in Section C. For cryogenic service, see below.

Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in austenite and does not cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate condensation. Interpass and heat input control is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise distortion, since austenitics have lower thermal conductivity and higher expansion rates than lower alloy steels. PWHT is rarely applied, although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for upgrading castings.

Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and hot cracking. Only a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification cracking during deposition as well as microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped by low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes are more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when composition balance promotes some weld metal ferrite, and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking occurs - even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically 3-10FN in standard types) has been known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively, to predict ferrite from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively improve in accuracy. However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the Suutala diagram: above a Cr/Ni equivalent ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this boundary. Since the same principle applies to parent material, the likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted welds can be checked - including those in free-machining grades with high sulphur or selenium.

An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings often exceed it to raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to –130°C, a maximum of about 8FN is desirable, or less than 5FN at –196°C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L consumables are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the usual criterion of >0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited for two other service conditions. For high temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total alloying minimises formation of brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-bearing weld metal such as 316L must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L (data sheet B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.

STAINLESS STEELS



Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa

B-30 308L

MMA

Supermet 308L E308L-17 E 19 9 L R 3 2Ultramet 308L E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 3 2

Ultramet 308LP E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 1 1Ultramet B308L E308L-15 E 19 9 L B 4 2

TIG 308S92 ER308L W 19 9 LMIG Supermig 308LSi ER308LSi G 19 9 L SiSAW 308S92 ER308L S 19 9 L

FCWSupercore 308L E308LT0-1/4 T 19 9 L R C/M 3

Supercore 308LP E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P C/M 2Superoot 308L R308LT1-5 TS308L-R I1

B-31 347

MMAUltramet 347 E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R32

Ultramet B347 E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 ER347 19 9 Nb

MIG Supermig 347Si ER347Si G 19 9 Nb SiFCW Supercore 347 E347T0-1/4 T19 9 Nb R C/M 3

B-32 316L

MMA

Supermet 316L E316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2Ultramet 316L E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2

Ultramet 316LP E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 11Ultramet B316L E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2

TIG 316S92 ER316L W 19 12 3 LMIG Supermig 316LSi ER316LSi G 19 12 3 L SiSAW 316S92 ER316L S 19 12 3 L

FCWSupercore 316L E316LT0-1/4 T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3

Supercore 316LP E316LT1-1/4 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2Superoot 316L R316LT1-5 TS316L-R I1

B-33 316NFMMA

Ultramet 316NF (E316LMn-16) E 18 15 3 L R 3 2Ultramet B316NF (E316LMn-15) E 18 15 3 L B 4 2

TIG/MIG ER316MnNF ER316LMn 20 16 3 Mn LFCW Supercore 316NF (E316LT0-4) (T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)

B-34 318MMA Supermet 318 E318-17 E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2

TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 ER318 19 12 3 Nb

B-35 317LMMA Ultramet 317L E317L-16 E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2

TIG/MIG ER317L ER317L 19 13 4 LFCW Supercore 317LP E317LT1-1/4 (T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)

B-37 308LCF

MMAUltramet 308LCF E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 3 2

Ultramet B308LCF E308L-15 E 19 9 L B 4 2TIG ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L

SAW ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 LFCW Supercore 308LCF E308LT1-1/4J T 19 9 L P C/M 2

B-38 316LCF

MMAUltramet 316LCF E316L-16 T 19 9 L P C/M 2

Ultramet B316LCF E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2TIG ER316LCF ER316L 19 12 3 L

SAW ER316LCF ER316L 19 12 3 LFCW Supercore 316LCF E316LT1-1/4J (T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com96

SUPER AUSTENITIC STA INLESS STEEL CONSUM A BLES LE A N DUPLE X , DUPLE X A ND SUPER DUPLE X STA INLESS STEEL CONSUM A BLES

There are three basic variants of 23%Cr-12%Ni type 309 consumables: unstabilised, Nb-stabilised and Mo-bearing. All are typically low carbon (< 0.04%C) with ferrite above 10FN and they are essentially over-alloyed versions of standard austenitic consumables 308L, 347 and 316L respectively. The original purpose of this over-alloying was to compensate for the effect of dilution when used as the first buffer layer in welding stainless-clad mild steel, for which they are still used. Choice of the appropriate variant is logically related to the alloy required for subsequent and finishing layers.

However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely used consumables for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a stainless steel and the other side mild or low alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with this type. Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite content and for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data sheet E-22).

Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld metal more prone to hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As a result of the embrittlement of ferrite, PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or toughness is acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide precipitation at the fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the presence of Nb may exaggerate this effect.

For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about 300°C, or lower than about –50°C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-11). A specially controlled type (suffix CF) is available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent alloy type 309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for general purpose dissimilar welding applications.

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


B-50 309L

MMA

Supermet 309L E309L-17 E 23 12 L RUltramet 309L E309L-16 E 23 12 L R

Ultramet 309LP E309L-16 E 23 12 L RUltramet B309L E309L-15 E 23 12 L B

TIG 309S92 ER309L W 23 12 LMIG Supermig 309LSi ER309LSi G 23 12 L SiSAW 309S92 ER309L S 23 12 L

FCWSupercore 309L E309LT0-1/4 T 23 12 L R

Supercore 309LP E309LT1-1/4 T 23 12 L P

B-51 309Mo

MMASupermet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L RUltramet B309Mo E309LMo-15 E 23 12 2 L BVertamet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R

TIG/MIG/SAW ER309Mo (ER309Mo) 23 12 2 L

FCWSupercore 309Mo E309LMoT0-1/4 T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3

Supercore 309MoP E309LMoT1-1/4 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2B-53 309Nb MMA Ultramet 309Nb E309Cb-16 BS: 23.12.Nb.R

309L A ND 309MO CONSUM A BLES FOR DISSIMIL A R W ELDING

Although duplex and superaustenitic stainless steels are distinct alloy groups, they are both designed to resist severe corrosion and in some cases compete with each other. The duplex types have considerably higher strength. All have greatly increased resistance to stress-corrosion compared with the standard austenitics. High resistance to general corrosion and especially pitting in high chloride media is obtained with increased levels of chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen.

Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N). Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex types with typically 25%Cr have a PRE above 40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a microstructure balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld metals have similar composition except that nickel is increased to control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range of 25-60% for optimum mechanical and corrosion properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite re-formation in weld metal and parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.

STAINLESS STEELS


The third group of duplex alloys, the lean duplex types, have a PRE of about 25 with corrosion performance comparable to 316L so they are generally not used in highly corrosive environments. The main use has been for structural applications where the high strength is beneficial. The lean duplex stainless steels are so called because some of the higher cost alloying, particularly Ni, is reduced to lower the cost. The lean duplex types can be welded with standard duplex consumables but matching lean duplex consumables are also offered (data sheet B-59).

In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually satisfactory. However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is critical and this requires more stringent procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the superduplex alloys. Technical profiles are available which give guidance on these issues.

The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base alloys. (In nickel base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are fully austenitic, controlled interpass temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type 20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment is carried out. Otherwise S31254, and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section D).


B-40 904LMMA

Ultramet 904L E385-16 E 20 25 5 CuNL RUltramet B904L E385-15 E 20 25 5 CuNL B

TIG/MIG 20.25.4.Cu ER385 20 25 5 CuNLB-41 20 MMA E320LR-15 E320LR-15 -

B-42 825MMA E825L-15 - DIN: EL-NiCr28Mo

TIG/MIG 82-50 ERNiFeCr-1 BS: NA41B-45 310L MMA 25.20.LR - -B-46 310MoLN MMA Ultramet B310MoLN - E 25 22 2 N L BB-47 Matching 6%Mo MMA 20.18.6.Cu.R - -

B-59 Lean duplexMMA Ultramet 2304 - -FCW Supercore 2304P - -

B-60 Duplex

MMA

Supermet 2205 - -Ultramet 2205 E2209-16 E 22 9 3 N L R

Supermet 2205AR E2209-17 E 22 9 3 L N R2205XKS E2209-15 E 22 9 3 N L B

TIG/MIG/SAW ER329N ER2209 22 9 3 N LMCW Supercore M2205 EC2209 T 22 9 3 N L M12 3

FCWSupercore 2205 E2209T0-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3

Supercore 2205P E2209T1-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2

B-61Zeron® 100superduplex

MMA Zeron® 100XKS E2595-15 E 25 9 4 N L BTIG/MIG/SAW Zeron® 100X ER2594 25 9 4 N L

FCW Supercore Z100XP E2594T1-4 TS 2594-F M21 1

B-622507

superduplex

MMA2507XKS E2594-15 E 25 9 4 N L B

Ultramet 2507 E2594-16 E 25 9 4 N L RTIG 2507 ER2594 W 25 9 4 N L

FCWSupercore 2507 E2594T0-4 T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3

Supercore 2507P E2594T1-4 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2

B-63 2553MMA Supermet 2506Cu E2553-16 E 25 9 4 CuNL RFCW Supercore 2507Cu - -

-Matching

compositionMMA

Supermet 2506 - BS: 25.6.2.RSupermet 2507Cu - -

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


NUCLE A R A PPLIC ATIONS

The next group consumables are intended for nuclear power applications. There are two types firstly those with an (N) suffix designed to meet the requirements of the French RCC-M Nuclear Construction Code (data sheets B-80, B-81 and B-83). The second group are the Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 308L consumables designed for spent nuclear fuel reprocessing applications (data sheet B-88)


B-80 308L(N)

MMA Ultramet 308L(N) E308L-16 E 19 9 L RUltramet B308L(N) E308L-15 E 19 9 L B

TIG 308S92(N) ER308L W 19 9 L

B-81 316L(N)

MMA Ultramet 316L(N) E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L RUltramet B316L(N) E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B

TIG 316S92(N) ER316L W 19 12 3 L

B-83 309L(N

MMA Ultramet 309L(N) E309L-16 E 23 12 L RUltramet B309L(N) E309L-15 E 23 12 L B

TIG 309S92(N) ER309L W 23 12 L

B-88 NAGMMA NAG 19.9.L.R E308L-16 E 19 9 L RTIG NAG 19.9.L ER308L W 19 9 L

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-10

ALLOY TYPE12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the 13.1.BMP electrode also has 1.5%Ni.

12%Cr M A RTENSITIC STA INLESS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDwrought cast

ASTM 410, 403 A487 grade CA15UNS S41000, S40300DIN 1.4006 (X10Cr13) 1.4006 (G-X10Cr13)

1.4000, 1.4024BS 410S21 (En56A) 410C21

403S17The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for ASTM A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-X8CrNi13).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA13.RMP AWS E410-2613.1.BMP DIN E 13 1 MPB

TIG/MIG 12Cr AWS ER410

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed for welding wrought or cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel. Fabrication welds of matching composition such as this must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing to high hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the as-welded condition. Conventional 410 has variable toughness but following PWHT the 13.1.BMP electrode with 1.5%Ni has good impact properties down to –10°C or lower depending on the heat treatment schedule.Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti (409), Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less fully ferritic with typically lower strength than type 410. These types, and the newer «utility ferritics», are normally welded without PWHT using 309/309L consumables (data sheet B-50). The same applies to type 410 when PWHT is not practicable.Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable air-hardening transformation to a predominantly martensitic microstructure. Structural properties below ambient are limited by its relatively high ductile-brittle transition temperature (particularly weldments), and up to about 550ºC by its modest creep resistance. It has useful resistance to general corrosion in non-aggressive media, sulphide-induced SCC in sour crude oil service, and oxidation up to about 800°C.Typical applications include hydrocrackers, reaction vessels, distillation plants and associated pipework in refineries; furnace parts, linings; surfacing run-out rolls in steel mills; cast valve bodies, turbine parts and burner nozzles.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered martensite with some retained ferrite.

PWHTPlain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling to room temperature to allow full transformation to take place (range is Ms-350°C Mf-100°C), then temper at 680-760°C followed by air cool. To ensure <22HRC (NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at 745°C is preferred.13.1.BMP – The optimum properties are obtained after PWHT at around 700°C, close to the Ac1 temperature for this weld metal, which (due to the added nickel) has a lower Ac1 than plain 410. If needed PWHT time can be extended but higher temperatures may cause re-hardening with fresh martensite formation on cool-out. Superior toughness can be achieved with a double temper (cool to ambient between cycles) and this is recommended to conform to NACE, 22HRC maximum.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat of 150-250°C is required for heavier sections. Following welding, components should be cooled to room temperature before PWHT. Weld metal and HAZ’s have poor ductility and toughness in the as-welded condition, careful handling is recommended prior to PWHT to minimise physical shock.


STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com100 DS B-10-13.RMP | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.


Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.






After PWHT 850°C/2h * 745°C/1h **Min. Typical Min. Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 480 520 520 7000.2% proof strength (MPa) 250 270 -- 610

Elongation (%) 4d -- 36 20 215d 20 34 -- 18

Reduction of area % -- 52 -- 59* BS & BS EN PWHT: 840-870°C for 2 hours, furnace cool to 595°C at 55°C/h. max. Air cool to ambient. This gives a relatively low strength condition.** AWS PWHT: 730-760°C for 1 hour, furnace cool to 315°C at 60°C/h max., air cool to ambient. This gives a higher strength tempered condition more representative of normal fabrication welds.

13.RMP RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E410-26BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 R 5 2



min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 -- -- --max. 0.08 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 13.5 0.60 0.5 0.50

Typical 0.06 0.5 0.30 0.010 0.015 11.5 0.4 0.2 0.05

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 101DS B-10-13.1.BMP | Rev. 01-03/16

13.1.BMP 13%CR-1.5%NI BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic low hydrogen metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.


Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu

Min. 0.02 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 1.0 0.15 --Max. 0.06 1.0 0.50 0.025 0.030 14.0 2.0 0.50 0.5

Typical 0.04 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.02 13 1.5 0.3 0.05

* Molybdenum is controlled to satisfy minimum requirements for ASTM A487 CA15M castings (0.15-1.0% Mo).

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4 (E410-15)

Nearest classificationsBS EN ISO 3581 (E 13 B 5 2)


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical after PWHT Min. 790°C/5h + 700°C/5h 680°C/2h + 620°C/2h


Elongation (%) 4d 18 26 205d 15 23 17

Reduction of area % -- 70 67Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 105 --

-10°C -- 90 60Hardness (HRC) <22 ** 18 19

* Tensile properties based on ASTM CA15 and CA15M castings. Specifications for wrought grades vary in tensile strength 415-700MPa.** For conformance to NACE a double temper is mandatory.


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240





Pieces/carton 570 375 225 144STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com102 DS B-10-12Cr | Rev. 01-03/16

12CrSOLID WIRE FOR WELDING 410

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG & MIG.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C * Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

Min. 0.06 -- 0.25 -- -- 12.0 -- -- --Max. 0.12 0.6 0.50 0.02 0.03 13.5 0.3 0.3 0.3

Typical 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.01 0.02 12.5 0.2 0.03 0.2 * BS 2901: Pt2 requires 0.09-0.15%C.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER410BS EN ISO 14343-A 13BS EN ISO 14343-B SS410



Typical values after PWHTMIG: Ar+20%CO2

740°C/1h (AWS) 740°C/3hTensile strength (MPa) 695 675


5d 19 18Reduction of area % 50 50

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C <20 20Hardness cap/mid HV 225/230 215/220

HRC -- 18/21


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)55 4 8 <0.1 <0.5 5


TIG ArgonΜ DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar / 1-3%O2 or Ar / 3-20%CO2 ** DC+ 1.2 280A, 28V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Most economic gas is Ar-20%CO2. This gas provides the highest resistance to weld metal porosity and carbon content typically not exceeding 0.12%.


TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool --

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-11

ALLOY TYPE12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic alloy.

410NiMo M A RTENSITIC STA INLESS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA13.4.Mo.L.R AWS E410NiMo-2613.4.Mo.L.B AWS E410NiMo-25

TIG/MIG ER410NiMo AWS ER410NiMoFCW Supercore 410NiMo AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSHigh strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation, sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type 410/CA15).Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the strength of equivalent parent material and is remarkably resistant to softening during PWHT. These properties can be exploited for welding martensitic precipitation-hardening alloys if corrosion conditions are compatible with lower alloy weld metal, with the advantage of a single PWHT at 450-620°C for tempering. The 410NiMo consumables are also used for overlaying mild and CMn steels.13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form for hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls, compressor cones, impellers and high pressure pipes in power generation, offshore oil, chemical and petrochemical industries.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of tempered martensite with some retained austenite.

PWHTFor maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC in sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a hardness of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve because weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to softening by PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h is necessary. Common practice is 675°C/10h + 605ºC/10h with intermediate air cool to ambient. Recent work indicates 650ºC + 620°C is optimum, and that intermediate air cooling to ambient or lower is essential. Another authority suggests raising the first PWHT cycle for full austenitisation anneal at 770°C/2h prior to final temper. Control of distortion may be more critical in this case. In the case of the Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it has not been possible to reduce the hardness to 23HRC irrespective of the PWHT carried out.If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type 410 or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about 650°C unless a second temper at 590-620°C is applied.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat-interpass range of 100-200°C is recommended to allow martensite transformation during welding. Cool to room temperature before PWHT.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDwrought cast

ASTM F6NM CA6NMUNS S41500BS EN / DIN 1.4313 G-X5CrNi 13 4BS -- 425C11

AFNOR -- Z6 CND 1304-M

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com104 DS B-11-13.4.Mo.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical properties Min. PWHT (1) As-welded (2)


Elongation (%) 4d 15 17 4.55d 15 16 3

Reduction of area % -- 45 10Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 45 27

- 40°C -- 35 13- 60°C -- 30 8

Hardness (HV) -- 270-300 350 (1) AWS & BS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT. (2) This weld metal is not usually recommended for use in the as-welded condition, except for surfacing applications where a hardness of 330-400HV is useful.

13.4.Mo.L.R RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 410NiMo


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E410NiMo-26BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 4 R 5 2



min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --max. 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50

Typical 0.03 0.8 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 105DS B-11-13.4.Mo.L.B | Rev. 01-03/16

13.4.Mo.L.B BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410NiMo

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --Max. 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50

Typical 0.03 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E410NiMo-25* * 2005 EditionBS EN ISO 3581 E 13 4 B 6 2


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical properties Min. PWHT (1)


Elongation (%) 4d 15 175d 15 16

Reduction of area (%) -- 45Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 50

(1) AWS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.






OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VEDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com106 DS B-11-ER410NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

ER410NiMoSOLID WIRE FOR WELDING 410NiMo

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG and MIG.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn * Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

Min. -- 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 --Max. 0.05 1.0 0.60 0.02 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.015 12.3 4.5 0.5 0.1* AWS requires 0.6%Mn max and 0.50%Si max.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M (ER410NiMo) Does not always strictly conform, see composition.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 13 4BS EN ISO 14343-B (SS410NiMo)


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values after PWHT 610°C/1h: TIG



Impact ISO-V(J) 0°C 90-50°C 60

Hardness cap/mid HRC 25-30HV 300


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar with 1-2%O2 or 1-5%CO2 ** DC+ 1.2 220A, 28V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary gas mixtures with <5%CO2 are also suitable.


TIG -- 2.5 kg tube To order 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)54 5 8 3.2 <0.5 <0.5 5

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 107

SUPERCORE 410NiMo ALL –POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR WELDING 410NiMo

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAll-positional rutile flux cored wire made on a high purity stainless steel stripMetal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 -- --Max. 0.06 1.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3 0.05

Typical 0.03 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.017 11.8 4.5 0.5 0.03 0.03

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E410NiMoT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 13 4 P C/M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS410NiMo-FB1



Typical values Min. 610°C/1h 610°C/10h 650°C/10h +620°C/10h

Tensile strength (MPa) 760 940 870 --0.2% proof strength (MPa) 500 850 700 --

Elongation (%) 4d 15 20 23 --5d 15 17 19 --

Reduction of area (%) -- 50 55 --Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 45 50 50

-40°C -- 30 40 35Hardness HV -- 330 310 310

HRC -- 31 27 28AWS PWHT = 593-621°C/1 hour. BS EN PWHT = 580-620°C/2 hours.

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):

Diameter (mm) range typical stickout1.2 150-280A, 25-32V 180A, 29V 15-25mm1.6 200-350A, 26-34V 260A, 30V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

FUME DATAFume composition, wt %

Fe Mn CrVI Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)18 3 2.5 1 0.2 <0.5 2

DS B-11-SUPERCORE 410NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-12

ALLOY TYPEHigh strength martensitic precipitation hardening stainless steels.

M A RTENSITIC PR ECIPITATION H A R DENING STA INLESS STEELS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAFV520-1 --17.4.Cu.R (AWS E630-16)

TIGFV520B --17-4PH AWS ER630

MCW Metcore FV520 --

APPLICATIONSUsed for welding very high strength martensitic stainless steels, precipitation hardened by additions of copper. Strength can be up to three times that of standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.The FV520/450 type alloys have corrosion resistance comparable to 304 stainless steel. The 630/17-4PH types, with no Mo and higher carbon, do not have such good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion as the FV520/450 types.Applications include pump shafts, impellers, hydraulic equipment used in oil and gas industries, petrochemical, marine and nuclear engineering.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of precipitation hardened tempered martensite with some retained austenite.

PWHTWhen matching composition consumables are used for welding these materials a PWHT must be carried out. Normal practice is for the materials to be used in the over-aged condition. PWHT for over-ageing consists of: 750°C for 2 hours, air cool to 15°C; followed by 550°C for 2 hours and air cool.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not usually necessary for thickness up to 15mm, for thicker restrained sections, a preheat-interpass temperature range of 100-200°C is recommended. Temperatures above 200°C will suppress martensite transformation with consequent microstructural coarsening.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDFV520 Types: ASTM

A564, A693, A705; Grade XM-25

UNSS45000

BS3146 Grade ANC 20. ‘S’ grades; 2S.143; 3S.144; 3S.145

ProprietaryFV520B (Firth Vickers), Custom 450 (Carpenter)

630 / 17.4.PH Types: ASTM

A564; Grade 630, A747; CB7Cu-1 (cast) UNS

S17400 BS EN

10088-2; X5CrNiCuNb 16-4 (1.4542)DIN

1.4548, 1.4549 Proprietary

17-4PH (Armco Steel), Custom 630 (Carpenter)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONOn cooling the weld metal transforms from austenite to martensite (Ms) below about 250°C, but a significant fraction of austenite is still retained at ambient temperature. Since sub-zero cooling is impractical, this austenite is destabilised by annealing at 750-850°C. Carbide precipitation in the austenite raises its Ms temperature to enable complete transformation when cooled, ensuring more effective tempering and ageing during the second PWHT cycle. Omission of the inconvenient first PWHT cycle may give properties with greater batch variability. The use of 410NiMo (B-11) allows a simplified PWHT to be used, and when PWHT is not possible 2205 duplex (B-60) or superduplex (B-61 & B-62) consumables may allow PWHT to be avoided without compromising mechanical properties too much.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 109DS B-12-FV520-1 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical properties PWHT Aged * Over-aged **


Elongation (%) 4d -- 165d 10 15

Reduction of area (%) 30 37Hardness (HV) 420 345

* 850°C/2 hours, air cool to 15°C + 450°C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.** 750°C/2 hours, air cool to 15°C + 550°C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.

FV520-1MM A ELECTRODE FOR F V520 BA SE M ATERIAL


min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180




SPECIFICATIONSThere are no national specifications for this electrode.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb

min. -- 0.4 0.2 -- -- 13.0 4.5 1.2 1.2 0.15max. 0.05 1.0 0.5 0.030 0.030 15.5 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5

Typical 0.03 0.6 0.3 0.010 0.015 14 5 1.5 1.6 0.3


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com110 DS B-12-17.4.Cu.R | Rev. 01-03/16

17.4.Cu.RMMA ELECTRODE FOR 17-4PH BASE MATERIAL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Min. -- -- -- -- -- 14.0 3.5 -- 1.5Max. 0.10 1.0 0.8 0.030 0.030 16.5 4.5 0.5 2.5

Typical 0.02 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 15 4 0.2 2








min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180

SPECIFICATIONSThere are no national specifications for this electrode, but is is similar to AWS A5.4 E630-16

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical properties PWHT Over-aged *



Reduction of area (%) 24Hardness (HV) 330

* 750°C/2 hours, air cool to 15°C + 550°C/2 hours, air cool.



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 111DS B-12-FV520B| Rev. 01-03/16

FV520BSOLID TIG WIRE FOR WELDING F V520 STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb

Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 13.2 5.0 1.2 1.2 0.15Max. 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.03 0.03 14.7 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5

Typical 0.05 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.02 14 5.5 1.6 1.7 0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical PWHT Aged * Over-aged ** Over-aged *** single cycle 550°C

Tensile strenght (MPa) 1345 1100 1025 12000.2% proof strength (MPa) 1240 1050 760 1000

Elongation (%) 4d 5 19 22 195d 5 16 21 16

Reduction of area (%) 15 50 60 50Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 7 60 125 125

- 20°C -- 20 85 75Hardness mid HV 450 380 315 400

* 850°C/2 hours, air cool to 20°C + 450°C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.** 750°C/2 hours, air cool to 20°C + 550°C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.*** 750°C/2 hours, air cool to 20°C + 620°C/2 hours, air cool.


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 120A, 14V* Also required as a purge for root runs.


TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube




Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)52 4 11 4 <0.5 2.7 4.5

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com112 DS B-121-17-4PH | Rev. 01-03/16

17-4PHSOLID TIG WIRE FOR WELDING 17-4PH STAINLESS STEEL


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb

Min. -- 0.25 -- -- -- 16.00 4.5 -- 3.25 0.15Max. 0.05 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 16.75 5.0 0.75 4.00 0.30

Typical 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.02 16.3 4.8 0.2 3.5 0.2

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9 ER630

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical PWHT Over-aged *


Elongation (%) 10* 750°C/2 hours, air cool to 15°C + 550°C/2 hours, air cool; or 1040°C, air cool + 620°C/4 hours.


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 120A, 14V



TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)50 4 13 3.5 <0.5 5.5 3.6

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-30

ALLOY TYPE308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base materials.

308L STA INLESS STEELS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA

Supermet 308L AWS E308L-17Ultramet 308L AWS E308L-16Ultramet B308L AWS E308L-15Ultramet 308LP AWS E308L-16

TIG 308S92 AWS ER308LMIG Supermig 308LSi AWS ER308LSi

SAW308S92 AWS ER308LP2007 BS EN SA AF2SSB BS EN SA AF2

FCWSupercore 308L AWS E308LT0-1/4Supercore 308LP AWS E308LT1-1/4Superoot 308L AWS R308LT1-5

APPLICATIONSUsed to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302, 303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised 321. Service temperatures are typically –100°C to about 400°C.Applications include food, brewery, pharmaceutical equipment, architectural and general fabrication, and nuclear engineering.The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-37.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in the range 3-12FN depending on the application.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-37. Stainless steel consumables for high temperature applications on 304H can be found in data sheets C-10 or C-12.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C; no PWHT required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc welding with 308S92. There is also additional information available covering the Supercore flux cored wires.



304L304304LNCF3CF8321347

BS304S11304S15/16/31304S61304C12304C15321S31347S31

BS EN & DIN1.43061.43011.43111.43081.45411.4543/1.4561/1.4550

UNSS30403S30400S30453S32100S34700

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com114 DS B-30-SUPERMET 308L | Rev. 03-09/17

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. ‘Low hydrogen’ manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. ‘Supermet Technology’ gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.



Pieces/carton 846 609 333 243 156

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Min. typical


Elongation (%) 4d 35 455d 30 40


SUPERMET 308L GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 308L MM A ELECTRODE

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 50 60 75 100 130max. A 70 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-17BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2Approvals TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 10

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10 0.10 0.05 6

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 115DS B-30-ULTRAMET 308L | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET 308L ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304L



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2Approvals TÜV



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10

Typical <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.1 0.1 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. typical 1050°C + WQ


Elongation (%) 4d 35 45 505d 30 42 48

Reduction of area % -- 50 64Impact ISO-V(J) -100°C -- 35 --

-196°C -- * -- > 60* See Ultramet 308LCF (data sheet B-37) for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.




TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210





STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com116 DS B-30-ULTRAMET B308L| Rev. 01-03/16

ULTRAMET B308L BASIC COATED MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 304L

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155



Elongation (%) 4d 35 445d 30 40

Reduction of area % -- 60Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 80-120

-196°C -- 35-50

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L B 4 2



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10

Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 19 10 0.1 <0.1 6








STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 117

ULTRAMET 308LP ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 308LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 308LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.1 0.5 10

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 10 0.01 0.1 6

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 1 1




Elongation (%) 4d 35 455d 30 43

Reduction of area % -- 50Impact ISO-V(J) -105°C -- 35

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2

min. A 50 60 75max. A 70 90 120









PB/2FPA/1G PF/3GuPC/2G PE/4G PG/3Gd

DS B-30-ULTRAMET 308LP | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com118

308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSiSOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN

Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 12

Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 10* Supermig 308LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.8%.


As welded TypicalTIG MIG SAW + P2007


Elongation (%) 4d 35 42 415d 33 40 37

Impact ISO-V(J) -130°C 110 70 50-196°C * 80 30-60 30

Hardness cap/mid HV 200/220 200/220 195/215* For applications requiring cryogenic toughness see data sheet B-37.


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar+2%O2* DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW P2007** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.


TIG (308S92) -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube --MIG (Supermig 308LSi) 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- -- --

SAW (308S92) -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

SPECIFICATIONS308S92 (TIG & Sub-arc) Supermig 308LSi (MIG)

AWS A5.9M ER308L ER308L SiBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L G 19 9 L SiBS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L SS308L SiAPPROVALS TÜV (TIG)


DS B-30-308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 119

SUPERCORE 308L, 308LPRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 308L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 308LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these applications, it is recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.


Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.5 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.5 11.0 0.3 0.3 12Typical 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.02 0.02 19.5 10 0.1 0.1 8



Elongation (%) 4d 35 435d 30 42


-110°C -- 40Hardness HV -- 200



SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 308L Supercore 308LP

AWS A5.22M E308LT0-1/4 E308LT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L R C /M 3 T 19 9 L P C /M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB0 TS308L-FB1Approvals TÜV, DNV, LRS TÜV

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.

Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout

1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm 1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)12 6 1 7 1 < 1 12 1

DS B-30-SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com120

SUPEROOT 308LFLUX CORED TIG WIRE FOR ROOT WELDS WITHOUT BACK PURGE


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)32 12 8 16 <0.5 < 0.5 -- 3.1

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored TIG wire Superoot 308L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 308L is designed specifically for situations where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or where there is an economic benefit in eliminating back-purge. Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.03 2.5 1.2 0.03 0.04 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 12

Typical 0.02 1.7 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.6 10.3 0.1 0.05 8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 47Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M R308LT1-5BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-RI1


TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage

TIG Argon* DC- 2.2 90A, 12V* No back-purge is required.Satisfactory application of Superoot 308L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are available on request.


TIG 1 kg tube

DS B-30-SUPEROOT 308L | Rev. 02-09/17

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 121

Data Sheet B-31

ALLOY TYPE347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347 base materials.

347 STA INLESS STEELS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 347 AWS E347-16Ultramet B347 AWS E347-15

TIG/MIG 347S96 AWS ER347MIG Supermig 347Si AWS ER347Si

SAW347S96 AWS ER347P2007 BS EN SA AF2SSB BS EN SA AF2

FCW Supercore 347 AWS E347T0-1/4

APPLICATIONSUsed to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 stainless steel types 321 and 347. Also suitable for unstabilised grades such as 304/304L. Service temperatures are typically -100°C to about 400°C.

Applications are similar to 308L (B-30) and include food, brewery, pharmaceutical equipment, architectural and general fabrication, and nuclear engineering.

The 347 consumables covered here are generally not suitable for service in elevated temperature structural applications where 0.04-0.08% carbon is specified for creep resistance, see data sheets C-11 and C-12.

For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils) charpy lateral expansion at –196°C, use unstabilised weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B-30).

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in the range 3-12FN.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 308L consumables cover many of the same base materials and applications (B-30). For elevated temperature applications 347H consumables should be used (C-11).


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc welding with 347S96. There is also additional information available covering the Supercore flux cored wires.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM-ASME

321347CF8C (cast)

BS EN & DIN1.45411.4543 / 1.4561 / 1.45501.4552 (cast)

BS321S31347S31347C17 (cast)

UNSS32100S34700

DS B-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com122

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347 has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 37


-196°C -- 20-196°C -- 53 (1050°C + WQ)

ULTRAMET 347ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 32 1 / 3 47


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E347-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb R 3 2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4Max. 0.04 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12

Typical 0.02 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.4 0.07 6


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F * OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

DS B-31-ULTRAMET 347 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 123DS B-31-ULTRAMET B347 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET B347BASIC PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 321/ 3 47



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E347-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4Max. 0.06 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12

Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. typical


Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 37



Length (mm) 300 350 350/450 450kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5/17.4 17.4

Pieces/carton 669 396 258/267 162* 350mm is the standard length, 450mm is available to order.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VEDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210





STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com124 DS B-31-347S96 and SUPERMIG 347Si | Rev. 01-03/16

347S96 and SUPERMIG 347Si SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG & SAW OF 321/ 3 47

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded TIG MIG/Supermig 347Si


Elongation (%) 4d 42 475d 40 42

Impact ISO-V(J) 20°C 230 100- 50°C 150- 196°C 35

Hardness cap/mid HV 220/240


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN

Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4Max. 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12

Typical < 0.04 1.5 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.7 0.2 0.6 0.1 8


SPECIFICATIONS3 47S96 (TIG, MIG & sub-arc) Supermig 3 47Si (MIG)

AWS A5.9M ER3 47 ER3 47SiBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb G 19 9 Nb SiBS EN ISO 14343-B SS347 SS347 Si W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar+2%O2** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW P2007 or SSB DC+ 2.4 350A,28V* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.


TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube To order 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool 25kg spool


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 125DS B-31-SUPERCORE 347 | Rev. 01-03/16

SUPERCORE 347DOWNHAND RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR 321/ 3 47

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines easy operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 4Max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12

Typical 0.03 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 10.5 0.1 0.5 0.1 8

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E347T0-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T19 9 Nb R C/M 3BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB0




Elongation (%) 4d 30 475d 25 42



Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon. The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kgThe as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-32

ALLOY TYPE316L Mo bearing austenitic stainless.


PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA




FCWSupercore 316L AWS E316LT0-1/4Supercore 316LP AWS E316LT1-1/4Superoot 316L AWS R316LT1-5

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. They are also suitable for Ti or Nb stabilised and nitrogen-bearing or free machining versions of the above alloys. Type 316/316L steels are widely used for their good resistance to pitting, many acids and general corrosion.

The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable for 316/316H in elevated temperature structural applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13. For cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-38.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in the range 2-10FN depending on the application.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS316L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-38. Stainless steel consumables for high temperature applications on 316H can be found in data sheets C-12 or C-13.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere are Technical Profiles available on Superoot 316L and sub-arc welding with 316S92. There is also additional information available covering the Supercore flux cored wires.



316L316316LNCF3MCF8M

BS316S11 / 13316S16 / 31 / 33316S61316C12 / 16 / 71

BS EN & DIN1.4404 / 1.44011.44361.4406 / 1.44291.44081.4437

UNSS 31603S 31600S 31653

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 127

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. ‘Low hydrogen’ manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. ‘Supermet Technology’ gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability. Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Length (mm) 250 300 300 350 450 450kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 12.6 17.4 16.8

Pieces/carton 1344 846 603 339 249 159

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values Min. As welded 1050°C + WQ


Elongation (%) 4d 30 42 525d 25 39 49

Reduction of area % -- 60 52Impact ISO*-V(J) +20°C -- 70 --

-196°C -- -- 35* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C


TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 25 50 60 75 100 130max. A 45 70 90 120 155 210




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-17BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2Approvals TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1


DS B-32-SUPERMET 316L | Rev. 02-10/17

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com128

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET 316L ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316L



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2Approvals TÜV, LRS



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10

Typical <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. typical 1050°C + WQ


Elongation (%) 4d 30 43 525d 25 41 50

Reduction of area % -- 65 58Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 70 --

-100°C -- 40 ---196°C -- -- 40

Hardness HV -- 230 185* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.





min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210



Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1

DS B-32-ULTRAMET 316L | Rev. 02-03/17

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 129

ULTRAMET B316L BASIC COATED MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 316L

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210



Elongation (%) 4d 30 375d 25 33


-196°C -- 45Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 0.5

* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10

Typical <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6







DS B-32-ULTRAMET B316L | Rev. 02-03/17

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com130

ULTRAMET 316LP ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 1 1




Elongation (%) 4d 30 385d 25 35



min. A 50 60 75max. A 70 90 120











STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 131

316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSiSOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW



Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3Max. 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 10

Typical 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6* Supermig 316LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.85%.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. TIG MIG SAW + P2007


Elongation (%) 4d 30 35 42 415d 30 33 40 37

Impact ISO-V(J) -130°C -- > 100 > 70 > 45-196°C -- > 60 30-60 30

Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/220 200/220 195/215* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.



SAW P2007** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.** SSB also suitable.


TIG (316S92) To order -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG (Supermig 316LSi) 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- --

SAW (316S92) -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool

SPECIFICATIONS316S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 316LSi (MIG)

AWS A5.9M ER316L ER316LSiBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L G 19 12 3 LSiBS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L SS316LSiApprovals TÜV, LRS TÜV, LRS



Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

DS B-32-316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi | Rev. 02-10/17

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com132


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 316L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 316LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.The Supercore 316L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these applications, it is recommended that Supercore 316LP is used.


Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.3 12Typical 0.03 1.3 0.5 0.02 0.02 18 12.5 2.7 0.1 6* 0.9mm diameter Supercore 316L is typically 2.3%Mo and does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A.



Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 38


-110°C -- 40Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/210




AWS A5.22M E316LT0-1/4 E316LT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 12 3 L R C /M 3 T 19 12 3 L P C /M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB0 TS316L-FB1Approvals (1.2 & 1.6mm) TÜV, LRS TÜV, LRS, ABS, DNV

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout0.9 (Supercore 316L only) 75 – 170A, 20 – 30V 120A, 26V 15 – 20mm

1.2 120 – 280A, 21 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)13.5 1.5 1.5 7.5 1 < 1 11 1.2


STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 133DS B-32-SUPEROOT 316L | Rev. 01-03/16

SUPEROOT 316LFLUX CORED TIG WIRE FOR ROOT WELDS WITHOUT BACK PURGE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored TIG wire Superoot 316L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 316L is designed specifically for situations where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or to gain the economic benefit of eliminating back-purge. For most applications, the use of a 316L root bead is considered compatible with subsequent filling with 308L, 347 or 316L as appropriate.Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.


Min. -- 1.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 --Max. 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.5

Typical 0.01 1.6 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.2 12.5 2.2 0.05Typically 5FN.



Elongation (%) 4d 38Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M R316LT1-5BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-RI1



TIG Argon* DC- 2.2 90A, 12V* No back-purge is required.Satisfactory application of Superoot 316L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are available on request.


TIG 1 kg tube


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu F OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)30 12 11 15 < 0.5 -- 3.3 3.1

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-33

ALLOY TYPENil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic, cryogenic and nitric acid applications.

NON-M AGNETIC 316L CONSUM A BLES


For type 316L and similar parent materials where ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required; also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for cryogenic service.May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless steels, eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50 (Armco) and other. nitrogen strengthened stainless steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 316NF BS EN E 18 15 3 L R 3 2

Ultramet B316NF BS EN E 18 15 3 L B 4 2

TIG/MIG ER316MnNF BS EN 20 16 3 Mn N L

FCW Supercore 316NF (BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)

APPLICATIONSThe high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high manganese content ensures freedom from micro-fissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal.

Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties include welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers and offshore downhole instrumentation collars.

The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures for joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage vessels. Useful toughness is also maintained down to liquid helium temperatures -269°C (4°K) for superconducting applications. Impact testing procedures at this temperature are complex and expensive, with results of questionable validity. To qualify the toughness of weld metal for service at 4°K, the ASME Code Committee has proposed >0.53mm (21mils) at –196°C (77°K). This proposal is based on correlations between fracture toughness and Charpy data at these temperatures.

Unlike conventional 316L weld metal containing ferrite, which suffers preferential attack in concentrated nitric acid, the nil-ferrite alloy has excellent resistance and is suitable for deposition directly onto CMn steel to provide corrosion resistant overlays.

MICROSTRUCTUREFully austenitic.


The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for low magnetic permeability applications.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required, and maximum interpass temperature 150°C.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test (immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five 48 hour periods): typical corrosion rates are 0.7–1.2µm/48hr (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon requirement is 3.3µm/48hr.


STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 135

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese content ensures freedom from microfissuring.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d -- 385d 30 35

Reduction of area % -- 54Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C * -- 60

Lateral expansion(mm, mils) -196°C * -- 0.7mm / (28mils)* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269°C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

ULTRAMET 316NFALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E316LMn-16)BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 15 3 L R 3 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N

Min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1Max. 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2

Typical < 0.03 3.0 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01

Nearest classification


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F * OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1 1

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.

DS B-33-ULTRAMET 316NF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com136

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese to ensure freedom from microfissuring.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET B316NFBASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA PIPE WELDING ELECTRODE



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E316LMn-15)BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 15 3 L B 4 2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N

Min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1Max. 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2

Typical < 0.03 3.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.





min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210

Nearest classificationASME IX QUALIFICATION

QW432 F-No 5This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS



Elongation (%) 4d -- 385d 30 35

Reduction of area % -- 50Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C * -- 50

Lateral expansion(mm, mils) -196°C * -- 0.6 / (24mils)* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269°C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F * OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1 1

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.

DS B-33-ULTRAMET B316NF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 137

ER316MnNFNON-MAGNETIC SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded TIG



Reduction of area (%) 68Impact ISO-V(J) - 100°C 140

- 196°C * 95 Lateral expansion mm (mils) - 196°C * 1.0 (40)

Hardness cap/mid HV 175/220* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269°C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N

Min. -- 6.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 15.0 2.5 -- 0.12Max. 0.025 8.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 21.0 18.0 3.5 0.3 0.20

Typical 0.02 7 0.5 0.01 0.02 20 16 3 0.15 0.15Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No --

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER316LMnBS EN ISO 14343-A 20 16 3 Mn N L



* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.


TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --



DS B-33-ER316MnNF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com138

SUPERCORE 316NFRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines easy operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N

Min. -- 2.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 14.0 2.5 0.08Max. 0.04 3.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 19.0 16.0 3.5 0.20

Typical 0.03 2.5 0.4 0.01 0.025 18 15 3 0.12Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.



Elongation (%) 4d 30 375d 25 34

Impact ISO-V(J) - 196°C * -- 50Lateral expansion (mm) - 196°C * 0.38 (15mils) 0.6

Hardness HV -- 185* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269°C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 130A-25V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12-20mm

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kgThe as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M (E316LT0-1/4) BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3) Approval TÜV


Nearest classificationNearest classification


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)12 18 2 4 4 < 1 6 1.2

DS B-33-SUPERCORE 316NF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-34

ALLOY TYPE

Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel.



wrought castASTM/ASME 316Ti, 316Cb CF10MC

DIN & BS EN 1.4571 / 1.4573 1.4579 / 1.4581

1.4580 / 1.4583BS 320S31 / 33 318C17

UNS S31635,

31640

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Supermet 318 AWS E318-17TIG/MIG 318S96 AWS ER318SAW 318S96 AWS ER318

P2007 BS EN SA AF2SSB BS EN SA AF2

APPLICATIONSUse to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or as an alternative electrode for unstabilised grades such as 316/316L. It is not recommended for structural service above about 400°C. It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon alloy steels, and for this reason the electrode is normally supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3-14FN.


MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically 10FN.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C.


Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic applications, nor elevated temperature structural service.


The 316L consumables can be used for many of the same base materials and applications (data sheet B-32). For cryogenic applications see controlled ferrite 316L consumables (data sheet B-32) and for elevated temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12) consumables.

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com140 DS B-34-SUPERMET 318 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and H-V welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 25 365d 25 35


SUPERMET 318 NB STABILISED MO-BE ARING STAINLESS STEEL MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E318-17BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2



min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 10 x C -- 6max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.50 13

Typical 0.025 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 11.5 2.7 0.6 0.1 9


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 7 1 5 0.5 <0.2 16 1

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 141DS B-34-318S96 | Rev. 01-03/16

318S96SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW



C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FNMin. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 11.0 2.5 10xC -- 3

Max. 0.07 2.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.3 12Typical 0.035 1.8 0.45 0.01 0.02 19.5 11.5 2.5 0.6 0.2 10


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER318BS EN ISO 143 43-A 19 12 3 NbBS EN ISO 14343-B SS318




Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 90Hardness cap/mid HV 200/215


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar+2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V

SAW P2007 *** DC+ 2.4 350A, 28V* Also required as a back purge for root runs.** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.*** SSB also suitable.


TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)30 12 15 11 1.5 <0.5 3.3

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-35

ALLOY TYPE

19%Cr-13%Ni-3.5%Mo (317L) austenitic stainless steel.



wrought castASTM/UNS

317 / S31700 CG8M317L / S31703 CG3M

DIN & BS EN1.4438

BS 317S16 317C16317S12 317C12

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Ultramet 317L AWS E317L-16TIG/MIG ER317L AWS ER317LFCW Supercore 317LP AWS E317LT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSUse to weld 317/317L stainless steels in which the raised Mo level provides improved resistance to pitting in high chloride environments and to some acids (not nitric acid). These steels are used in marine, chemical process, papermaking, and food processing applications.

Also suitable for 316/316L and their stabilised versions when the benefits of higher molybdenum weld metal are required to maximise weld area pitting resistance.

Not suitable for structural service above about 400°C, or for cryogenic applications.


MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with 3-10FN (3-9% ferrite), typically 5FN.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required, and a maximum interpass of 150°C is desirable. Normally used in the as-welded condition.


The 317LM and 1.4539 alloys, with 4-5%Mo, can be welded with the overmatching 904L consumables (data sheet B-40).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS317L falls between the lower alloyed 316L (data sheet B-32) and the higher alloyed 904L (data sheet B-40) materials.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 143

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0.025%) typical carbon levels. A controlled addition of nitrogen, in conjunction with ~3.8%Mo, provides improved pitting corrosion resistance compared to 316L. Ultramet 317L gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 385d 25 36


-50°C -- 30

ULTRAMET 317LALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR 317L STAINLESS STEEL


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E317L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN

min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.5 -- 0.08 3max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.50 0.20 10

Typical 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 13 3.8 0.1 0.12 5


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)8 6 1 6 <0.2 0.6 16 0.8


STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com144

ER317LSOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG



C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FNMin. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 13.0 3.0 -- 2

Max. 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 15.0 4.0 0.3 10Typical 0.015 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 14 3.5 0.15 5


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER 317, ER 317LBS EN ISO 143 43-A 19 13 4 LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS317, SS317L



Elongation (%) 4d 35Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 75



* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.



FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)28 12 12 15 2 <0.5 1

DS B-35-ER317L | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 145DS B-35-SUPERCORE 317LP | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 317LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework but provides excellent operability in the flat and HV positions as well. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.



Elongation (%) 4d 20 275d 20 25


-50°C -- 45Hardness HV -- 220

SUPERCORE 317LPALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE

PACKAGING DATA

Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN

min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.0 -- -- 3max. 0.04 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.5 0.20 10

Typical 0.03 1 0.6 0.02 0.02 19 13 3.5 0.1 0.07 6


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)17 10 1.5 3 5 < 1 5 1

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E317LT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)BS EN ISO 17633-B TS317L-FB1

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No 8Nearest classification

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.

Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:


STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-37

ALLOY TYPEControlled ferrite 308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base materials used in cryogenic applications.

CRYOGENIC 308LCF CONSUM A BLES

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 308LCF AWS E308L-16Ultramet B308LCF AWS E308L-15

TIG ER308LCF AWS ER308L

SAWER308LCF AWS ER308LP2007 BS EN SA AF2

FCW Supercore 308LCF AWS E308LT1-1/4J

APPLICATIONSUsed to weld 18/8 stainless steels with service temperatures down to –196°C. The controlled ferrite SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are not batch selected consumables.Applications include pipework and vessels subject to cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG.Standard 308L consumables for general purpose fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-8FN for solid wires).


General purpose 308L stainless steel consumables are in data sheet B-30. Stainless steel consumables for high temperature applications on 304H can be found in data sheets C-10 or C-12.

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C (300°C may be acceptable on thicker section material); no PWHT required.For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the higher end of the allowable ranges.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Technical Profile covering the use of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications. G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference, Houston, 2004.



304L304304LNCF3CF8

BS304S11304S15 / 16 / 31304S61304C12304C15

BS EN & DIN1.43061.43011.43111.4308

UNSS 30403S 30400S 30453

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 147

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for unusual occasions when 304L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of 308H. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 35 505d 30 46

Reduction of area (%) -- 43Impact ISO*-V(J) -100°C -- 45

-196°C -- 35 Lateral expansion* (mm) -196°C 0.38 0.50

* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C

ULTRAMET 308LCF RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLIC ATIONS


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210



* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES







Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5

Typical <0.025 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 10 0.1 <0.1 3

DS B-37-ULTRAMET 308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com148

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308LCF is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET B308LCF BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLIC ATIONS



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L B 4 2



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5

Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 18.5 10 0.05 <0.1 3



Elongation (%) 4d 35 445d 30 40

Reduction of area % -- 60Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 80-120

-196°C -- 35-50Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 0.55

* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.




TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155




* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES

DS B-37-ULTRAMET B308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 149

ER308LCFSOLID WIRES FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLIC ATIONS


As welded Min.Typical

TIG SAW + P2007Tensile strength (MPa) 510 605 550


5d 30 33 37Impact ISO-V(J) -130°C -- 110 50

-196°C -- 80 45Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 1.0 0.5* ER308LCF SAW wire batch tested, with P2007 flux, for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.C.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBatch selected solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER308LBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN

Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3Max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 8

Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 7


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VSAW P2007 DC+ 2.4 350A,30V


TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeSAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool



DS B-37-ER308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com150

SUPERCORE 308LCFRUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLIC ATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSupercore 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.Supercore 308LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.


Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 5

Typical 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.6 10.5 0.1 0.1 3

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E308LT1-1/4JBS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L P C/M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB1




Elongation (%) 4d 30 505d 30 46


-130°C -- 40-196°C -- 36

Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 0.70* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.



Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. CCurrent: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout

1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V (downhand)15 – 25mm

150A, 25V (positional) 15 – 20mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)17 10 1.5 3 5 < 1 5 1

DS B-37-SUPERCORE 308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-38

ALLOY TYPEControlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels for joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic applications.

CRYOGENIC 316LCF CONSUM A BLES

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 316LCF AWS E316L-16Ultramet B316LCF AWS E316L-15

TIG ER316LCF AWS ER316L

SAWER316LCF AWS ER316LP2007 BS EN SA AF2

FCW Supercore 316LCF AWS E316LT1-1/4J

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. Type 316/316L steels are widely used for their good resistance to pitting, many acids and general corrosion. . The controlled ferrite SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are not batch selected consumables.

Applications include pipework and vessels subject to cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG.

Standard 316L consumables for general purpose fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable for 316/316H in elevated temperature structural applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-8FN for solid wires).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSGeneral purpose 316L stainless steel consumables are in data sheet B-32. Stainless steel consumables for high temperature applications on 316H can be found in data sheets C-12 or C-13.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C (300°C may be acceptable on thicker section material); no PWHT required.For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the higher end of the allowable ranges.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Technical Profile covering the use of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.

G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference, Houston, 2004.




BS316S11 / 13316S16 / 31 / 33316S61316C12316C16 / 71

BS EN & DIN1.4404 / 1.44011.44361.4406 / 1.44291.44081.4437

UNSS 31603S 31600S 31653

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com152 DS B-38-ULTRAMET 316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for unusual occasions when 316L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of 316H. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





Tensile strength (MPa) 520 595


5d 25 39

Reduction of area % -- 48Impact ISO*-V(J) + 20°C -- 70

-100°C -- 50

-196°C -- 30

Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 0.40

Hardness HV -- 230* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

ULTRAMET 316LCFRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLIC ATIONS


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210






SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-16BS EN ISO 3581 (E 19 12 3 L R 3 2)



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5

Typical <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 <0.1 3* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.

Nearest classification

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 153


ULTRAMET B316LCF BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLIC ATIONS



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-15BS EN ISO 3581 (E 19 12 3 L B 4 2) Nearest classification


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5

Typical <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.2 <0.1 3* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.



Elongation (%) 4d 30 375d 25 33


-196°C -- 35Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 0.45





OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155




* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.

DS B-38-ULTRAMET B316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com154

ER316LCFSOLID WIRES FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLIC ATIONS


As welded Min.Typical

TIG SAW + P2007Tensile strength (MPa) 510 605 560


5d 25 45 37Impact ISO-V(J) -130°C -- > 100 > 45

-196°C -- > 60 40Lateral expansion * (mm) -196°C 0.38 1.0 0.5

* ER316LCF SAW wire batch tested, with P2007 flux for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wires for TIG and sub-arc welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN

Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3Max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8

Typical 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER316LBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L


W=TIG, S=SAW


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VSAW P2007 DC+ 2.4 350A, 28V


TIG 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeSAW -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATAFume composition (wt%), (TIG and SAW fume negligible)


DS B-38-ER316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 155DS B-38-SUPERCORE 316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

SUPERCORE 316LCFRUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLIC ATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSupercore 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.Supercore 316LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN

Min. -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5

Typical 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.0 12.4 2.2 0.1 3* Does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.



Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 38


-130°C -- 45-196°C -- 34

Lateral expansion * (mm) -130°C -- 0.70-196°C 0.38 0.55


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E316LT1-1/4JBS EN ISO 17633-A (T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2) Nearest classificationBS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB1




Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.

Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout

1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V (downhand)15 – 20mm

150A, 25V (positional) 160A, 26V


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)14 12 2.5 4 4 < 1 5 1.2

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-40

ALLOY TYPE904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance.


PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 904L E385-16Ultramet B904L E385-15

TIG/MIG 20.25.4Cu ER385

APPLICATIONSThese consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and other inorganic and organic acids.

They are not normally chosen for resistance to corrosion in concentrated nitric acid. For service in severe chloride pitting media, overmatching nickel-base weld metal is recommended, see alloy 625 (data sheet D-20).

It is the preferred weld metal for some lower alloy austenitics such as Creusot UHB 34L and UHB 734L for wet process phosphoric acid service.

Applications include tanks and process vessels, piping systems, agitators and rotors and cast pumps and valves for use in the fertiliser, phosphoric, sulphuric and acetic acid plants, and in salt and seawater environments. It is also used in some offshore applications, including overlays on mild and low alloy steels.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure is fully austenitic.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat or PWHT is required, interpass should be controlled to 150°C maximum and heat input should also be controlled particularly with larger diameter MMA electrodes.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM - ASMEN08904

BS1449: 904S131504: 364C11 (cast)

DIN1.45051.45061.45361.45391.45851.4500 (cast)

Proprietary alloysUddelholm 904L2RK65 (Sandvik)Cronifer 1925LC (VDM)254SLX (Avesta Polarit)Uranus B6 & B6M (Creusot Loire)

Suitable for copper-free variants of the above alloys and also to overmatch leaner alloys such as 317L, 317LN, 317LM, 317LMN, 1.4439, 1.4440 and S31726.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 157DS B-40-ULTRAMET 904L | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode (formerly 21.26.5.CuNb.R) with a special rutile flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





Tensile strength (MPa) 560 620


5d 25 35

Reduction of area % -- 50Impact ISO*-V(J) -196°C -- 50

Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/200

ULTRAMET 904LRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 904L


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E385-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 25 5 Cu N L R 5 2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N

Min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --Max. 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25

Typical 0.02 1.2 0.55 0.015 0.02 20.5 25 4.6 1.5 0.02 0.09


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7


STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com158 DS B-40-ULTRAMET B904L | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSpecial basic flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET B904LBASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 904L



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E385-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 25 5 Cu N L B 6 2



Min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --Max. 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25

Typical 0.025 2 0.4 0.005 0.02 21 25 4.8 1.8 0.05 0.08



Elongation (%) 4d 30 415d 25 38






OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VEDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155



Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7


STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 159DS B-40-20.25.4.Cu | Rev. 01-03/16

20.25.4.CuSOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG FOR ALLOY 904L




Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 210Hardness cap/mid HV 175/195


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER385BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 25 5 Cu LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS385



Min. -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2Max. 0.025 2.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0

Typical 0.01 1.7 0.3 0.001 0.015 20 25 4.5 1.5



* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Ar-He-CO2 proprietary mixtures also suitable.


TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)28 13 16 20 3 2.5 2.5

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-41

ALLOY TYPE

20%Cr-34%Ni-3.5%Cu-2.5%Mo (alloy 20) austenitic corrosion resistant alloy.

CONSUM A BLES FOR A LLOY 20


A351, A744 Grade CN-7M

BS1504 Grade 332C11

ProprietaryAlloy 20, 20Cb, 20Cb-3 (Carpenter)Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)Langalloy 20V (Meighs)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA E320LR-15 AWS E320LR-15

APPLICATIONSThis electrode is usually made to order. It gives a fully austenitic, niobium stabilised weld metal with molybdenum and copper and a high resistance to corrosion in sulphuric acid, other mineral acids, organic acids and their mixtures. Most parent material specifications are for castings.

Applications include tanks, process piping, heat exchangers, agitators and rotors, cast pumps and valves; for use in the chemical processing, metal cleaning and pickling industries.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 825 consumables (data sheet B-42) are similar high alloy corrosion resistant products and can be offered as a technically compatible alternative in some applications.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully austenitic.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat, interpass to be controlled to 150°C maximum and heat input to be controlled particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.

Repair of alloy 20 castings may present particular problems with HAZ regions being sensitive to fissuring and weld metal increasing in crack sensitivity if silicon pick-up takes place. Troublesome castings may require buttering at very low heat input with small diameter electrodes and minimum dilution.

PWHTWelds are normally left in the as-welded condition but castings to ASTM specifications may require solution treatment at 1125°C following major repairs.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 161DS B-41-E320LR-15 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on an over-matching high purity core wire. The E320LR-15 electrode is manufactured with strict controls on the maximum carbon, silicon, sulphur and phosphorus (to optimise as-welded corrosion resistance); and also restricted ranges for manganese and niobium. This low residual (LR) electrode is intended to reduce sensitivity to microfissuring whilst maintaining excellent corrosion resistance, but interpass temperature and heat input still need to be controlled. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. (1) Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 520 5350.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 345

Elongation (%) 4d 30 365d 25 30


- 40°C -- 98Hardness cap/mid HV -- 156/182

(1) ASTM N08020 parent material requires TS >550MPa, PS >240MPa

E320LR-15MM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 20


min. A 60 70 90max. A 80 110 150


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)5 5 2 6 1 1 20 0.8




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E320LR-15


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu

min. -- 1.5 -- -- -- 19.0 32.0 2.0 8xC 3.0max. 0.03 2.5 0.30 0.015 0.020 21.0 36.0 3.0 0.40 4.0

Typical 0.02 2 0.2 0.005 0.01 20 34 2.5 0.3 3.5

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-42

ALLOY TYPE

Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu alloy of the generic 825 type.

CONSUM A BLES FOR A LLOY 825

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA E825L-15 DIN EL-NiCr28MoTIG/MIG 82-50 AWS ERNiFeCr-1APPLICATIONS

The consumables deposit Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu weld metal with a high corrosion resistance to organic acids and hot sulphuric acid. The high nickel content gives good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in chloride and H2S environments.

Applications include tanks and process vessels, pipework systems, heat exchangers, agitators and rotors, and cast pumps and valves for use in the chemical processing and increasingly offshore oil and gas industries. Also suitable for corrosion resistant overlays and for welding dissimilar materials.


The 625 alloy (data sheet D-20) is sometimes used for welding 825 and alloy 28 materials.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure is fully austenitic.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required, interpass should be restricted to 150)C maximum and the heat input should be controlled particularly with 4mm and 5mm diameter electrodes.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMatching 825 materials: ASTM/ UNS

N08825

DIN2.4858

BS1501 & 3072 Grade NA16

ProprietaryIncoloy 825 (Special Metals)Incoloy 825CP, cast (Special Metals)Nicrofer 4221 (Krupp VDM)

The E825L-15 MMA electrode is also suitable for the 28%Cr alloy 28 materials: ASTM/ UNS

N08028

DIN1.4563

ProprietaryNicrofer 3127LC (Krupp VDM)Sanicro 28 (Sandvik)

Also suitable for lower nickel materials of the alloy 20 type.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONSome authorities accept or prefer overmatching type 625 weld metal (data sheet D-20) but 825 is the conventional type for welding alloy 825. Both the E825L-15 electrode and 82-50 wire are also suitable for welding the leaner alloy 20 type materials. The MMA electrode E825L-15 (but not the 82-50 wire) can also be used for welding the 28%Cr, alloy 28 type, materials.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 163DS B-42-E825L-15 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode for welding 825, alloy 28 and alloy 20 type materials. Specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on high purity 825 core wire. The electrodes are designed for fixed pipework welds including the demanding ASME 5G/6G positions. Careful control of carbon, manganese, silicon and nitrogen to maximise corrosion resistance in the as-welded condition and to ensure high resistance to solidification cracking and microfissuring in multipass welds. The composition is controlled to give a Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of about 40, where PRE = %Cr + 3.3%Mo.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 39

Reduction of area (%) -- 43Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 120

- 196°C -- 65Hardness (HV) -- 220

E825L-15MM A ELECTRODE FOR AUSTENITIC ALLOY 8 25


min. A 60 70 90max. A 80 110 150


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)4 5 3 7 1 1 20 0.7




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E383-15)

Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15 compared to the E383-15 classification

DIN EL-NiCr28Mo


(This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb Fe

min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 27.0 35.0 3.2 1.5 -- --max. 0.03 3.0 0.5 0.015 0.030 31.0 40.0 4.5 3.0 1.0 30

Typical 0.02 2 0.3 0.01 0.01 28 38 3.5 2 0.3 27

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com164 DS B-42-82-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal 21%Cr and so is not suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded TIG (Ar) TIG (Ar+2%H2)


Elongation (%) 4d 18 395d 16 35

Reduction of area (%) 35 35Hardness cap/mid HV 165/180 190/205

82-50SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR AUSTENITIC ALLOY 8 25

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiFeCr-1BS EN ISO 18274 SNi8065Also known generically as filler metal 65 (FM65)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Al Ti Fe

min. -- -- -- -- -- 19.5 38.0 2.5 1.5 -- 0.60 22.0max. 0.05 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 23.5 46.0 3.5 3.0 0.20 1.2 bal

Typical 0.02 0.5 0.3 0.005 0.015 22 40 3 2 0.1 0.8 30

FUME DATAFume composition (wt%), (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)23 2 19 29 2 3 1.7


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon DC+ ** 1.2 220A, 30V

* Also required as a purge for root runs. Ar+1-5%H2 can prove beneficial see mechanical properties.** Pulsed current may provide better arc transfer characteristics.


TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG (To order) 15kg spool -- --

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-45

ALLOY TYPELow carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion resisting applications.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDBS EN / DIN

X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335)

AFNORZ1 CN 25 20Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast)

Proprietary2RE10 (Sandvik)Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel))Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA 25.20.L.R None

APPLICATIONS310L consumables are designed for welding special low-carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni alloys which are used for their excellent resistance to oxidising media, e.g. nitric acid. Applications range from the chemical process plant used in fertiliser production to the waste nuclear fuel reprocessing industries. It is not intended for welding standard type 310 used for heat resisting applications (see data sheet C-30).

The electrode can also be used for surfacing steels to give a deposit with properties similar to the bulk weld metal, but care should be taken to deposit sufficient layers to eliminate any effects of dilution.

The low carbon fully austenitic deposit has excellent cryogenic toughness and it can be used as an alternative to 308L/316L types for welding conventional austenitic materials where superior impact values are required at temperatures at or below -196°C.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet C-30) is related but is used for entirely different high temperature applications and the two alloys cannot be interchanged.

The 316NF consumables (data sheet B-33) and the Ultramet B310MoLN electrode can be used for similar corrosion resisting applications.


MICROSTRUCTURE

Fully austenitic.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat is required. Owing to the inherent hot cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld metal it is desirable to keep interpass temperature below 150°C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com166 DS B-45-25.20.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSpecial low silica basic rutile flux on low carbon stainless steel core wire. Detrimental residual elements including silicon are kept to low levels for optimum corrosion performance. Coupled with raised manganese, these features also ensure excellent resistance to microfissuring hot cracking. Suitable for all-positional welding up to 3.2mm diameter.Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Length (mm) 350 350kg/carton 13.5 13.2

Pieces/carton 318 192


Tensile strength (MPa) 520

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350Elongation (%) 4d 37

5d 30

Reduction of area (%) 55

Impact ISO-V(J) - 196°C 90

Hardness (HV) 170

25.20.L.R MM A ELECTRODE FOR 310L STAINLESS STEEL

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0

min. A 75 100max. A 120 155




SPECIFICATIONSThere are no national specifications for this electrode.Approvals: Approved for welding equivalent parent material Uranus 65 by independent tests.



min. -- 4.0 -- -- -- 24.0 19.0 -- -- --max. 0.040 7.0 0.4 0.020 0.025 26.0 22.0 0.2 0.3 0.3

Typical 0.03 5 0.3 0.008 0.01 25 21 0.1 <0.1 0.08

ALL-WELD CORROSION PROPERTIESThe weld metal has been subjected to the Huey test (ASTM A262 practice C: 5 x 48hr periods in boiling 65% nitric acid). The corrosion rates were as follows:

Condition Corrosion rate Selective attackAs-welded 0.40 µm/48hr (= 0.07mm or 3 mils/year) < 0.01mm

PWHT 815°C/2hrs 0.73 µm/48hr (= 0.13mm or 5 mils/year) < 0.13mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 167

Data Sheet B-46

ALLOY TYPE25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN) austenitic corrosion resistant alloy.

310MoLN STA INLESS STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDAISI

310MoLNAFNOR

Z1 CND 25.22.AzUNS

S31050

DIN / EN1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2)1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2)

ProprietaryUranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel)2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)HR3ELM (Sumitomo) PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Ultramet B310MoLN BS EN: E 25 22 2 NLB

APPLICATIONSUltramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position, in material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.

The 310MoLN alloy has very good resistance to pitting, intergranular corrosion, chloride bearing media and nitric acid. The main applications of the alloy are in the production and processing of urea and sulphuric acid.

Applications are mainly for joining matching steels although it can also be used for surfacing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM A262 practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically required to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and selective attack <0.07mm.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is <1.01.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required and interpass should be controlled to 150°C maximum. It is also desirable for heat input to be limited to a maximum of 1.5kJ/mm, particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.

DS B-46 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com168

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a specially balanced basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity stainless steel core wire. Low silicon and high manganese levels ensure freedom from microfissuring.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.



Pieces/carton 465 375 21.0



Elongation (%) 4d -- 375d 25 36



ULTRAMET B310MoLNMM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 310MOLN


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155




SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 3581 E 25 22 2 N L B 4 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5(This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu

min. -- 3.0 -- -- -- 24.0 20.0 2.0 0.10 --max. 0.04 5.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 23.0 3.0 0.20 0.50

Typical 0.03 4 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 22 2.2 0.15 0.05



DS B-46-ULTRAMET B310MoLN | Rev. 02-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-47

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire. Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and 65% with respect to the whole electrode.

20.18.6.CU.R


A351 CK3MCuN (cast).A182 F44.S31254

BS EN1.4547

Proprietary254SMO (Outokumpu)

APPLICATIONSThis electrode deposits weld metal that closely matches the composition of equivalent 6%Mo superaustenitic parent material, usually castings, and is used only when post weld solution annealing is applied.As deposited weld metal of this type has inherent Mo segregation and it is essential that welds are fully solution annealed to obtain the excellent pitting resistance this alloy is capable of. When solution annealing is not possible the use of over-matching nickel base electrodes (Nimrod 625KS, Nimrod C22KS or Nimrod C59KS) is normal practice. The main applications for this electrode are in foundry repair or fabrication of castings for use in process plant where high resistance to chloride pitting and crevice corrosion is required. Applications include: heat exchangers and pipework for seawater contaminated oil and gas plant, equipment for pulp bleaching, gas cleaning systems (FGD), and components handling acid solutions with halides.

MICROSTRUCTUREFully austenitic.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted to minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent HAZ. In susceptible castings, buttering with 100°C maximum interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input may be required prior to filling the joint using more relaxed parameters.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE

Min. -- 0.2 0.2 -- -- 19.5 17.5 6.0 0.5 0.15 40Max. 0.03 1.0 0.8 0.02 0.03 21.0 20.0 7.0 1.0 0.28 --

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 18.5 6.5 0.7 0.2 44PRE = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESSolution annealed 1200-1250°C/2h + WQ min* typical


Elongation (%) 4d 35 505d -- 47

Reduction of area % -- 54Impact ISO-V(J) - 50°C -- >120

Hardness (HV) -- 200* Minimum properties for CK3MCuN castings.


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G


min. A 80 130max. A 110 160




STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 8 7 2 1.5 1 18 0.7

HEAT TREATMENTTo eliminate segregation this weld metal must be solution annealed. High Mo austenitic alloys are prone to intermetallic phase formation (sigma, chi) at 600-1000°C. This damage could occur in the HAZ and weld metal during welding but will certainly occur as the temperature rises slowly during PWHT.A minimum temperature of 1200°C is required to dissolve these intermetallic phases and some authorities require >1230°C. This is followed by water quenching to prevent further intermetallic formation on cooling.

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-50

ALLOY TYPE24%Cr-13%Ni (309L) austenitic stainless for dissimilar joint buffer layers etc.



Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA




FCWSupercore 309L AWS E309LT0-1/4Supercore 309LP AWS E309LT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSThere are 3 main areas of application:Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347.

Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and other attachments. Service temperatures above 400°C are normally avoided. It is also used for welding 12%Cr ‘utility ferritics’ such as Cromweld 3CR12, to itself and other steels.

Similar metal joints: Wrought and cast steels of 23Cr-12Ni type (eg ASTM 309 and CH8, BS 309S24 and 309C30) can be welded if the service requirement is corrosion resistance below 400°C. However, for high temperature structural service, weld metal with controlled higher carbon and lower ferrite should be used (Thermet 309CF – data sheet C-21).

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with ferrite in the range 8-20FN. The solid wires tend to have lower ferrite than the MMA and FCW consumables, the ferrite falling in the range 8-15FN for the solid wires.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 309Mo consumables (B-51), 307 (E-21) and 29.9 types (E-22) cover similar applications. For high temperature applications refer to the controlled ferrite 309 types (C-21) and high carbon 309H (C-22) for matching high carbon cast alloys.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperatures depend on base material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on mild steels; up to 250°C on hardenable steels.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Technical Profile on sub-arc welding with 309S92 and also additional information covering the Supercore flux cored wires.


STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 171

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. ‘Low hydrogen’ manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. ‘Supermet Technology’ gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 30 36

Reduction of area % -- 50Impact ISO*-V(J) +20°C -- 55




min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7





SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309L-17BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2APPROVALS TÜV, ABS



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.5 0.5 20

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 13 0.05 0.1 15

DS B-50-SUPERMET 309L | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com172

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework. The 2.5mm electrodes are also designed for open butt root welding. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET 309L ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE 309L MMA ELECTRODE



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2APPROVALS TÜV



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20

Typical 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15



Elongation (%) 4d 30 415d 30 38







min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210






STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 173

ULTRAMET B309L BASIC COATED 309L MMA ELECTRODE FOR PIPE-WELDING


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210



Elongation (%) 4d 30 365d 30 34


-50°C -- 50




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L B 4 2BS 2926 23.12.L BDIN 8556 E 23 12 L B 20+



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20

Typical 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 * 5.0 **

Length (mm) 300 350 350/450 450kg/carton 12.0 13.8 14.1/17.4 17.1

Pieces/carton 675 402 267/267 159* 350mm is the standard length for 4.0mm diameter; 450mm is available to order.** 5.0mm diameter made to order.





DS B-50-ULTRAMET B309L | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com174

ULTRAMET 309LPALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20

Typical 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15





Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 30 38


-20°C -- 42Hardness (HV) -- 230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.0 3.2

min. A 50 75max. A 80 120











STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 175

309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi309L SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW



Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8Max. 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 20

Typical 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.15 12* Supermig 309LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.8%.


As welded TypicalTIG MIG


Elongation (%)4d 43 425d 41 39

Reduction of area (%) 55 56Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C >200 100

- 20°C -- 80- 75°C >150 --

Hardness cap/mid HV 205/225 175/215



SAW P2007*** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.*** SSB also suitable.

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2

TIG (309S92) -- -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tubeMIG (Supermig 309LSi) 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW (309S92) -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool 25kg spool



SPECIFICATIONS309S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 309LSi (MIG)

AWS A5.9M ER309L ER309L SiBS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 L G 23 12 L SiBS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L SS309L SiAPPROVALS TÜV


DS B-50-309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com176


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 12Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 22Typical 0.03 1.3 0.6 0.02 0.02 24 12.5 0.1 0.1 15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 36

Reduction of area (%) -- 52Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 65 *

-110°C -- 55 *Hardness (HV) -- 205

* These values are for Supercore 309LP. Values for Supercore 309L are 45J at +20°C, 40J at -20°C.




AWS A5.22M E309LT0-1/4 E309LT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 L R C /M 3 T 23 12 L P C /M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS309L-FB0 TS309L-FB1Approvals TÜV, LRS TÜV, ABS, DNV, LRS

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:


1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm




STAINLESS STEELS


Data Sheet B-51

ALLOY TYPE23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless steel.

309Mo STA INLESS STEELS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMASupermet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17

Vertamet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17

TIG/MIG ER309Mo EN ISO 23 12 2 L

SAW

ER309Mo EN ISO 23 12 2 L

P2007 EN ISO SA AF2 64

SSB EN ISO SA AF2

FCWSupercore 309Mo AWS E309LMoT0-1/4

Supercore 309MoP AWS E309LMoT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSThere are 3 main areas of application:Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a buffer layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium carbide types.

Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and other attachments. Service temperatures above 300°C are normally avoided. For some of these applications a more economic alternative may be suitable, eg 309L, 307.

Hardenable steels: The high level of alloying and ferrite level tolerates dilution from a wide range of alloyed and hardenable steels to give crack-free welds.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.


The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables (E-21) and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar range of applications.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperatures depend on base material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on mild steels, up to 250°C on hardenable steels.


There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc welding with 309Mo. There is also additional information available covering the Supercore flux cored wires.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels. There are no comparable base materials.

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com178 DS B-51-SUPERMET 309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAcid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives sound porosity-free deposits.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 375d 30 35

Reduction of area % -- 40Impact ISO*-V(J) +20°C -- 50


SUPERMET 309Mo GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 309MO MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F * OES (mg/m3)9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309LMo-17BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 2 L R 3 2



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10Max. 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.5 2.5 0.05 25

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 179

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon levels. ‘Low hydrogen’ manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. The electrode is designed for all-positional use where the emphasis is on fast welding speeds achieved by the vertical-down welding technique (BS EN 287-1 PG position). For fillet and lap joints in thinner sheet material, an added advantage is reduced distortion resulting from the lower heat input of vertical-down welding. Although designed primarily for vertical-down it can be successfully used in all other positions.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

VERTAMET 309Mo RUTILE VERTIC AL-DOWN 309MO MMA ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309LMo-17BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 2 L R 1 1



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10Max. 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 23 12 2.4 0.1 15



Elongation (%) 4d 30 425d 30 38

Reduction of area % -- 50




TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2

min. A 60 75max. A 90 120

Typical vertical-up ≈65 ≈80Typical vertical-down ≈85 ≈110



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F * OES (mg/m3)9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.



DS B-51-VERTAMET 309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com180

ER309MoSOLID 309Mo WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded TIG



Reduction of area % 54Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C > 90

Hardness cap/mid (HV) 205/220

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M (ER309LMo) Nearest classificationEN ISO 14343-A 23 12 2 LEN ISO 14343-B (SS309LMo) Nearest classification

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No 8Most relevant F & A No because wire does not conform to AWSA5.9


Min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 21.0 11.0 2.0 -- 5Max. 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 25.0 15.5 3.5 0.3 20

Typical 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 22 14.5 2.7 0.2 10



SAW P2007** DC+ 2.4 350A,28V* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.** SSB also suitable.


TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)32 12 20 11 1.5 <0.5 2.5

DS B-51-ER309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 181DS B-51-SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP | Rev. 02-10/17

SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoPRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309MoP is designed for all-positional welding.Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 15Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 25

Typical 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 12.8 2.3 0.1 20

SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 309Mo Supercore 309MoP

AWS A5.22M E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2EN ISO 17633-B TS309LMo-FB0 TS309LMo-FB1Approvals DNV


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 25 325d 25 30




OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:


1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 160A-26V 15-20mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)11 6 2 8.5 1 <1 11 0.8

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com182 DS B-53-ULTRAMET 309Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet B-53

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with rutile flux system made on high purity 304L stainless steel core wire. Deposits a low carbon 309 type weld metal with a minimum niobium level of 0.7%. Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire and 65% with respect to the whole electrode.


There are no comparable parent materials; used for overlays only.

APPLICATIONS

Ultramet 309Nb is designed specifically for use where niobium stabilised weld metal is required in overlays, or inlays, on CMn or low alloy steels. A minimum niobium content of 0.7% in undiluted weld metal ensures a fully stabilised deposit of approximately 347 composition is produced in the first layer on mild and medium carbon steels.It may also be useful for the first run when welding 321 or 347 clad steels, prior to completion with 347 type weld metal. It is not recommended as an alternative to 309L types for dissimilar welded joints.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of austenite with a ferrite content of 8-20FN.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is dependent on the base material hardenability, eg none on mild steel, up to 200°C on hardenable (0.4%C) steels.With a typical dilution of 25-30% on a medium carbon steel, Ultramet 309Nb could produce a fully austenitic weld deposit. It is well known that weld metals containing niobium are especially sensitive to hot cracking when little or no ferrite is present. Therefore it is desirable to minimise dilution in the first layer of overlays by controlling parameters and bead overlap (aim for 50% overlap).

If PWHT is applied there will be some weld metal embrittlement, although ductility should remain acceptable after normal times and temperature. However fusion boundary embrittlement can be more severe and acceptability should be established with representative procedure tests.


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309Nb-16 (previously E309Cb-16)BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 Nb R 32


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- 0.70 --Max. 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 1.00 0.50

Typical 0.03 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 0.05 0.8 0.1




Reduction of area % 52


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G

PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210




STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-200°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)9 6 1 7 <0.5 <0.2 17 0.7

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5 QW442 A-No 8

ULTRAMET 309Nb

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 183

Data Sheet B-59

ALLOY TYPE

Ferritic-austenitic lean duplex stainless steels.

LE A N DUPLE X STA INLESS STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDBS EN & DIN

X2CrNiN23L 1.4362

ASTM/UNSS32304S32101S32001

Proprietary alloys include:Sandvik SAF 2304Usinor Industeel Uranus 35NAvesta Polarit LDX 2101AK Steel Nitronic 19D

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Ultramet 2304 --FCW Supercore 2304P --

APPLICATIONSLean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost savings compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels because of the reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS also provide a strength advantage compared to austenitic stainless steels and generally have comparable corrosion resistance to austenitic stainless steels.

The LDSS are finding more widespread use in today’s economic climate, particularly in structural applications. Uses include: bridges and structural work generally replacing austenitic stainless steels and carbon steels rather than replacing standard duplex alloys.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60) are related and can also be used for welding the lean duplex stainless steels.There is no matching solid wire available. The ER329N (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for MIG/TIG/SAW applications, data sheet B-60.


MICROSTRUCTUREMultipass welds in the as-welded condition contain about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat input/cooling rate conditions.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not generally required. Interpass temperature 150°C max, although for many applications this could be relaxed to 250°C. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable. Welds are left in the as-welded condition.

DS B-59 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com184

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with rutile flux system optimised for all welding positions except vertical down.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Length (mm) 300 350 450kg/carton 12 13.5 17.4




Elongation (%) 4d 20 31Reduction of area (%) -- 42

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 55- 20°C -- 50- 50°C -- 37

ULTRAMET 2304RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR LE AN DUPLE X STEELS

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV 55V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 50 65 100max. A 90 120 160


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M Proposed E2101-16

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No--QW4 42 A-No--

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN

min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.10 24max. 0.04 1.5 0.9 0.02 0.03 25.5 9.5 0.8 0.5 0.20 31

Typical 0.03 0.7 0.7 0.015 0.025 24.5 9.1 0.2 0.3 0.13 27PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

DS B-59-ULTRAMET 2304 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 185DS B-59-SUPERCORE 2304P | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONHigh performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm. Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.



Elongation (%) 4d 20 355d 20 32

Reduction of area (%) -- 50

Impact ISO-V(J)- 20°C -- 70- 50°C -- 55


SUPERCORE 2304P ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR LE AN DUPLE X STEELS


min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.08 24max. 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.03 25.5 10.0 0.8 0.75 0.20 31

Typical 0.03 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.2 0.2 0.2 0.14 27PREN (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

SPECIFICATIONSNONE

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No--QW4 42 A-No--


OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-60

ALLOY TYPE22%Cr standard ferritic-austenitic duplex stainless steels.

22%Cr DUPLE X STA INLESS STEELS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA

Supermet 2205 -Ultramet 2205 AWS E2209-16Supermet 2205AR AWS E2209-172205XKS AWS E2209-15

TIG/SAW ER329N AWS ER2209MIG ER329N AWS ER2209MCW Supercore M2205 AWS EC2209SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC

FCWSupercore 2205 AWS E2209T0-1/4Supercore 2205P AWS E2209T1-1/4

APPLICATIONSDuplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with general alloying level, confers:

- high strength compared with standard austenitic steels, eg type 316L.- good general corrosion resistance in a range of environments.- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion cracking (CSCC).- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride environments, eg seawater.

These alloys are finding widening application in the offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers, manifolds etc.

MICROSTRUCTUREMultipass welds in the as-welded condition contain about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat input/cooling rate conditions.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSLean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data sheets B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching consumables for casting repairs.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not generally required. Interpass temperature 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable but some codes restrict the max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONA Technical Profile covering duplex and superduplex stainless steels is available.


UNSS31803S32205S32101S32304S32001J92205 (cast)

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTMA182 Gr F51A890 Gr 4A (cast)

BS318S13

BS EN & DIN1.4462X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

Proprietary alloys include:Sandvik SAF2205Avesta Polarit 2205Creusot Ind UR 45NBöhler A903VDM Cronifer 2205LCNS+C Maresist F51 (cast)Sumitomo SM22Cr

Lean and Mo-free duplex including:(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L)Sandvik SAF 2304Creusot Ind UR35NLDX 2101 Avesta Polarit

PWHTAlthough welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are almost always left in the as-welded condition, major repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution treated condition. Experience has indicated good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench with or without a cooling step to 1060°C before quenching.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 187

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with enhanced Cr, Mo and N levels, giving higher weld pitting resistance than the nearest AWS specification A5.4 E2209-16. See Ultramet 2205 for rutile type conforming to AWS.Supermet 2205 is made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.Supermet 2205 is designed for welding wrought, forged or cast «standard» duplex stainless steels for service in the as-welded condition. Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required for casting repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system and is used primarily for downhand and H-V welding applications. Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. Typical Pipe butt weld 1120°C/ 3h + WQ


Elongation (%) 4d 20 30 25 32Reduction of area % -- 40 35 --

Impact ISO*-V(J) +20°C -- 60-73 -- --- 20°C -- 45-55 45-50 --- 30°C -- 40-52 42-46 > 90- 40°C -- 35-47 38-43 > 70- 50°C -- 30-40 35-40 > 35

SUPERMET 2205OVER ALLOYED RUTILE ELECTRODE FOR 2 2%Cr DUPLE X STEELS


min. A 50 65 100 130max. A 90 120 160 190



PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E2209-16 nearest classification

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No --QW4 42 A-No 8


Min. -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.14 36Max. 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 0.5 0.25 43

Typical 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.4 0.1 0.17 38PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8

* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.DS B-60-SUPERMET 2205 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com188

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on duplex stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for all welding positions except vertical down and provides excellent operability.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET 2205RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 2 2%Cr DUPLEX STEELS



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E2209-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2



Min. -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 22.0 8.5 2.8 -- 0.14 34Max. 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.5 0.2 38

Typical 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 23.2 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36



Elongation (%) 4d 20 275d 20 25

Reduction of area % -- 40Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- > 54 (> 0.8)

- 20°C -- 43-48 (> 0.5)- 50°C -- 32-41 (>0.38)

Hardness (HRC) HV10 -- < 305 (< 28)





min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 190




* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

DS B-60-ULTRAMET 2205 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 189

SUPERMET 2205ARRUTILE DOWNHAND MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 190



Elongation (%) 4d 20 285d 20 26

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 45- 20°C -- 40- 50°C -- 35

Hardness (HRC) HV10 -- < 310 (< 28)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for operability.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G




Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.5 -- 0.14 35Max. 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.025 0.030 23.5 10.5 3.5 0.5 0.2 38

Typical 0.03 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36








DS B-60-SUPERMET 2205AR | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com190

2205XKSBASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 2 2%Cr DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional operability. Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required, and for the most demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.15 35Max. 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.75 0.20 38

Typical 0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E2209-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 22 9 3 N L B 4 2Approvals ABS, DNV, TÜV




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. Typical 1120 – 1135°C +WQ


Elongation (%) 4d 20 28 415d 20 26 37

Reduction of area % -- 45 64Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- > 85 --

- 50°C 47 > 60 > 75- 75°C -- > 30 --

Hardness (HV) -- 260-290 240


min. A 50 70 100 130max. A 75 95 155 190








DS B-60-2205XKS | Rev. 02-08/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 191

ER329NSOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid TIG, MIG and sub-arc wires for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N

Min. -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 22.5 8.0 3.0 -- 0.14Max. 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.3 0.20

Typical 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17*Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to control porosity.


As welded Min. TypicalTIG MIG SAW + SSB SAW + P2007

Tensile strength (MPa) 690 790 800-835 790 7800.2% proof strength (MPa) 450 620 560-620 630 600

Elongation (%) 4d 20 36 28-35 30 295d 20 33 30 27 27

Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C -- 180 (> 140) > 70 75 (>55) 70 (>50)- 50°C -- 180 (> 120) > 60 55 (>35) 50 (>35)- 75°C -- 125 (>70) -- -- --

Hardness HV -- 270 (< 310) 270 (< 310) 275 (< 320) 275 (< 320)HRC -- 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28)


TIG Argon DC- 1.6 / 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar / He / CO2 pulsed 1.2 180A, 28V

SAW SSB flux * DC+ 2.4 350A,30V


TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool To order 25kg spool 25kg spool



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER 2209BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 9 3 N LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS2209Approvals DNV, TÜV, ABS (for TIG wires), DNV (for MIG wires),

ABS, DNV (for SAW in conjunction with P2007 flux)


DS B-60-ER329N | Rev. 02-02/17

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com192

SUPERCORE M2205METAL CORED WIRE FOR 2 2%CR DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThe wire is made with an austenite stainless steel sheath and high purity metal powders. Metal recovery is about 96% with respect to the wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 7.5 2.5 -- 0.08 34Max. 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.5 0.20 38Typical 0.02 1.4 0.8 0.010 0.018 22.5 8.5 3.0 0.15 0.15 35* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. Ar-38%He-2%CO2


Elongation (%) 4d 20 305d 20 27

Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- 50- 50°C -- 38

Hardness HV -- 280

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kgResistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M EC2209BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0Approvals DNV

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: Stainshield heavy, Ar-38%-He-2%CO2 shielding gas at 15-20l/min.Current: DC+ve


FUME DATAfume composition (wt %)


DS B-60-SUPERCORE M2205 | Rev. 02-10/17

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 193

SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P FL AT AND ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRES FOR 2 2%CR DUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONHigh performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm. Supercore 2205 is suited to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm). Supercore 2205P is optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions (pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.8 -- 0.08 34Max. 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.030 24.0 10.0 4.0 0.3 0.20 38

Typical 0.03 1.2 0.7 <0.01 0.02 23 9.2 3.1 0.1 0.12 35* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 2205 Supercore 2205P

AWS A5.22M E2209T0-1/4 E2209T1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L R C /M 3 T 22 9 3 N L P C /M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0 TS2209-FB1Approvals DNV LRS, DNV


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. Supercore 2205P Supercore 2205


Elongation (%) 4d 20 32 305d 20 29 26

Reduction of area (%) -- 45 36Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- 65 50

- 50°C -- 45 40- 75°C -- 30 -



OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum weld metal toughness. Fillet weld penetration and profile will be related to the skill level of the operator.Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 150A-25V to 280A-34V 200A-30V 15-20mm1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm

1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)11 6 1 9 1.5 0.1 12 0.9

DS B-60-SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P | Rev. 02-10/17

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com194

SSB FLUX SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAgglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N

ER329N wire 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.5 3.2 0.1 0.17deposit 0.02 1.3 0.5 -- -- 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded


Elongation (%) 4d 30Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C 75 (>55)

- 50°C 55 (>35)Hardness HV 275 (< 320)

HRC 23 (< 28)

SPECIFICATIONSDIN 32522 BFB6 63353 DC8MBS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC


PACKAGING DATAMetrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.

OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC +ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

DS B-60-SSB FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 195

Data Sheet B-61

ALLOY TYPE25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels matching the proprietary Zeron® 100 alloy.

25%Cr SUPER DUPLE X STEELS - ZERON® 100

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Zeron® 100XKS BS EN E25 9 4 N L B

TIG/MIG/ SAW Zeron® 100X BS EN 25 9 4 N L

SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF 2

FCW Supercore Z100XP AWS E2594T1-4

APPLICATIONSZeron® 100 has an exceptional combination of strength and resistance to corrosion and erosion in a wide range of aggressive media. The presence of Cu+W provides superior resistance to sulphuric and hydrochloric acids when compared to similar alloys without these additions. Offshore applications exploit the high resistance to pitting and stress-corrosion cracking in seawater. It is also highly resistant to caustic alkalis and phosphoric acid. Service temperature range is usually limited to –50°C to 280°C, the upper limit owing to thermal instability ("450°C" and sigma embrittlement).It is widely used in oil and gas production and process pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure vessels, valves, pumps, desalination plant, systems for flue-gas desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the mining, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. Zeron® 100 wires are also used for joining supermartensitic stainless steels.

MICROSTRUCTUREMultipass welds in the as-welded or solution annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite duplex microstructure with an approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat input/cooling conditions.

PWHTAlthough welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are almost always left in the as-welded condition, major repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution treated condition. Experience has indicated good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not generally required. Interpass temperature 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMATCHINGwrought cast

UNS S32760 UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508DIN 1.4501 ASTM A890 6A, ASTM A182 F55 ACI CD3MWCuN

OTHER SUPERDUPLEX, INCLUDINGwrought

UNS S32750 UNS S32550UR47N (CLI) UR52N+ (CLI)S32520 UNS S39274Ferralium SD40 (Meighs) UNS S32950DP3W (Sumitomo)7-Mo Plus (Carpenter)2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)

castUNS J93404 DIN 1.4469ASTM A890 5A ACI CE3MN

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFurther information on the welding of Zeron® 100 is available in the Metrode Technical Profile on duplex and superduplex.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching consumables for casting repair (solution annealed) applications.

DS B-61 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com196

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding Zeron® 100 and other superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.Fully alloyed matching Zeron® 100 core wire including W and Cu. Moisture resistant flux technology.Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





Tensile strength (MPa) 760 800-9500.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 650-750

Elongation (%) 4d 15 305d 20 22-27

Reduction of area % -- 40-45Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- > 55

- 50°C -- > 40Hardness (HV) -- 270-320

ZERON® 100XKS BA SIC PIPE-WELDING MM A ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLE X STEELS


min. A 50 70 100 130max. A 75 95 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E2595-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2Weir Materials MDS 12809/08Approvals ABS, DNV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW

min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40max. 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --

Typical 0.025 0.9 0.5 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.23 41 42Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16NPitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

DS B-61-ZERON 100XKS | Rev. 02-08/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 197

ZERON® 100XSOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.For applications where Zeron® 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is possible for wire to be supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40Max. 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --

Typical 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.6 0.7 0.23 41 42

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER2594BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW)Weir Materials MDS 12809/07Approvals ABS, TÜV, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. TIG MIG SAW TIG at 160°C


Elongation (%) 4d 15 36 25 26 395d 20 32 23 24 34

Reduction of area (%) -- 68 28 48 72Impact ISO-V(J) -50°C -- 130 60 40 --

-75°C -- >100 -- -- --Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 290 290 290 --


TIG Argon DC- 1.6 / 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar / He / CO2 pulsed 1.2 180A, 28V

SAW SSB flux DC+ 1.6 350A,30V


TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG To order To order To order To order -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool --


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7

DS B-61-ZERON 100X | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com198

SSB FLUX SUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAgglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N

Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.023 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES WITHZERON® 100X WIRETypical values as welded min SAW


Elongation (%) 4d -- 255d 20 24

Reduction of area (%) -- >40Impact ISO-V(J) - 50°C -- 40


PACKAGING DATAMetrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.



DS B-61-SSB FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 199DS B-61-SUPERCORE Z100XP | Rev. 02-10/17

SUPERCORE Z100XPRUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore Z100XP combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN PREW

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40Max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --

Typical 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.1 3.7 0.6 0.6 0.22 41 42Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16NPitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E2594T1-4BS EN ISO 17633-B TS 2594-F M21 1Approvals DNV


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. T ypical


Elongation (%) 4d 15 275d 18 25

Reduction of area (%) -- 33Impact ISO-V(J) -20°C -- 40

-50°C -- 32Hardness HV -- 280

HRC -- 26

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:

Diameter (mm) range typical stickout1.2 120 – 250A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm

PACKAGING DATA

Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kgThe as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.



STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-62

ALLOY TYPE

25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels.

25%Cr SUPER DUPLE X STEELS - 2507

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA2507XKS AWS 2594-15Ultramet 2507 AWS 2594-16

TIG 2507 AWS ER2594

FCWSupercore 2507 AWS E2594T0-4Supercore 2507P AWS E2594T1-4

APPLICATIONS

Superduplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with general alloying level confers:

- high strength compared with standard austenitic steels eg. type 316L.

- good general corrosion resistance in a range of environments.

- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion cracking (CSCC).

- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride environments eg. seawater.

These alloys are finding widening application in the offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process industries, eg. pipework systems, flowlines, risers, manifolds etc.

MICROSTRUCTUREMultipass welds in the as-welded or solution annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite duplex stainless steel microstructure with an approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat input/cooling conditions.

PWHTAlthough welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are almost always left in the as-welded condition, major repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution treated condition. Experience has indicated good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not generally required. Interpass temperature 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDED25%Cr superduplex:

UNS S32750, S32760 *ASTM A182 F53, F55BS EN 10088-2 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4 (1.4410)SAF 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)Uranus 47N (CLI)

Castings:UNS J93404ASTM A890 Gr5A, 6A *ACI CE3MN

* Zeron® 100 (see DS: B-61)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFurther information on the welding of 2507 superduplex is available in the Metrode Technical Profile on duplex and superduplex.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSZeron® 100 superduplex (data sheet B-61) and matching consumables for casting repair (solution annealed) applications.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 201DS B-62-2507XKS | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position, and for applications requiring the highest toughness.Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. typical >1120°C/>3h + WQ transverse *

Tensile strength (MPa) 800 870 >7600.2% proof strength (MPa) 550 700 --

Elongation (%) 4d 22 28 --5d 18 25 --

Reduction of area % -- 45 --Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 85 --

-50°C -- 60 >80-75°C -- 35 --

Hardness (HV) -- 280-330 <300* Representative properties for solution treated welds in castings of ASTM A890 grade 5A. Ferrite >30%.

2507XKSBA SIC PIPE-WELDING MM A ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLE X STEELS


min. A 50 70 100 130max. A 75 95 155 190


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F * OES (mg/m3)7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 16 0.7

* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E2594-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5QW4 42 A-No--


min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46

Typical 0.03 1 0.5 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.8 0.1 0.22 41

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com202 DS B-62-ULTRAMET 2507 | Rev. 01-03/16

ULTRAMET 2507 RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile coated MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve the correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40Max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46

Typical 0.03 1 0.8 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 4 0.1 0.23 42





Elongation (%) 4d 22 265d 20 24


-50°C -- >21Hardness HV -- 275-315

HRC -- 28







min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F * OES (mg/m3)7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 16 0.7

* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 203

2507SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG

COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.0 3.0 -- -- 0.20 40Max. 0.03 2.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 27.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --

Typical 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.9 0.05 0.05 0.25 42

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER2594BS EN ISO 143 43-A W 25 9 4 N L


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES WITHZERON® 100X WIRETypical values as welded Min. TIG


Elongation (%) 4d 15 365d 20 32


Hardness cap/mid HV -- 300


TIG Argon DC- 1.6 / 2.4 100A, 12V


TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3

DS B-62-2507 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com204

SUPERCORE 2507, 2507PRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507 combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 2507P combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- -- 0.20 40Max. 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --

Typical 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.010 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.8 0.05 0.05 0.23 41Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 2507 Supercore 2507P

AWS A5.22M E2594T0-4 E2594T1-4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. T ypical


Elongation (%) 4d 15 305d 18 29


-20°C -- 45-50°C -- 35


TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:

Diameter (mm) range typical stickout1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm

1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm

PACKAGING DATA

Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kgThe as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.



DS B-62-SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 205

Data Sheet B-63

ALLOY TYPE25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels with nominally 25%Cr-8%Ni-3.5%Mo-1.5%Cu-0.2%N.

25%Cr SUPER DUPLE X STEELS WITH 2%Cu


A240 UNS S32550 (wrought).A351 & A744 grade CD4MCu.A890 grade 1A/UNS J93370.A890 grade 1B/UNS J93372.

DIN1.4515 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3).1.4517 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3 3).

BS3100 grade 332C13.3146 grade ANC21.

ProprietaryFerralium 255 and SD40 (Meighs).Uranus 50M, 55, 52N, 52N+ (CLI).Ferrinox 255 (Advanced Metals).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Supermet 2506Cu AWS E2553-16

FCWSupercore 2507Cu (AWS E2553T0-4)Supercore 2507CuP (AWS E2553T1-4)

APPLICATIONS

These consumables are designed to match similar alloys, usually supplied as castings. The addition of copper improves corrosion resistance in sulphuric acid media and potentially increases strength and wear resistance, but as-welded toughness and pitting performance in chloride media are reduced in comparison to alloys with <1%Cu. Although the composition is controlled to ensure a minimum Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of 40 to match the superduplex alloys and maximise resistance to pitting consumables with <1%Cu may be preferred for non-sulphuric acid media unless PWHT is applied (see later).

Applications include pumps and valves, corrosion/wear resisting parts, and process equipment for use in offshore oil and gas industries, pulp, paper and textile industries, and chemical and petrochemical plant.


Solid filler wire to match these alloys (AWS ER2553) has only 6%Ni, so welds usually have excess ferrite. The best alternative is Zeron® 100X with 0.7%Cu (DS B-61). Copper-free 2507 electrodes are also available (DS B-62).


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded, or solution annealed condition, the microstructure is an austenite-ferrite duplex with about 25-60% ferrite.

WELDING GUIDELINESFor general fabrication welds no preheat is generally required and interpass is kept below 150°C. For castings and other highly restrained welds a preheat-interpass range of 100-225°C is helpful in avoiding any risk of hydrogen cracking.

PWHTThe consumables are designed to be predominantly used in the solution annealed condition. Castings will invariably require solution annealing and both electrode and flux cored wire provide higher toughness and somewhat lower strength after solution annealing. The G48A performance is also better following solution annealing. Typical PWHT is carried out at 1120°C for about 2-3 hours and then water quenched.

DS B-63 | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com206

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on a low carbon stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux containing additional elements for alloying and deoxidation. Nitrogen and nickel are controlled to give a balanced duplex structure to minimise the risk of cracking, particularly in highly restrained welds. Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Typical as-welded and PWHT 1120°C/2h + WQ As-weldedMin. * Typical Min. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 16 32 15 175d -- -- 15 16

Reduction of area (%) -- 40 -- 25Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 70 -- 35

- 30°C -- 60 -- 22Hardness HV -- 260 -- 340

HRC -- -- -- 30* These properties are appropriate for ASTM CD4MCu castings solution treated for optimum corrosion resistance; rapid cooling is important for best impact properties.

SUPERMET 2506CuRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR COPPER BE ARING SUPERDUPLE X STEELS


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)9 5 1 7.5 1 0.6 <0.1 16 0.6




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E2553-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 3 Cu N L R 5 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No5QW4 42 A-No 8

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE *

min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 7.5 2.9 1.5 0.18 40max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 8.5 3.9 2.5 0.25 --

Typical 0.03 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 25.5 8 3.5 1.7 0.22 41* PRE (Pitting Resistance Equivalent) = %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N





min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210

DS B-63-SUPERMET 2506Cu | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 207DS B-63-SSUPERCORE 2507Cu, 2507CuP | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 2507Cu combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding (material >6mm). Supercore 2507CuP is optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions (pipe typically >150mm diameter, >15mm wall).Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.


Typical as welded and PWHT 1120°C/2h + WQtypical

As-weldedMin. Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 40 -- 355d 39 20 33

Reduction of area (%) -- -- 32Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C 65 -- 40

- 50°C 45 -- >27Hardness (HV) 250 -- 300

SUPERCORE 2507Cu, 2507CuPRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR CU CONTAINING SUPERDUPLE X STEELS


min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.2 1.0 0.2 40max. 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.2 2.0 0.3 --

Typical 0.03 0.8 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.7 1.4 0.25 41Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N



OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:


1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 180A, 26V 15 – 20mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)14 10 1.5 5 5 1 5 1.0

SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 2507Cu Supercore 2507CuP

AWS A5.22M E2553T0-4 E2553T1-4 Nearest classification

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3 T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2553-FB0 TS2553-FB1 Nearest classification

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-80

ALLOY TYPE308L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M for joining 304L base materials used in nuclear applications.

NUCLE A R 308L CONSUM A BLES


304L304304LNCF3CF8

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 308L(N) AWS E308L-16

RCC-M S 2920

Ultramet B308L(N) AWS E308L-15RCC-M S 2920

TIG 308S92(N) AWS ER308LRCC-M S 2910

APPLICATIONSUsed to weld 304L (18/8) stainless steels for applications in the nuclear industry requiring conformance to the RCC-M code.

Standard 308L consumables for general purpose fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. 308H consumables for elevated temperature service can be found in data sheets C-10 and C-12. Controlled ferrite 308L consumables for cryogenic applications can be found in data sheet B-37.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN.


See data sheet B-81 and B-83 for related 316L and 309L consumables conforming to the RCC-M requirements.

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C; no PWHT required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONRequirements are taken from the relevant consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M code.

For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93 and B-94) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please contact Metrode Technical Department.

BS EN & DIN1.43061.43011.43111.4308


UNSS 30403S 30400S 30453

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 209

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Min. Typical Min +350°C Typical +350°C

Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 -- 4100.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 465 125 305

Elongation (%) 4d 35 47 -- 305d 30 45 -- --

Reduction of area (%) -- 55 -- 60Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 (42) * 65 -- --

* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

ULTRAMET 308L(N)RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2RCC-M S 2920


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 9.00 -- -- -- -- 5Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.5 0.20 -- 15

Typical <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 9.5 0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.08 8* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

DS B-80-ULTRAMET 308L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com210

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet B308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET B308L(N)BASIC MMA ELECTRODE



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L B 4 2RCC-M S 2920



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 9.00 -- -- -- -- 5Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.5 0.20 -- 15

Typical 0.02 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19.5 9.5 0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.05 8* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Min. Typical Min +350°C Typical +350°C


Elongation (%) 4d 35 44 -- 305d 30 42 -- --

Reduction of area (%) -- 55 -- 60Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 (42) * 100 -- --






min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1

DS B-80-ULTRAMET B308L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 211DS B-80-308S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

308S92(N)SOLID WIRES FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2910.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER308LBS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS308LRCC-M S 2910


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *

Min. -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.00 -- -- -- 5Max. 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 21.0 11.00 0.3 0.3 0.20 15

Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 0.04 8* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.




TIG 5kg or 15kg spool 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Min. +20°C Typical +20°C Min +350°C Typical +350°C


Elongation (%) 4d 35 48 -- 305d 30 39 -- --

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 (42) * 160 -- --* Minimum average (minimum individual value).


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 1

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-81

ALLOY TYPE316L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M for joining 316L base materials used in nuclear applications.


APPLICATIONSUsed to weld 316L (19/12/3) stainless steels for applications in the nuclear industry requiring conformance to the RCC-M code.

Standard 316L consumables for general purpose fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. 316H consumables for elevated temperature service can be found in data sheets C-12 and C-13. Controlled ferrite 316L consumables for cryogenic applications can be found in data sheet B-38.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSSee data sheet B-80 for related 308L consumables conforming to the RCC-M requirements

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C; no PWHT required.


For consumable qualification data sheets (B-90 and B-92) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please contact Metrode Technical Department.




BS EN & DIN1.4401 / 1.44041.44361.4406 / 1.44291.44081.4437

UNSS 31603S 31600S 31653

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE



RCC-M S 2925


TIG 316S92(N) AWS ER316LRCC-M S 2915

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 213





ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Min. Typical +20°C Min +350°C Typical +350/+360°C

Tensile strength (MPa) 520 600 -- 470/4700.2% proof strength (MPa) 320 500 140/130 340/340

Elongation (%) 4d 35 38 -- 33/305d 30 36 -- --

Reduction of area (%) -- 55 -- 50/50Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 (42) * 65 -- --




min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155






SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2RCC-M S 2925



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- -- 5Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 20.00 13.0 3.00 0.75 0.20 -- 15

Typical <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 12.5 2.6 <0.1 0.04 0.1 8* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.


STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com214

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet B316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2925 Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2RCC-M S 2925



Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- -- 5Max. 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 20.00 13.0 3.00 0.75 0.20 -- 15

Typical 0.025 1.3 0.3 0.01 0.02 19.5 12.5 2.6 <0.1 0.04 0.05 10* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.




Elongation (%) 4d 30 39 -- 30/305d 30 37 -- --

Reduction of area (%) -- 58 -- 50/50Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 (42) * 85 -- --






min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210




STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 215


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2915.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER316LBS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 12 3 LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS316LRCC-M S 2915


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *

Min. -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- 5Max. 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 20.00 14.00 3.00 0.3 0.20 15

Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 19 12.5 2.6 0.15 0.04 10* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.




TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

FUME DATAFe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)



Elongation (%)4d -- 48 -- 30/305d 30 33 -- --

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 (42) * 110 -- --* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

DS B-81-316S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-83

ALLOY TYPE309L austenitic stainless steel electrode conforming to RCC-M for dissimilar joints in nuclear applications.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMainly used under high dilution conditions, particu-larly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE



RCC-M S 2930


TIG 309S92(N) AWS ER309L

APPLICATIONS

Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347.

Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and other attachments. Service temperatures above 400°C are normally avoided. It is also used for welding 12%Cr ‘utility ferritics’ such as Cromweld 3CR12, to itself and other steels.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-18FN.


See data sheet B-80 and B-81 for related 308L and 316L consumables conforming to the RCC-M requirements.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and interpass temperatures depend on base material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on mild steels; up to 250°C on hardenable steels.


For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93, B-94 and B-95) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please contact Metrode Technical Department.


STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 217







Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 25 38




min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155

FUME DATAFume composition (wt % typical)

Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2RCC-M S 2930


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.00 12.00 -- -- -- 8Max. 0.030 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.025 25.00 14.00 0.50 0.75 0.15 18

Typical 0.025 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.3 0.1 <0.1 0.04 14* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram


STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com218

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – special basic flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309L-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L B 4 2RCC-M S 2930


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.00 12.00 -- -- -- 8Max. 0.030 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.025 25.00 14.00 0.50 0.75 0.15 18

Typical 0.02 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.3 0.1 <0.1 0.04 14* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.




Elongation (%) 4d 30 375d 25 35






min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155

FUME DATAFume composition (wt % typical)

Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F * OES (mg/m3)9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7


STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 219


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG welding that meets the manufacturing quality requirements of RCC-M.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER309LBS EN ISO 14343-A W 23 12 LBS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L



C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN *Min. -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8

Max. 0.025 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 18Typical 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.05 12

* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.




TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded min +20°C



Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C >200* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

DS B-83-309S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS


Data Sheet B-88

ALLOY TYPE308L austenitic stainless steels for joining Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 304L base materials. The consumables are manufactured to BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd) specifications.

NUCLE A R N AG 308L CONSUM A BLES


304L BS

304S11BS EN & DIN

1.4306UNS

S30403

304L material that meets the specific NAG requirements.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA NAG 19.9.L.R NF 0086/1TIG NAG 19.9.L NF 0087/1

APPLICATIONSUsed to weld nitric acid grade (NAG) 304L stainless steels used in the construction of waste nuclear fuel processing plant.

It is also suitable for the welding of conventional 304L stainless steels for nuclear applications – particularly for QA reasons where NAG and conventional 304L steels are being fabricated together.


Standard 308L consumables for general fabrication applications are in data sheet B-30. RCC-M nuclear grade 308L consumables are in data sheet B-80


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure consists of austenite with ferrite content of about 6FN.

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250˚C, no PWHT required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThese products are approved and certified by Sellafield Ltd (SL) and are only supplied to SL contractors for use on SL projects.

Huey tests on weld deposits achieve corrosion rates of <0.3mm/year as-welded and <0.6mm/year in the sensitised condition.

STAINLESS STEELS

www.metrode.com 221

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on special high purity 304L core wire. A special flux system is used to maintain carbon, sulphur and phosphorus within specified limits and also give porosity-free deposits.All electrode sizes have optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all positional welding with the 2.5/3.2 mm electrodes.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


Length (mm) 300 350 350 350kg/carton 12 13.5 12.9 12.9




Elongation (%) 4d 35 455d 30 42


NAG 19.9.L.RRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR WELDING NITRIC ACID GR ADE 304L STAINLESS STEEL


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.8 5 -- <0.2 16 1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308L-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0086/ 1


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B FN

min. -- 0.2 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- -- -- 3max. 0.025 2.0 0.80 0.015 0.018 21.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010 10

Typical 0.02 1 0.5 0.01 0.015 19.5 10 0.05 0.1 0.01 0.0005 6

DS B-88-NAG 19.9.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16

STAI

NLES

S ST

EELS

www.metrode.com222





Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C 160

NAG 19.9.LSOLID WIRE FOR WELDING NITRIC ACID GR ADE 304L STAINLESS STEEL

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B

min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- -- --max. 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.015 0.018 22.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010

Typical 0.015 1.7 0.3 0.004 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.07 0.02 0.0003

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER308LBS EN ISO 143 43-A W 19 9 LBS EN ISO 143 43-B SS308LBNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0087/ 1





TIG 1kg or 5kg spool 5kg or 15kg spool 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

DS B-88-NAG 19.9.L | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 223

Section C : HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CONSUM A BLES FOR ELE VATED TEMPER ATUR E SERV ICE


The 300H consumables are designed for welding matching high carbon stainless steels typically used at service temperatures of 400-800°C. To ensure optimum performance under these service conditions not only is the carbon controlled (normally 0.04-0.08%C) but the ferrite and total alloying are also carefully regulated to minimize the formation of brittle intermetallic phases.

The 309 consumables in this section should not be confused with the 309L/309Mo types used for dissimilar welding (B-50 and B-51). The 309 consumables in Section C generally have controlled carbon and ferrite and are designed for matching base materials for elevated temperature service.

Consumables in the 330, 800 and HP40 alloy sections are designed to match a wide range of special austenitic alloys which are used primarily for resistance to creep and hot corrosion or oxidation. In all types, the presence of a controlled level of carbon is essential for hot strength. Parent alloys with 0.4% carbon or more are produced predominantly in cast form and have quite low room temperature ductility, but in general this does not have an adverse effect on weldability.

Preheat is not normally required for welding these alloys, with the exception of the highest alloy high carbon types containing tungsten which can suffer from cold cracking due to build up of residual stresses and low ductility. Interpass temperature and heat input control is more important for the lower carbon types to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. The presence of a copious primary carbide eutectic tends to suppress hot cracking in the higher carbon types. PWHT is rarely applied to any of the alloys in this section, although service-aged base material may require solution treatment to restore satisfactory ductility prior to welding.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications300H stainless steel consumables for elevated temperature service

C-10 308H

MMAUltramet 308H E308H-16 E 19 9 H R 3 2Ultramet B308H E308H-15 E 19 9 H B 4 2

TIG/MIG/SAW 308S96 ER308H 19 9 H

FCWSupercore 308H E308HT0-1/4 TS308H-FB0Supercore 308HP E308HT1-1/4 TS308H-FB1

C-11 347HMMA

Ultramet 347H E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R 3 2Ultramet B347H E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2

TIG/SAW ER347H ER347 19 9 NbFCW Supercore 347HP E347HT1-1/4 T 19 9 Nb P M 2

C-12 16.8.2

MMASupermet 16.8.2 E16.8.2-17 -E16.8.2-15 E16.8.2-15 -

TIG ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 W 16 8 2SAW ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 S 16 8 2

FCWSupercore 16.8.2 - -Supercore 16.8.2P - -

C-13 316H

MMA

17.8.2.RCF ( E 16.8.2-16) BS 17.8.2.R

Ultramet 316H AWS E316H-16 E 19 12 2 R 3 2

Ultramet B316H AWS E316H-15 E 19 12 2 B 4 2

TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 ER316H 19 12 3 H

SAW FLUXP2007 BS EN SA AF2 AC -

SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC -

DS C-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com224

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO ClassificationsHigh temperature 309 alloys

C-20 253MA MMA Supermet 253MA - -

C-21 309MMA Thermet 309CF E309H-16 (E 22 12 R 3 2)TIG/MIG 309S94 ER309 22 12 H

High temperature austenitic stainless steelC-25 Super 304H TIG MT304H - -

310 stainless steels for high temperature service

C-30 310MMA

25.20 Super R (E310-16) E 25 20 R 3 2.Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15) E 25 20 B 4 2

TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 ER310 25 20C-31 310H MMA Thermet 310H E310H-15 E 25 20 H B 4 2

Consumables for alloys 330 and 800

C-40 800MMA Thermet 800Nb - -TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb - -

C-41 330 MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16) BS 15.35.H.RC-45 25.35.Nb MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb - -

Consumables for HP40 and other high carbon cast alloys

C-50 HP40NbMMA Thermet HP40Nb - BS 25.35.H.Nb.BTIG/MIG 25.35.4C.Nb - -

C-60 35.45MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb - -TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb - -

C-70 HP50 MMA Thermet HP50WCo - -C-80 22H MMA Thermet 22H - -C-90 657 MMA Nimrod 657 ENiCr-4 -

DS C-01 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 225

Data Sheet C-10

ALLOY TYPE

For 304/304H materials used at elevated temperatures.

308H STA INLESS STEELS


wrought castASTM/UNS 304H/S30409 CF10, CF8

DIN 1.4948

BS 304S51 302C25, 304C15

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 308H AWS E308H-16Ultramet B308H AWS E308H-15

TIG/MIG 308S96 AWS ER308H

SAW308S96 AWS ER308HP2007 BS EN SA AF2SSB BS EN SA AF2

FCWSupercore 308H AWS E308HT0-1/4Supercore 308HP AWS E308HT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSThe 308H consumables are designed to match unstabilised 18Cr-10Ni austenitic stainless steels for elevated temperature strength and oxidation resistance. These steels and the weld metal have carbon content controlled to 0.04-0.08%.

Composition limits of the MMA electrodes and FCAW wires are tightened above those of BS/AWS specifications in order to meet requirements of Shell and other operators of refinery equipment. Weld metal Cr and Ni are kept low and ferrite is controlled to minimise embrittlement by sigma phase. Beneficial and detrimental minor elements and residuals are also controlled to optimise high temperature properties. No bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in these consumables, to ensure <0.002%Bi as required by API 582.

The 308H consumables should also be considered for welding thick (>12mm) stabilised grades 321H or 347H to avoid in-service HAZ cracking and low creep rupture ductility associated with 347 weld metal. Note that some authorities recommend the use of type 16-8-2 types for these steels, including 304H.

308H is widely used in petrochemical and chemical process plant, particularly for the fabrication of cyclones, transfer lines used to re-circulate the catalyst in catalytic crackers (cat crackers) operating in the range 400-815°C.


MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with delta ferrite controlled 2-8FN.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not required; maximum interpass temperature 250°C. No PWHT required.


Farrar J.C.M. and Marshall A.W.: ‘Type ‘300H’ austenitic stainless steel weld metals for high temperature service’Marshall A.W. and Farrar J.C.M.: ‘Influence of residuals on properties of austenitic stainless steel weld metal, with particular reference to energy industries’ (Conference) Stainless Steels ‘84, pp 271-285, Metals Society, London 1985.There is also a Metrode Technical Profile covering the use of these products in the petrochemical industry on cat crackers.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSSee also the consumables in the related alloy groups of 347H (C-11), 16.8.2 (C-12) and 316H (C-13).

DS C-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com226

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with rutile flux on matching core wire.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.Ultramet 308H gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity.The smaller sizes are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. In addition, the 2.5mm diameter is specifically designed to enable the root pass to be deposited in single side butt welds using standard MMA equipment without a gas purge.





As welded Min. TypicalHigh Temperature

650°C 732°C 816°CTensile strength (MPa) 560 610 297 231 181

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 445 234 187 156Elongation (%) 4d 35 45 -- -- --

5d 30 43 28 51 53Reduction of area % -- 35 55 63 64

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 80 -- -- --Hardness (HV) -- 190-210 -- -- --

ULTRAMET 308HRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 16 1

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308H-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 H R 3 2



min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2max. 0.08 1.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8

Typical 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% maxNote: Cr content of 2.5mm is typically 19.5%.

DS C-10-ULTRAMET 308H | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 227

ULTRAMET B308HSOBASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on matching core wire.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.Ultramet B308H is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position, in materials thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FNMin. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2

Max. 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8Typical 0.05 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3

Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E308H-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 H B 4 2







Typical values as welded Min. TypicalHigh Temperature



5d 30 38 24 48 47Reduction of area (%) -- 48 60 63 54

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 100 -- -- --Hardness (HV) -- 210 -- -- --


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 16 1

DS C-10-ULTRAMET B308H | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com228




Elongation (%) 4d 43Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C > 100

Hardness HV 195/215

308S96SOLID WIRE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER308HBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 HBS EN ISO 14343-B SS308H



min. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- --max. 0.08 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.5 10.0 0.25 0.25

Typical 0.05 1.8 0.4 0.002 0.015 19.9 9.5 0.1 0.1Typical ferrite level of undiluted weld metal is in the range 3-8FN.ER19-10H (on request) has Cr ≤ 20.0, Mo ≤ 0.25, Nb ≤ 0.05, Ti ≤ 0.05.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Voltage

TIG Argon 100A, DC- 2.4 12VMIG Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2 260A, DC+ 1.2 28V

SAW P2007 or SSB flux 350A, DC+ 2.4 30V


TIG -- -- To order 2.5kg tube To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG To order To order 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool To order



DS C-10-308S96 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 229

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wires made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.Supercore 308H is designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in downhand and H-V welding situations with plate and material of a 6mm thickness or greater. Supercore 308HP designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

SUPERCORE 308H / 308HPDOWNHAND AND ALL-POSITIONAL FC W FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL

SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 308H Supercore 308HP (1.2mm only)

AWS A5.22M E308HT0-1/4 E308HT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308H-FB0 TS308H-FB1



min. 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.03 0.04 20.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 8

Typical 0.05 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 18.8 9.5 0.1 0.1 5




0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 420 213 177 140Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 -- -- --


Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 100 -- -- --Aged at 730°C/1000h -- 90 -- -- --

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 – 20mm

1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 150A-25V 12 – 20mm1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15 – 25mm

PACKAGING DATA

Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.



DS C-10-SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com230 DS C-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet C-11

ALLOY TYPEControlled, high carbon Nb stabilised stainless steel for elevated temperature service.



321H347H

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAUltramet 347H AWS E347-16Ultramet B347H AWS E347-15

TIG ER347H AWS ER347FCW Supercore 347HP AWS E347HT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSUsed to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 high carbon stainless steel types 321H and 347H.

Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers), cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, steam piping, superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine components, used in petrochemical, chemical process plants and in power generation industries.

Note that the alloy 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) was developed as a more ductile alternative to 347H consumables to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H base material of >12mm thickness. For this reason when joining thicker section 321H/347H the 16.8.2 consumables are considered a preferable alternative.

For welding 321/347 for general corrosion resisting applications at temperatures up to about 400°C use 347 (data sheet B-31) or 308L (data sheet B-30) consumables.

For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils) charpy lateral expansion at –196°C, use unstabilised weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B-37).

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with 2-9FN, typically 4FN (solid wire typically 8FN).


The 308H (data sheet C-10), 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) and 316H (data sheet C-13) consumables are also relevant for many of the same materials and applications.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat or PWHT required; maximum interpass temperature 250°C.

BS321S51347S51

BS EN & DIN1.49411.4961


UNSS32109S34709


www.metrode.com 231

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347H has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





As-weldedRoom Temperature High Temperature

Min. Typical 650˚C 732˚C 815˚CTensile strength (MPa) 560 650 354 308 233

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 500 283 269 206

Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 -- -- --5d 25 37 19 20 7

Reduction of area (%) -- 52 47 38 23

ULTRAMET 347HALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 32 1H / 3 47H STAINLESS STEELS


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210







SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E347-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb R 3 2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN

Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 2Max. 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8

Typical 0.05 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 4* BS requires 10xC minimum.


HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com232

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTRAMET B347HBASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321H / 3 47H STAINLESS STEELS



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E347-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN

Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 2Max. 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8

Typical 0.05 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.6 0.07 5* BS requires 10xC minimum.


As-welded Room Temperature High TemperatureMin. Typical 650˚C 732˚C 815˚C


Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 -- -- --5d 25 37 18 14 5






min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210







www.metrode.com 233

ER347HSOLID WIRES FOR 321H / 3 47H STAINLESS STEELS


As welded Typical TIG

High Temperature650˚C 732˚C 815˚C


Elongation (%) 4d 42 23 22 225d 40 21 20 21

Reduction of area (%) 67 55 53 52Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 125 -- -- --

Hardness cap/mid (HV) 190/230 -- -- --


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER347BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 NbBS EN ISO 14343-B SS347


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN

Min. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 3Max. 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9

Typical 0.055 1.7 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.2 0.1 0.6 0.1 8


TIG Argon * DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2 DC+ 1.0 190A, 26V



TIG -- 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool --



DS C-11-ER347H | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com234

SUPERCORE 347HPALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR 321H / 3 47H STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347HP is designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.


Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 4Max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9

Typical 0.05 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M E347HT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB1APPROVALS DNV



As weldedRoom Temperature High Temperature

Min. Typical 732°CTensile strength (MPa) 550 630 310


5d 25 40 22Reduction of area (%) -- 46 43

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 70 --



Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout

1.2 120-280A, 22-34V180A, 29V (downhand)

12-20mm160A, 25V (positional)



DS C-11-SUPERCORE 347HP | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 235DS C-12 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet C-12

ALLOY TYPE16.8.2 for high temperature 3XXH stainless steels.

16.8.2 FOR HIGH TEMPER ATUR E 3X X H STA INLESS STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM/UNS

304H / S30409321H / S32109347H / S34709316H / S31609

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMASupermet 16.8.2 AWS E16.8.2-17E16.8.2-15 AWS E16.8.2-15

TIG ER16.8.2 AWS ER16.8.2FCW Supercore 16.8.2/P None relevant

APPLICATIONSThe 16.8.2 consumables have a controlled composition, optimised for performance in structural service at temperatures up to about 800°C. With molybdenum specifically at the lower limit for AWS 16.8.2, it is essentially a dilute hybrid between E308H and E316H. Rather than matching any single parent material, it has applications for welding all the ‘3XXH’ series of stainless steels with 0.04-0.10% carbon, which combine creep, oxidation and general corrosion resistance.A low total Cr+Mo with controlled carbon and ferrite content ensures high resistance to thermal embrittlement by intermetallic phases (and also excellent toughness at low temperatures). A strictly limited level of Mo provides valuable effects on creep ductility and thermal fatigue, balanced against control of oxidation under stagnant conditions above 650°C, and sigma or chi phase formation in service. No bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in these consumables, to ensure <0.00 2%Bi as required by API 582.For 304H, some authorities now choose 16.8.2 specifically to avoid hot ductility and creep-fatigue problems in thick sections which traditionally would have been welded with 308H. Historically, this weld metal was initially developed to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H of >12mm thickness. For the same reasons it is also a candidate for 321H, although HAZ failures here are not so well documented. For thermal stability, it is equally suitable for 316H in preference to matching weld metal.In some applications, the chromium in 16.8.2 weld metal may be considered too low for satisfactory resistance to corrosion (possibly under dew-point conditions during plant shutdown). However, the weld root is normally on the process side, and is conventionally deposited by TIG using higher chromium weld metal. Similar electrodes for capping runs are available if required.Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers), cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, thick wall steam piping, superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine components used in petrochemical, chemical process plants and in power generation industries.Owing to the lean composition and controlled ferrite content, the 16.8.2 consumables also show useful cryogenic toughness down to -196°C.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with delta ferrite of 1-6FN typically. Hot cracking is not reported at low FN.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSSee also the consumables in the related alloy groups of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11), 316H (C-13).

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is not required; maximum interpass temperature 250°C. Welds are left as-welded, no PWHT required.

BS304S51321S51347S51316S51, 316S53


DIN1.49481.49411.4961-

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONO R Carpenter and R D Wylie: "16-8-2 Cr-Ni-Mo for welding electrodes" Met. Prog. 1956, 70, (5), 65-73. This paper describes the original development (by Babcock and Wilcox) of E16-8-2 to weld 347 for power plant applications.R D Thomas: "HAZ cracking in thick sections of austenitic stainless steels" Part 1, Weld J 1984, 63, 12, 24-32; Part 2 idem 355s-368s. This detailed review covers all standard stainless steels, in particular for high temperature structural applications.There is also a Metrode Technical Profile available on the use of 16.8.2 consumables in cat crackers.

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com236 DS C-12-SUPERMET 16.8.2 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONGeneral purpose, all-positional MMA electrode with rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire.Manufactured with ‘controlled hydrogen’ and moisture resistant flux covering technology to ensure high resistance to weld porosity.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.





As-welded Min. Typical High Temperature650˚C 732˚C 816˚C

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 > 620 310 232 1610.2% proof strength (MPa) -- > 410 225 179 126

Elongation (%) 4d 35 42 -- -- --5d 25 42 28 47 43


Impact ISO and LE*-V(J(mm))+ 20°C -- > 70 (>1.3) -- -- --- 50°C -- > 50 (>0.9) -- -- --

* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)

SUPERMET 16.8.2RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E16-8-2-17BS EN ISO 3581 (E 16 8 2 R)



Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1Max. 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6

Typical 0.05 1 0.45 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.1 3* Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise. BS EN E16 8 2 R has Mo 1.50 – 2.50%.


www.metrode.com 237

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with fully basic lime-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. E16.8.2-15 is a basic coated all-positional electrode suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

E16.8.2-15BASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E16-8-2-15BS EN ISO 3581 (E16 8 2 B)



Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1Max. 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6

Typical 0.05 1.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.06 3* BS EN E16 8 2 B has Mo 1.50 – 2.50% Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.




TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE. UNSUITABLE FOR AC.Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155



As-welded Min. Typical High Temperature650˚C 732˚C 816˚C

Tensile strength (MPa) 550 > 620 294 230 1650.2% proof strength (MPa) -- > 410 216 187 132

Elongation (%) 4d 35 40 -- -- --5d -- 37 27 36 57

Reduction of area (%) -- 35 61 70 75Impact ISO -V(J) -100°C -- > 50 -- -- --


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1

DS C-12-E16.8.2-15 | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com238

ER16.8.2SOLID WIRE TIG AND SAW FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG welding and sub-arc welding of 300H stainless steel.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER16-8-2BS EN ISO 14343-A 16 8 2BS EN ISO 14343-B S 16-8-2


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu

Min. 0.04 1.0 0.3 -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 --Max. 0.10 2.0 0.6 0.02 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.3

Typical 0.06 1.4 0.4 0.01 0.01 15.5 8.5 1.3 0.1* Mo 1.0 – 1.3% on request. Typical ferrite level 1-6FN.


TIG Argon 100A 2.4 12VSAW P2007 or SSB flux 350A, DC+ 2.4 30V


TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeSAW -- 25kg spool 25kg spool




As-welded Typical High TemperatureTIG SAW 650˚C 732˚C 816˚C


Elongation (%) 4d 35 29 -- -- --5d -- 29 31 36 42

Reduction of area (%) -- 30 67 69 65Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C -- 30 -- -- --

DS C-12-ER16.8.2 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 239

SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2PRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThese wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system with alloying controlled to maximise high temperature strength and resistance to service embrittlement. Supercore 16.8.2 is made in 1.6mm only and is designed for applications primarily in the downhand and HV positions on plate and material of about 6mm thickness and above. Supercore 16.8.2P is made in 1.2mm only and is designed for welding in all welding positions from ASME 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework, and also provides very good operability in the flat/HV position. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.


Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1Max. 0.08 2.0 0.70 0.03 0.04 17.0 10.0 2.0 0.5 8

Typical 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.02 16.2 9.2 1.1* 0.1 4* Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.22M None applicableBS EN ISO 17633-B (TS16-8-2-FM1) nearest classification





0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 410 207 180 134

Elongation (%)4d 35 42 -- -- --5d 25 42 30 44 39


Impact ISO-V(J) (mm)+ 20°C -- 100 (1.8) -- -- ---130°C -- 50 (0.8) -- -- ---196°C -- 45 (0.7) -- -- --

* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kgThe as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 – 20mm

1.2P 120A-22V to 280A-34V 150A-25V 12 – 20mm1.6 200A-28V to 350A-34V 300A-30V 15 – 25mm


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)17 11 1.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2

DS C-12-SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS


Data Sheet C-13

ALLOY TYPEFor 316/316H materials used at elevated temperatures


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM BS UNS

316/316H 316S51 S31609CF10M 316S52

316S53316C16316C71

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA17.8.2.RCF BS 17.8.2.RUltramet 316H AWS E316H-16Ultramet B316H AWS E316H-15

TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 AWS ER316H

SAW fluxP2007 BS EN SA AF2 ACSSB BS EN SA AF2 DC

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed for welding 316/316H austenitic stainless steels operating at high temperatures (500-800°C) under long term creep conditions. The 17.8.2.RCF MMA electrode is a modified 316H weld metal of lean composition to resist thermal embrittlement.The consumables can also be used for welding 321/321H and 347/347H grades in high temperature structural service. This is particularly important in thick highly restrained weldments, since the possibility of premature service failure by intergranular HAZ cracking is reduced by using more ductile weld metal rather than 347H.Used for welding steam piping, superheater headers, furnace parts, some gas and steam engine turbine components, in the petro-chemical industry, in fossil and nuclear fuelled power stations.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with delta ferrite typically controlled in the range 2-8FN.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSSee also the consumables in the related alloy groups of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11) and 16.8.2 (C-12).

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not required, maximum interpass temperature 250°C. PWHT not required.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThere is a Metrode Technical Profile available covering 3XXH consumables and their use in refinery cat crackers.


www.metrode.com 241

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire, giving a tightly controlled level of silicon and residual elements to minimise formation of intermetallic phases (sigma, chi) during service.Designed primarily for downhand and HV welding although for structural applications it is usable positionally.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Min. Typical 650˚C 732˚C 815˚CTensile strength (MPa) 560 > 630 369 274 191

0.2% proof strength (MPa) -- > 460 287 197 147Elongation (%) 4d -- > 30 -- -- --

5d 25 > 30 28 44 53Reduction of area (%) -- > 45 55 61 75

Impact energy -100°C -- > 50 -- -- --Hardness HV -- 200 -- -- --

17.8.2.RCF RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E16.8.2-16) Nearest classification



Min. 0.06 0.5 -- -- -- 16.5 8.0 1.5 -- 3Max. 0.10 2.5 0.50 0.030 0.040 18.5 9.5 2.5 0.50 8

Typical 0.08 1.6 0.25 0.008 0.02 17 8.5 2 <0.1 5

DS C-13-17.8.2.RCF | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com242

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile coated electrode made on high purity 304 core wire, previously called Metrode E316H-16. The higher alloy content compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800°C).

ULTRAMET 316H RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316H-16BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 2 R 3 2



Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.08 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 8

Typical 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 0.1 5




TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE. OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155









Impact energy +20°C -- 70 -- -- --Hardness HV -- 210 -- -- --



www.metrode.com 243

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B316H is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts. The higher alloy content compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800°C). Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.







0.2% proof strength (MPa) 350 450 265 200 140Elongation (%) 4d 30 35 29 44 49


Impact energy +20°C -- 100 -- -- --Hardness HV -- 210 -- -- --

ULTRAMET B316H BA SIC PIPE WELDING MM A ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2

min. A 60 75max. A 90 120







Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.08 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 8

Typical 0.05 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 0.1 5

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E316H-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 2 B 4 2



HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com244

316S96SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF 316H STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW which can not only be used in conjunction with E316H-16, but also with 17.8.2.RCF and other 300H consumables.


Min. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3Max. 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.025 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8

Typical 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15 4

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER316HBS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 HBS EN ISO 14343-B SS316H




Elongation (%) 4d 35


TIG Argon 100A, DC- 2.4 12VSAW P2007 or SSB flux 350A, DC+ 2.4 30VMIG Ar + 2%O2/CO2 220A, DC+ 1.2 26V


MIG 15 kg reel - -TIG - 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube

SAW - - 25kg spool



DS C-13-316S96 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 245

P2007 and SSB FLUXESSUB-ARC FLUX

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES with 316S96Typical PWHT 690-720°C/1-2h typical



PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONP2007 and SSB are agglomerated basic fluxes producing weld deposits with minimal Si pick-up and low Mn and Cr losses. P2007 has a BI of ~1.6 and SSB has a BI of ~2.2.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu

wire (316S96) 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15Deposit (with P2007/SSB flux) 0.04 1.6 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 13 2.2 0.15

SPECIFICATIONSP2007 flux SSB flux

BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 AC SA AF2 DC


PACKAGING DATAMetrode P2007 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums and SSB Flux in 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions of opened drums: <60%RH, >18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h

OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC+ve ranges as below:


DS C-13-P2007SSB | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS


Data Sheet C-20

ALLOY TYPEIron based 22%Cr-10%Ni alloy with controlled additions of C, Si, N and rare earths (RE), predominantly cerium, with excellent oxidation resistance.

OX IDATION R ESISTA NT 253M A A LLOY

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDwrought

ASTM - ASME S30815BS EN 10095 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe 19-10

1.4828 X15CrNiSi 20-121.4835 (X9CrNiSiNCe 21-11-2).

DIN 1.4893 (X8CrNiSiN 21 11).1.4891 (X4CrNiSiN 18 10)

Proprietary Avesta 253MAAlso suitable for similar material:ASTM UNS S30415Avesta 153MA

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Supermet 253MA --

APPLICATIONSDesigned to match equivalent alloys with good hot strength coupled with excellent resistance to oxidation up to about 1100°C. Resistance to sulphidation under oxidising conditions is superior to many higher nickel heat-resistant alloys. Resistance to nitriding and carburisation is satisfactory except under reducing conditions where higher nickel alloys are superior.

Also satisfactory for dissimilar combinations of materials with related levels of alloying. However, control of hot cracking in this high silicon weld metal is dependent on some ferrite being present during solidification. Caution is therefore required when considering dilution by dissimilar materials which could promote fully austenitic solidification, such as type 310 and other high nickel alloys. Combinations with alloys stabilised with Ti and especially Nb should be avoided, due to the possibility of embrittlement by Si-rich eutectics with these elements.

Applications include furnaces and furnace parts, high temperature flues, exhaust and heat recuperator systems, combustion nozzles.

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with controlled ferrite of about 5FN.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required, it is desirable to keep interpass below 150°C.


RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThere are other consumables that also provide excellent oxidation resistance but they are generally more highly alloyed than the 253MA alloy.


www.metrode.com 247

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAll-positional MMA electrode with an acid rutile flux system on alloyed core wire. Controlled Si and rare earth (RE) additions (mainly cerium) provide excellent oxidation resistance.Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs-welded Typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 705

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 550Elongation (%) 4d 40

5d 38Reduction of area (%) 50

SUPERMET 253MARUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR M ATCHING ALLOY 253M A


min. A 50 75 100max. A 75 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)9 6 1 7 <0.2 17 0.7




SPECIFICATIONSThere are no applicable national standards


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu Ce * FN

Min. 0.04 -- 1.4 -- -- 21.0 9.0 -- 0.14 -- -- 3Max. 0.10 1.0 2.0 0.020 0.035 23.0 11.0 0.50 0.20 0.50 trace 10

Typical 0.06 0.8 1.5 0.01 0.02 22 10.3 0.1 0.16 0.1 0.005 5* Cerium is present but actual value not reported on test certificate.

DS C-20-SUPERMET 253MA | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com248

Data Sheet C-21

ALLOY TYPE23%Cr-12%Ni (309) alloy with a controlled ferrite and carbon content to match similar heat resistant alloys.

CONTROLLED FER R ITE 309 CONSUM A BLES


wrought cast

ASTM/UNS S30900 (309) A351 Grades CH8, CH10, CH20.

S30908 (309S)S30909 (309H) .

DIN 1.4829 (X12CrNi 22 12)

1.4832(G-X25CrNiSi20 14)

BS 309S24 309C30

EN 1.4833 (X12CrNi23-12)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet 309CF AWS E309H-16TIG/MIG 309S94 AWS ER309

APPLICATIONSThese consumables deposit 309 type weld metal with a controlled carbon of about 0.08% and low ferrite content. These controls are designed to increase the high temperature strength and microstructural stability for service applications above 400°C. The widely used 309L dissimilar weld metal has lower hot strength and is more prone to embrittlement during long term high temperature service for which it is not intended.

The main application for this electrode is for welding steels of similar composition although some high temperature steels of dissimilar composition, such as ferritic CrAl and CrSiAl alloys are applicable. It is also a candidate for welding ‘utility ferritic’ stainless steels for elevated temperature service.309 steels have useful oxidation resistance up to about 1000°C and the lower nickel content gives better sulphidation resistance than 310 types.

They are normally used in furnace or flue-gas systems and ducting where the structural creep requirements are modest.


MICROSTRUCTURE

Austenite with up to 8% ferrite and some carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat not required for most applications.


The 309L consumables (data sheet B-50) typically used for dissimilar joints are related but are not used for the same high temperature applications.

DS C-21 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 249

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a rutile flux coating on high purity 304L core wire.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 345d 25 31

Reduction of area (%) -- 30Hardness (HV) -- 210

THERMET 309CFRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE WITH CONTROLLED C ARBON AND FERRITE CONTENT


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)

9 6 7 1 <0.2 17 0.7




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E309H-16BS EN ISO 3581 (E 22 12 R 3 2) Cr 20.0-23.0%



min. 0.06 0.5 0.2 -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 2max. 0.15 2.0 0.8 0.025 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.5 0.50 8

Typical 0.08 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 22.7 12.8 0.1 0.1 5

DS C-21-THERMET 309CF | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com250

309S94SOLID WIRE WITH CONTROLLED C ARBON AND FERRITE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG and MIG welding


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FNMin. 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 3

Max. 0.12 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 12Typical 0.07 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 6




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER309BS EN ISO 143 43-A 22 12 HBS EN ISO 14343-B SS309UNS S30980




Reduction of area (%) 56Hardness cap/mid (HV) 175/215



* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary Ar, and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 are also suitable.



DS C-21-309S94 | Rev. 01-03/16



Data Sheet C-25

ALLOY TYPEHigh carbon 304 alloy with copper, niobium and nitrogen additions to provide improved creep performance.

SUPER 304H STA INLESS STEELS


EN 10216-51.4907 / X10CrNiCuNb 18 9 3

ASTM A213UNS S30432.

Grade 18Cr-9Ni-3Cu-Cb-N in ASME Code Case 2328-1 2003.VdTÜV material data sheet 550 (2003). Proprietary alloys include:

Super 304H (Sumitomo)DMV 304HCu (Salzgitter Mannesmann Stainless Tubes)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationTIG MT304H -MMA TECHTRODE MT304H -

APPLICATIONSThis alloy was designed for use as superheater and reheater boiler tube in the latest generation of Ultra Super Critical (USC) coal fired power plant.

The alloy is designed to cope with the latest power plant designs were steam temperatures can be in the region of 600°C; although ASME Code Case 2328-1 specifies allowable stresses up to 815°C.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld metal microstructure consists of austenite matrix with precipitates and carbo-nitrides. During service creep strength is enhanced by the precipitation of copper rich precipitates, Nb carbo-nitride and NbCrN.

WELDING GUIDELINESFor most applications no preheat or PWHT is required. Maximum interpass temperature 150°C and heat input 1.5kJ/mm although these controls may need to be tightened depending on tube dimensions.


MT304H wire can also be used to weld TP347HFG high temperature stainless steel (Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal).

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com252

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with fully basic carbonate-fluoride flux coating. Designed to give high moisture resistance hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions.







Elongation (%) 4d 15 185d 15 18

Reduction of area (%) -- 34Impact ISO-V +20°C -- 60

-20°C -- 58Hardness cap/mid -- 195/240

TECHTRODE MT304HBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR SUPER 304H STEEL


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F F OES (mg/m3)

9 8 1.3 5 <0.1 1.5 16 17 0.6





ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-NoQW4 42 A-No


min. 0.07 2.5 -- -- -- 17.0 14.5 0.7 2.5 0.5 0.15max. 0.13 4.0 0.40 0.015 0.030 20.0 18.0 1.2 3.5 1.0 0.25

Typical 0.1 3.2 0.2 0.01 0.02 18 16 0.9 2.8 0.7 0.2

DS C-25-TECHTRODE MT304H | Rev. 01-09/17


www.metrode.com 253DS C-25-MT304H | Rev. 22-05-17

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONStraight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.

MT304HSOLID WIRE FOR TIG WELDING OF SUPER 304H STEEL

SPECIFICATIONSThere are no national specifications for this wire.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N

min. 0.07 2.5 -- -- -- 17.0 14.5 0.7 2.5 0.5 0.15max. 0.13 4.0 0.40 0.015 0.015 20.0 18.0 1.2 3.5 1.0 0.25

Typical 0.1 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 18 16 0.9 2.8 0.7 0.2


As-welded TIG Room Temperature

TIG High Temperature550°C 650°C 750°C


Elongation (%) 4d 30 25 18 75d 28 -- -- --

Reduction of area (%) 47 43 30 16Impact ISO -V(J) +20°C 90 -- -- --

-50°C 80 -- -- --Hardness cap/mid (HV) 200/240 -- -- --






TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeSpooled 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order) 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order) -- --

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com254

Data Sheet C-30

ALLOY TYPE

25%Cr-20%Ni (310) stainless steel.



wrought castASTM/UNS 310 / S31000 CK20

310S / S31008

DIN 1.4841, 1.4842, 1.4845 1.4840

BS 310S24, 310S31 310C45

Proprietary Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers)Sirius 3 (CLI)15RE10 (Sandvik)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA25.20 Super R (E310-16)Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15)

TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 AWS ER310

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are used primarily for welding similar wrought or cast 25%Cr-20%Ni (310) parent alloys with up to 0.25% carbon. Parent metal and weld metal are fully austenitic, unlike the other common 300 series stainless steels. For maximum resistance to solidification cracking and microfissuring, the MMA weld metal manganese range is raised to 2-5% in accordance with European practice.

The high alloy content of type 310 gives useful oxidation resistance up to peak temperatures of about 1200°C for heat shields, furnace parts and ducting.

These consumables can also be used for mixed welding and dissimilar joints including those where PWHT is applied, but it should be noted that the relatively high thermal expansion coefficient may promote thermal fatigue in transition joints which are subject to thermal cycling. In such cases, nickel base consumables are usually preferred (eg. D-10, D-11).

Other uses include buffer layers and for surfacing. The fully austenitic weld metal can be useful for specialised applications requiring low magnetic permeability (typically <1.01). 310 weld metals are also inherently tough down to –196°C and therefore suitable for cryogenic installations involving any of the standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.


MICROSTRUCTUREFully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability <1.01.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required. Preferably keep interpass temperature below 150°C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm; this is particularly important for high heat input processes eg. SAW.


These standard 310 alloy should not be confused with 0.4% carbon 310H cast alloys of the HK40 type (see data sheet C-31), or the very low carbon 310L alloys which are used in severely corrosive conditions (see data sheet B-45).

DS C-30 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 255

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with low silica rutile flux on high purity 310 core wire. Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 375d 25 35


- 196°C -- 45Hardness (HV) -- 200

25.20 SUPER RRUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR 310 STAINLESS STEEL


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210






SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E310-16) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 20 R 3 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5(This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)QW4 42 A-No 9


min. 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --max. 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50

Typical 0.12 3.5 0.4 0.008 0.02 26 21 0.2 0.1

DS C-30-25.20 SUPER R | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com256 DS C-30-ULTRAMET B310Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

ULTRAMET B310MnALL-POSITIONAL BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310 STAINLESS STEEL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 310 core wire. Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo CuMin. 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --

Max. 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50Typical 0.1 3.8 0.4 0.008 0.018 26 21 0.2 0.1







min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E310-15) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 20 B 4 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5(This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)QW4 42 A-No 9



Elongation (%) 4d 30 365d 25 34


- 196°C -- 75Hardness (HV) -- 220




www.metrode.com 257DS C-30-310S94 | Rev. 01-03/16


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded MIG Ar+2%O2


Elongation (%) 4d 27Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C 70

Hardness cap/mid (HV) 185

310S94SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF 310 STAINLESS STEEL

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER310BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 20BS EN ISO 14343-B SS310UNS S31080



min. 0.08 1.0 0.30 -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --max. 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.3 0.3

Typical 0.11 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.1


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar/2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 260A, 29V

SAW*** P2007 or SSB flux DC+ 2.4 325A, 30V* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.*** Heat input should be restricted with SAW to minimise the risk of solidification cracking.


TIG -- -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --

SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool --

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)


HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com258

Data Sheet C-31

ALLOY TYPE0.4%C-25%Cr-20%Ni (310H) austenitic cast alloy for heat resisting service..

310H ELECTRODE TO M ATCH HK40


ASTM/UNSA351, A608 Grade HK40

DIN 1.4846 (X40CrNi 25 21)1.4848 (G-X40CrNiSi 25 20)

BS 3100 Grade 310C401504 Grade 310C40

ProprietaryH20 (Doncasters Paralloy)Thermalloy 47 (Duraloy)Lloyds T47 (LBA)HR6 (Cronite)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet 310H AWS E310H-15

APPLICATIONS

Thermet 310H is designed to weld HK40 which is one of the standard materials for centrifugally cast tubes operating at around 1000°C.

These alloys are used in reformer and steam cracker coils in chemical and petrochemical plants. Also for components such as billet skids, calinating tubes, kiln nose segments, conveyor rolls, and furnace structural items in the cement, ceramic and steel industries.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic and secondary carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Generally no preheat or PWHT are required.


There are two other 310 alloy groups: the 310L (data sheet B-45) which is used for corrosion resistant applications not high temperature service, and the standard 310 alloys (data sheet C-30) which are used for the standard (0.1 %C) base materials.

DS C-31 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 259

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic flux coating made on 310 core wire to give low residual levels. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity free deposits.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 10 205d 10 17


These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in the range 10-20% are normal.

THERMET 310HBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR HK40 T YPE C A STINGS


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)12 6 2 8.5 <0.2 <0.2 16 0.6




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E310H-15BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 20 H B 4 2



min. 0.35 1.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --max. 0.45 2.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 28.0 22.0 0.50 0.50

Typical 0.41 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.03

DS C-31-THERMET 310H | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com260

Data Sheet C-40

ALLOY TYPE

Austenitic heat resisting consumables to match alloy 800.

CONSUM A BLES TO M ATCH C A ST & WROUGHT A LLOY 800


A351 CT15C BS

NA15, NA15H BS EN & DIN

1.4850, 1.4859, 1.4876UNS

N08800, N08810, N08811

Proprietary alloys include:cast: wrought:Paralloy CR32W. Incoloy 800, 800H, 800HT Manaurite 900 (Manoir). (Special Metals).Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) Sanicro 31 (Sandvik).Vicro 8 (Firth Vickers). RA330 (Rolled Alloys).MORE 21 (Duraloy). Nicrofer 3220 (VDM).Centralloy 4859 (Centracero).E2032Nb (Engemasa).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet 800Nb NoneTIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb None

APPLICATIONSThe consumables are designed to deposit weld metal with composition and properties closely matching type 800 alloys in cast and wrought forms. The weld metals are based on the composition of castings, with controlled carbon and niobium for optimum corrosion resistance and creep performance. Most wrought materials have Ti and Al instead of Nb. Weld metal Mn and Si levels are modified to give high resistance to hot cracking in highly restrained welds. For optimum resistance to ageing embrittlement, the composition will generally meet the Chiyoda parameter:P ≤ 9 where P = (7C + 5Si + 8Nb – 3Mn).

These alloys are used for their resistance to corrosion, thermal fatigue and shock at temperatures up to about 1000°C, for the fabrication of muffles and radiant tubes, heat treatment trays and baskets, reformer furnace outlet manifolds and ethylene plant transfer lines, in the furnace, petrochemical and nuclear engineering industries.

These consumables are used as alternatives to various nickel base consumables up to 1000°C, with the added benefit of expansion coefficient and sulphidation resistance similar to parent material.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe nickel base alloys AB (data sheet D-11), 625 (data sheet D-20) and 617 (data sheet D-40) are sometimes used as alternatives for the same base materials.


MICROSTRUCTUREAs-welded weld metal microstructure consists of austenite with cellular NbC-rich network.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat, interpass <150°C preferred. Usually welds are not heat treated however in elevated temperature service the HAZ of welds in alloys 800/800H/800HT with progressively increasing levels of Ti+Al may be susceptible to stress-relaxation cracking. For pressure boundary welds designed for >538°C, ASME VIII UNF-56 requires PWHT >885°C/1h + 1h/25mm (eg. 900°C/3h), or solution annealing.API 560 currently does not require PWHT but some specifiers may require it for particular operating conditions.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONMarshall A.W. & Farrar J.C.M. ‘Matching consumables for type 800 alloys’, Stainless Steel World, Sept 1999, pp 56-60.

DS C-40 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 261

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – Basic moisture resistant coated electrode made on high alloy, high purity core wire.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

THERMET 800Nb BA SIC MM A ELECTRODE TO M ATCH ALLOY 800


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)4 6 6 2 < 0.2 < 0.2 18 0.8







min. 0.06 1.6 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 --max. 0.12 4.5 0.6 0.02 0.03 23.0 35.0 0.5 1.5 0.5

Typical 0.1 2.5 0.3 0.007 0.015 21 32 0.4 1.3 0.15




OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. * Typical


Elongation (%) 4d -- > 335d 25 > 32

Reduction of area (%) -- 46Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- > 55

Hardness (HV) -- 170-220* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

DS C-40-THERMET 800Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com262 DS C-40-21.33.MnNb | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire – This is a high Mn, 21%Cr-33%Ni-1%Nb, micro-alloyed wire for TIG/MIG welding of 800 type alloys.

21.33.MnNbSOLID TIG / MIG WIRES FOR 800H AND SIMIL AR HE AT RESISTING ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %) C * Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti

min. 0.10 3.5 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 -- -- --max. 0.20 5.0 0.70 0.015 0.025 23.0 35.0 0.50 1.5 0.5 0.35 0.30

Typical 0.15 4.3 0.5 0.008 0.012 21 33 0.3 1 0.1 0.1 0.15* Weld deposit carbon is typically a little lower than wire analysis.



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. * Typical, TIG


Elongation (%) 4d -- 275d -- 25

Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C -- 40* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar/2%O2 ** DC+ 1.2 220A, 29V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.


TIG -- To order To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 12.5kg spool -- -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)40 15 18 20 < 1 2.5



Data Sheet C-41

ALLOY TYPE0.45%C-17%Cr-38%Ni high carbon austenitic heat resisting steel often called 18/37 or 37/18 alloy.

HIGH C A R BON 18/ 37 HE AT R ESISTING AUSTENITIC A LLOY

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM / ASME BS DINA297 HT & HU 3100 Gr 330C11 1.4865A351 HT30 3100 Gr 331C40

4534 Gr 8 & 9

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16) BS 15.35.H.R

APPLICATIONSThermet R17.18H is designed to match fully austenitic high alloy heat resisting steels often called 17/38 or 38/17. Alloys of this type are produced as castings with about 0.4%C, or in wrought form with carbon of about 0.08%. Thermet R17.38H matches the composition of castings but experience has also shown it to be compatible with the wrought alloys, although higher weld metal ductility will be obtained with a nickel base type (data sheet D-11).

The high nickel content and low thermal expansion of the alloys give good resistance to thermal shock. The alloy is also highly resistant to carburisation and oxidation but is not suitable for use in high sulphur bearing atmospheres.

These alloys retain good mechanical strength up to 1050-1100°C and are used for heat treatment trays and containers, retorts furnace rollers, moulds, hearth plates, radiant tubes, and furnace fittings and headers in the heat treatment industries and high temperature process plants.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic and secondary carbides. Although fully austenitic the alloy is slightly magnetic with an apparent ferrite of up to 5FN.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe AB type nickel base alloys are often used to weld the wrought versions of this alloy (data sheet D-11).

There is no matching solid wire for this alloy.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is not generally required.


ProprietaryParalloy H38, H40, H33, H35 (Doncasters Paralloy)Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 (Cronite)Lloyds T50 (LBA)Thermalloy T50, T58 (Duraloy)RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys)Incoloy DS & 330 (Special Metals) (wrought)

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com264

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




THERMET R17.38HBA SIC MM A ELECTRODE TO M ATCH HIGH C ARBON 18 / 37 HE AT RESISTING ALLOYS


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)4 7 4 5 <0.1 <0.2 16 1




SPECIFICATIONS

AWS A5.4M (E330H-16)Thermet R17.38H has higher C, Cr & Ni than AWS specification.


Min. 0.35 1.0 0.3 -- -- 17.0 35.0 --Max. 0.60 2.0 1.0 0.030 0.040 20.0 40.0 0.5

Typical 0.45 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 38 0.4

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5(This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)QW4 42 A-No --





These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in the range 10-20% are normal.

DS C-41-THERMET R17.38H | Rev. 01-03/16



Data Sheet C-45

ALLOY TYPE0.1%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-0.6%Nb (HP10Cb) austenitic cast alloy for heat resisting service.

HP 10CB AUSTENITIC C A ST A LLOYS


Similar cast alloys:Alloy HP10Cb (ACI-ASTM terminology)Paralloy CR39W (Doncasters Paralloy)Lloyds T57 (LBA)Centralloy H101 (Centracero)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet 25.35.Nb --

APPLICATIONS

This electrode is specially designed to deposit weld metal which matches the composition of similar castings. This alloy was developed from 800 type alloys with increased chromium and nickel contents and exhibits improved carburisation and oxidation resistance. It is used at temperatures up to 1100°C and is resistant to thermal shock and fatigue.

Applications include the welding of centrifugally cast pyrolysis coils, reformer tubes, return bends and tees for the petrochemical industry.

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the weld metal microstructure consists of austenite with some grain boundary carbides.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThere is no directly equivalent solid wire, the nearest available is Metrode 21.33.Nb/21.33.Mn (see data sheet C-40).

WELDING GUIDELINES

Generally no preheat or PWHT are required; interpass temperatures below 150°C are recommended.


HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com266

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




THERMET 25.35.NbBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR ‘HP 10CB’ T YPE C A STINGS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VEDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)4 6 2 7 <0.1 <0.2 18 0.7

STORAGE




SPECIFICATIONSThere are no relevant national standards.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Pb Sn

Min. 0.08 2.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 -- 0.50 -- -- --Max. 0.14 4.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 28.0 39.0 0.5 1.50 0.15 0.01 0.01

Typical 0.12 3.5 0.5 0.01 0.01 26 36 0.2 0.8 0.05 <0.001 0.005






DS C-45-THERMET 25.35.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16



Data Sheet C-50

ALLOY TYPEConsumables to match 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb heat resistant cast alloys.

HP40Nb C A ST A LLOYS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet HP40Nb --TIG/MIG 25.35.4CNb --

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed to match heat resistant cast alloys with 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb, including those micro-alloyed with Ti to increase creep resistance.They are also suitable for the Nb free alloys and leaner high carbon Cr-Ni alloys such as HK40, HT40 and IN519 where overmatching weld metal will normally be acceptable.

Alloy HP40Nb is not prone to sigma phase embrittlement and the presence of eutectic and secondary carbides provide excellent hot strength and creep resistance in the typical service temperature range 900-1100°C. High levels of Cr and Ni provide good resistance to oxidation and carburisation.The principal applications are pyrolysis coils and reformer tubes for ethylene production in the petrochemical industry.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThere are a number of related high carbon Cr-Ni alloys which are used in the same type of applications, see other alloys in the Hot Zone. There is also a lower carbon version of the 25%Cr-35%Ni alloy (data sheet C-40) which provides better thermal shock and fatigue, with some reduction in creep strength.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of austenite with eutectic and secondary carbide.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Generally preheat is not required.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMATCHING ALLOYS ASTM-ASME DINA297 ‘HP40Cb’ 1.4852 (G-X40NiCrNb 35 25)

1.4853 (wrought)

Proprietary alloysParalloy H39W (Doncasters Paralloy)Lloyds T64 (LBA)MORE 10 & 10-MA (Duraloy)Thermalloy 64 (Duraloy)Manaurite 36X & 36XM (Manoir)Pyrotherm G25/35Nb & NbTZ (Pose Marre)Centralloy 4852 & 4852 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens - Centracero)E2535Nb & E2535Nb-MA (Engemasa)

Nb-FREE ALLOYS ASTM-ASME DIN

A297 HP or HP40 1.4857 (G-X40NiCrSi 35 25) 1.4853 (wrought)

Proprietary alloysParalloy H39 (Doncasters Paralloy)Lloyds T63 (LBA)HR33 (Cronite)

Also suitable for high carbon 18%Cr-37%Ni-Nb alloys eg. DIN 1.4849.

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com268

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic moisture resistant MMA electrode made on high purity alloy core wire, giving high resistance to microfissuring and porosity in large multi-run deposits.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

THERMET HP40NbBA SIC MM A ELECTRODE M ATCHING HP40NB ALLOYS


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)4 6 7 7 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 0.7




SPECIFICATIONSNo relevant national specifications.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti

min. 0.35 0.5 0.2 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.02max. 0.50 2.0 1.3 0.030 0.040 27.0 36.0 0.5 1.50 0.20

Typical 0.43 1.7 0.9 0.010 0.010 25 35 0.1 1.1 0.08* Does not always comply to obsolete classification BS2926: 25.3.5H.Nb.B which requires Si<1.0%. Please contact technical department for supply according to BSEN 2926: 25.3.5H.Nb.B.




OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Tensile strength (MPa) 600 (450) 7400.2% proof strength (MPa) -- (250) 560

Elongation (%) 4d -- (5) 155d -- 15


* Minimum tensile strength of 600MPa is from BS2926; the values in brackets are minimum values for base material static castings.

Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep resistance. Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds may approach this value due to carbide precipitation in successive runs.STRESS RUPTURE/CREEP DATA:

Temperature Stress Life Elongation°C °F MPa ksi Hours %871 1600 48.2 7 1431 6927 1700 27.6 4 2398 3982 1800 17.3 2.5 2414 3

DS C-50-THERMET HP40Nb | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 269

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG, auto-TIG and MIG welding.

25.35.4CNbSOLID TIG AND MIG WIRES FOR M ATCHING HP40NB ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti Zr Cu Sn Pb

min. 0.40 1.0 0.5 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.05 0.01 -- -- --max. 0.50 2.5 1.6 0.02 0.02 27.0 36.0 0.50 1.50 0.25 0.15 0.5 -- --

Typical 0.43 1.7 1.1 0.005 0.01 26 35 <0.3 1.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 <0.01 <0.01



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. * Typical, TIG


Elongation (%)4d 5 125d -- 13

Reduction of area (%) -- 11Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 211/263

* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep resistance. Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds may approach this value due to carbide precipitation in successive runs.




TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeSpooled wire normally

used for automatic TIG 12.5kg reel -- -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)35 13 26 < 0.5 < 0.5 2

DS C-50-25.35.4CNb | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com270

Data Sheet C-60

ALLOY TYPEHigh carbon 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb to match heat-resisting castings, which are often micro-alloyed with Ti and Zr.

HIGH C A R BON 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb A LLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDProprietary alloys include:

Paralloy H46M (Doncasters Paralloy) Manaurite XT/XTM (Manoir Industries)Centralloy ET45 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens-Centracero) Lloyds T80 (LBA)Lloyds T75MA (LBA)E3545Nb-MA (Engemasa)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet 35.45.Nb -TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb -

APPLICATIONS

These alloys have superior carburisation and oxidation resistance to alloys based on 25%Cr-35%Ni for service up to 1150°C but with some reduction in creep strength.

Applications include pyrolysis coils and reformer tubes for the petrochemical industry.


There are a number of other high carbon austenitic alloys for high temperature service e.g.. 25Cr-35Ni-1Nb types (data sheet C-50).


MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld metal microstructure consists of austenite with primary eutectic and secondary precipitated carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

For the thicker section materials a preheat may prove beneficial owing to the low ductility of the material. There would not normally be any requirement for PWHT.

DS C-60 | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 271

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThermet 35.45.Nb is a basic coated electrode with some alloy additions in the coating and is made on a high purity NiCr core wire. Recovery is approximately 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

THERMET 35.45.Nb BA SIC MM A ELECTRODE


Fe Mn Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)3 6 10 9 <0.2 18 0.5

STORAGE




SPECIFICATIONSNo relevant national specifications.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Fe

min. 0.40 0.5 1.0 - - 34 44 0.60 - 0.04 -max. 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.01 0.01 38 50 1.30 0.25 0.15 bal

Typical 0.45 0.9 1.2 0.005 <0.01 35 47 0.8 0.05 0.07 13





min. A 70 85 110max. A 95 120 160



Elongation (%) 4d 3 6Hardness (HV) - 270

* Minimum values are for static castings.

DS C-60-THERMET 35.45.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com272 DS C-60-35.45.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONStraight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.

35.45.NbSOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG WELDING

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Zr Fe

min. 0.40 0.8 1.0 - - 34 44 0.6 - 0.04 - -max. 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.015 0.02 38 48 1.3 0.50 0.15 0.15 bal

Typical 0.43 1.0 1.2 0.005 0.012 36 46 0.9 0.05 0.1 0.05 13



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Typical, TIG


Elongation (%) 4d 3Hardness (HV) 280




TIG 12.5kg spool 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube





Data Sheet C-70

ALLOY TYPE0.5%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-15%Co-5%W cast alloy for elevated temperature service.

HIGH C A R BON 25Cr-35Ni-WCo A LLOYS


Proprietary cast alloys:MORE 6 (Duraloy)Supertherm (Duraloy)Lloyds T66 (LBA)Centralloy ET35Co (Schmidt & Clemens – Centracero)Manaurite 35K (Manoir Industries)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet HP50WCo --

APPLICATIONS

This electrode matches similar cast alloys originating from the Abex alloy Supertherm, which is itself related to the cobalt free Blaw-Knox alloy 22H (data sheet C-80).

The high carbon high alloy matrix provides excellent hot strength and oxidation resistance at typical service temperatures of 950-1250°C. Cobalt and tungsten are important for maintaining matrix strength beyond about 1150°C when carbides are progressively dissolved.

Applications include highly stressed furnace parts, sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln components resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes and pyrolysis coils.

MICROSTRUCTURE

The as-welded microstructure consists of high alloy austenite with primary eutectic and secondary carbides.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe cobalt free 22H alloy is related to this alloy and is used for similar applications (data sheet C-80).

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is often recommended owing to the low ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength and residual stress levels of multipass welds. For thicker sections, preheat of 300°C or more may be advisable.


HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com274 DS C-70-THERMET HP50WCo | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




THERMET HP50WCoBA SIC MM A ELECTRODE FOR M ATCHING HIGH C ARBON AUSTENITIC C A ST ALLOYS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VEDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 70 85 110max. A 95 120 160


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Co F OES (mg/m3)3 6 8 7 <0.2 2 22 0.7





CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co W Mo Cu Fe

Min. 0.40 0.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 13.0 4.0 -- -- --Max. 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 28.0 40.0 18.0 6.0 0.5 0.5 bal

Typical 0.50 0.6 0.5 0.008 0.010 25 35 14 4.6 0.05 0.05 19


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. * Typical **


Elongation (%) 4d 3 8.55d -- 8


* Minimum values are for static castings. Average strength of centrispun tube is typically 550MPa with <10% elongation.** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide precipitation and strain-hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for elevated temperature service.



Data Sheet C-80

ALLOY TYPE0.5%C-28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W cast high temperature alloy.

A LLOY 22H HE AT R ESISTA NT AUSTENITIC STA INLESS STEELS


DIN2.4879 G-NiCr28WG-X45NiCrWSi 48 28

Proprietary cast alloys:22H (Duraloy)Super 22H (Duraloy; +2%Co)Paralloy H48T (Doncasters Paralloy)Centralloy 4879 (Schmidt & Clemens – Centracero)Marker G4879 (Schmidt & Clemens)Pyrotherm G 28/48/5W (Pose-Marre)HR23 (Cronite)Lloyds T75 (LBA)Thermax 70 (Sheepbridge)Manaurite 50W (Manoir Industries)Thermalloy T75 (Manoir Electroalloys)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Thermet 22H --

APPLICATIONS

This electrode is designed to match similar high carbon cast alloys originating from Blaw-Knox (now Duraloy) alloy 22H.

The high carbon 28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W matrix provides excellent hot strength and oxidation resistance at typical service temperatures of 950-1250°C. High nickel gives the alloy good resistance to carburisation and under oxidising conditions high chromium provides useful resistance to sulphidation.

Applications include highly stressed furnace parts, sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln components resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes and pyrolysis coils.

MICROSTRUCTURE

The as-welded microstructure consists of high alloy austenite with primary eutectic and secondary carbides.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSIn an alternative alloy for similar applications about 15%Ni is replaced with cobalt, see data sheet C-70.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is often recommended owing to the low ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength and residual stress levels of multipass welds. For thicker sections, preheat of 300°C or more may be advisable.


HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com276

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic all-positional MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys. Basic flux system with alloy additions on high purity NiCr core wire. Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




THERMET 22HBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 70 85 110 140max. A 95 120 160 200


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)3 6 9 7 <0.2 22 0.7




CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni W Fe

Min. 0.40 0.5 0.5 -- -- 27.0 47.0 4.0 --Max. 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 30.0 54.0 6.0 bal

Typical 0.50 1 0.7 0.006 0.010 28 51 5 14


ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No --

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Min. * Typical **


Elongation (%)4d -- 75d 4 6


* Minimum values for DIN 2.4879 castings.** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide precipitation and strain-hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for elevated temperature service.

DS C-80-THERMET 22H | Rev. 01-03/16


www.metrode.com 277DS C-90 | Rev. 01-03/16| p. 1/2

Data Sheet C-90

ALLOY TYPE50Cr-50Ni alloy for high temperature corrosion resistance.

SPECI A L ELECTRODE FOR IN-657

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDInco IN-657, IN-671ASTM A560 Grade 50Cr-50Ni-CbDIN 2.4678, 2.4680, 2.4813Paralloy N50W (Doncasters Paralloy)Duraloy 50/50Cb

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod 657 AWS ENiCr-4

APPLICATIONSNimrod 657 (formerly 50.50.Nb) was developed in conjunction with Inco to match their proprietary cast alloy IN-657 produced by licenced foundries world-wide. It is also suitable to weld the Ti-bearing wrought version IN-671.

Alloy 657 with its high chromium content has exceptional resistance to hot corrosion (800-950°C) by fuel ash containing vanadium pentoxide and alkali metal sulphates arising from the combustion of low grade heavy fuel oils.IN-657 castings are used in a wide range of components in oil-fired furnaces and boilers such as tube sheets, tube hangers, supports and spacers in ships, power stations, refineries, and petrochemical plants.

MICROSTRUCTUREVery careful control of chromium and niobium is maintained to minimise the risk of weld metal cracking. The microstructure of IN-657 castings and Nimrod 657 weld metal consists of two phases: a chromium-rich alpha phase (bcc) and a nickel-rich gamma phase (fcc). The precise structure obtained is complicated by thermal history and composition, but has an important effect on the control of weld metal cracking. At lower chromium and niobium contents, the primary dendrites which form during solidification are gamma phase and this tends to promote sensitivity to solidification cracking. Higher chromium and niobium contents result in a primary alpha dendritic phase which is less ductile and hence more prone to cold cracking during cooling. An undesirable but infrequent eutectic phase may also occur. The composition of both weld metal and castings is therefore carefully balanced to minimise detrimental microstructural components and so reduce the risk of cracking. Carbon and nitrogen also reduce ductility and are kept as low as practicable.

REFERENCESThornley J.C. ‘Welding of 50Ni-50Cr and 50Ni-50Cr-1.5Nb Alloys’ Parts 1 & 2, Metal Construction Nov 1976, pp 480-487, and Dec 1976, pp 535-541.‘High chromium Cr-Ni alloys to resist residual fuel oil ash corrosion’. Inco publication No. 4299 (1975).‘IN-657 cast-nickel-chromium-niobium alloy for service against fuel-ash corrosion’. Inco publication no. 4320 (1974).

WELDING GUIDELINESArc length should be kept low to avoid nitrogen pick up. Preheating is usually necessary; 150-200°C at 10mm thick with 200-250°C for most applications and up to 450°C for the thickest sections. Maintain interpass temperatures and slow cool.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONWeldment stress-rupture tests have been carried out on transverse specimens extracted from 25 mm thick centricast IN-657 tube. Tests were carried out at 900°C and the results are shown in the graph. It can be seen that about 75% joint efficiency is achieved in the long-term tests.

60

50

40

30

20

2010 10050 500200 5000

STRE

SS (M

Pa)

900°C RUPTURE LIFE (hours)1000 2000

5

4

3

2

9

8

7

6

Kcal

Nimrod 657(transverse tests

STRESS RUPTURE

HIGH T

EMPE

RATU

RE AL

LOYS

www.metrode.com278 DS C-90-NIMROD 657 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on a special nickel-chromium core wire, with a basic lime-fluorspar flux covering. Recovery is approx 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




NIMROD 657BA SIC MM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 657/67 1

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC(OCV:70V)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0

min. A 70 85 110max. A 95 120 160


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 2 2.5 8 0.1 0.1 23 0.6




CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe N Cu

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 48 bal 1.0 -- -- --Max. 0.10 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.02 52 -- 2.5 1.0 0.16 0.25

Typical 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.01 50 47 1.8 0.5 0.07 0.05

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCr-4



As welded Min. Nimrod 657

Typical Nimrod 657 IN-657 (as cast)

Tensile strength (MPa) 760 830-985 600-7000.2% proof strength (MPa) -- 570-725 330-400

Elongation (%) 4d -- 2-4 10-40Hardness (HV) -- 340 210-260

Note: Weld metal tensile properties are much higher than those of as-cast IN-657, mainly because pre-ageing takes place during multipass welding. IN-657 responds similarly at high temperature and differences between the two are effectively eliminated during service.


www.metrode.com 279

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com280

Section D : NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

NICK EL B A SE CONSUM A BLES


As a whole, nickel-base consumables have a very wide range of applications. They can be roughly divided into those with compositions matching specific parent materials, usually for corrosion resistance, and those with compositions unique to weld metal specifications some of which have specialised uses and others more general purpose applications.

Electrode characteristics vary according to the intended application and the constraints dictated by particular alloys.Most types have basic flux coverings, those with the suffix KS being suitable for positional welding of fixed pipework. Rutile flux systems are compatible with some of the high molybdenum corrosion-resistant alloys. A low level of impurities is desirable in all cases to minimise sensitivity to hot cracking and microfissuring.

The most important general purpose group are the 'Inconel' types, very loosely based on heat-resistant alloy 600 with 15%Cr-75%Ni-8%Fe. Compared with alloy 600, all these weld metals have significant additions of manganese and niobium which give resistance to hot cracking and raise hot strength. Nimrod 182/182KS have the highest manganese to maximise resistance to hot cracking, whereas in Nimrod AB/AKS manganese is partially replaced by molybdenum which has the additional effect of improving creep resistance. In many applications these two types can be used interchangeably, particularly in dissimilar metal welds between nickel base and most steels or other ferrous alloys. Useful service properties range from cryogenic up to elevated temperatures of 1000°C plus. Related to these is the more specialised heat resisting type Nimrod 132KS used primarily for welding 600 and similar materials in cast or wrought form.

Nimrod 625/625KS electrodes and 62-50 wires are designed to match alloy 625 which was originally developed for heat-resisting applications. However, parent material and consumables of this alloy have gained more widespread use for many applications exploiting its excellent pitting and crevice corrosion resistance and high strength at all service temperatures.

Electrode types Nimrod C276KS, C22KS and Nimax B2L and complimentary solid wires match the current specifications for corrosion-resistant parent alloys C276, C22 and B2 respectively. Also related to this group is the higher alloy Nimrod 59KS, matching alloy 59. Their uses include overmatching welds for various superaustenitic stainless steels.

The precursor to alloy C276 was alloy C which is represented by rutile electrodes Nimrod C and the high efficiency type Nimax C. Their general corrosion resistance is useful for overlays and high work-hardening rate and thermal fatigue resistance for build-up and repair of hot-work dies.

Nickel, nickel-copper (Monel®) and cupronickel consumables are well established for use in high integrity fabrication welds between their respective parent alloys. For surfacing steels or dissimilar welds it should be noted that tolerance to iron dilution decreases with increasing copper content and the pure nickel type is therefore used as a buffer layer.


D-10 182MMA

Nimrod 182KS ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182Nimrod 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182Nimax 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182

TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 SNi6082

D-11 ABMMA Nimrod AKS ENiCrFe-2 E Ni 6133TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 S Ni 6082

D-12 132 MMA Nimrod 132KS ENiCrFe-1 E Ni6062

D-20 625MMA

Nimrod 625 ENiCrMo-3 E Ni 6625Nimrod 625KS ENiCrMo-3 E Ni 6625

TIG/MIG/SAW 62-50 ERNiCrMo-3 SNi6625FCW Supercore 625P ENiCrMo3T1-4 T Ni 6625 P M/C 2

DS D-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 281DS D-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


D-30 C276MMA Nimrod C276KS ENiCrMo-4 E Ni6276TIG/MIG/SAW HAS C276 ERNiCrMo-4 SNi6276

D-31 59MMA Nimrod 59KS ENiCrMo-13 E Ni6059TIG/MIG HAS 59 ERNiCrMo-13 SNi6059

D-32 C22MMA Nimrod C22KS ENiCrMo-10 SNi6022TIG/MIG HAS C22 ERNiCrMo-10 E Ni6117

D-33 9% Nickel FCW SUPERCORE 620P - -

D-40 617MMA Nimrod 617KS ENiCrCoMo-1 E Ni6117TIG/MIG 61-70 ERNiCrCoMo-1 SNi2061

D-41 690MMA Nimrod 690KS ENiCrFe-7 E Ni 6152TIG/MIG ER690 ERNiCrFe-7 S Ni6052

D-50 NickelMMA Nimrod 200Ti ENi-1 E Ni2061TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 SNi6617

D-60 MonelMMA Nimrod 190 ENiCu-7 E Ni4060TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu ERNiCu-7 SNi4060

D-70 CupronickelMMA Cupromet N30 ECuNi -TIG/MIG 70CuNi ERCuNi BS: C18TIG 90CuNi - BS C16

D-80 B2 MMA Nimax B2L ENiMo-7 E Ni1066

D-87 DissimilarMMA EPRI P87 - -TIG EPRI P87 - -

E-45 C MMA Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) DIN: E23-UM-200CKT

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com282 DS D-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet D-10

ALLOY TYPEInconel™ type consumables with manganese and niobium additions.

NICK EL BA SE 182 CONSUM A BLES


Nickel alloys such as Inconel™ 600, Nimonic 75.Nickel base alloys to themselves and to mild, low alloy and stainless steels. High temperature transition joints. Cryogenic 3% and 5% Ni steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMANimrod 182KS AWS ENiCrFe-3Nimrod 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3Nimax 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3

TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2

APPLICATIONS

These weld metals have no directly equivalent parent material, although the composition is related to Inconel™ 600. Mn and Nb are added to give high resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by many combinations of nickel-base and ferrous alloys, with stable properties over a wide range of service temperatures from –269°C to above 900°C.Applications include heat-resisting nickel-base alloys to themselves for use in furnace equipment up to about 900°C. Other applications include:Mixed welds between most nickel-base alloys, including Monel 400 and stainless, low alloy or CMn steels without need to preheat.Transition welds between creep-resisting ferritic and austenitic steels, such as 2CrMo and 316H for long term service at elevated temperature in petrochemical and power generation plants. Low temperature applications such as 3% or 5% Ni steels used for cryogenic vessels and pipework in service at or below –100°C. Stress relief may be carried out if required.

MICROSTRUCTURE

High nickel austenite with some carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be dependent on the base material being welded. For most nickel-base materials, no preheat is required.


The AB alloys (data sheet D-11) cover similar applications.


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 283DS D-10-NIMROD 182KS | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic flux system designed to produce optimum operability and radiographically sound weld metal. Nimrod 182KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 40

5d 27 37


Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C -- 100


NIMROD 182KS ALL-POSITIONAL INCONEL™ T YPE MM A ELECTRODE

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 70 100 130max. A 80 110 155 210


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182APPROVALS TÜV


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *

min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --max. 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30

Typical 0.05 7 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 < 8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com284 DS D-10-NIMROD 182 | Rev. 01-03/16

NIMROD 182INCONEL™ T YPE MMA ELECTRODE FOR DOWNHAND WELDING AND SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic slag system designed to produce optimum operability and weld metal soundness for downhand/HV welding. Optimised for DC+ operability primarily for surfacing and cladding applications.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G




OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 70 100 130max. A 110 155 210

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3 ( 3.2mm will not necessarily satisfy 3G usability criteria)BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182





5d 27 37




CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *

min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --max. 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30

Typical 0.05 6 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 < 8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.




NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 285

NIMAX 182 HIGH RECOVERY MMA ELECTRODE FOR CL ADDING & SURFACING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode – high efficiency metal powder type with basic flux covering on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.Nimax 182 is a high efficiency version of Nimrod 182KS, with versatile features for fabrication, repair and maintenance.Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3BS EN ISO 1417 2 E Ni 6182


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti

min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- --max. 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0

Typical 0.06 6 0.4 0.008 0.01 15 ~ 69 1.5 7 0.05 0.07


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G



Pieces/carton 750 468 291 192 129




5d 27 38


Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C -- > 80


OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLYDiameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 40 70 90 130 160max. A 60 115 155 210 260




DS D-10-NIMAX 182 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com286

20.70.NbSOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Typical


Elongation (%) 4d 40Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C > 100

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCr-3BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6082UNS N06082APPROVALS TÜV (TIG)Also known generically as filler metal 82 (FM82)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe

min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --max. 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0

Typical 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1




TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon Pulsed 1.2 180A, 26V

SAW NiCr flux DC+ 1.6 300A, 26V


TIG -- -- -- -- 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool --

DS D-10-20.70.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 287

NiCr FLUXSUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSub-arc flux – Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3). The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking. NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred. Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESWith 20.70.Nb wire / as welded Typical



SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti

20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08



PACKAGING DATA

Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.

DS D-10-NiCr FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com288

Data Sheet D-11

ALLOY TYPEInconel™ type consumables similar to the 182 but with lower Mn and a Mo addition.

NICK EL BA SE A B CONSUM A BLES


Inconel 600, Incoloy 800, Incoloy DS, Nilo, Brightray and other nickel base or high nickel alloys to them-selves and to mild, low alloy, and stainless steels. Cryogenic 3-5%Ni steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod AKS AWS ENiCrFe-2TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2

APPLICATIONSThe weld metal deposited by these consumables has no directly equivalent parent material, although its composition is related to Inconel 600 (0.05C-75Ni- 16Cr-8Fe). Mo and Nb are added to give high resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by many combinations of nickel base and ferrous alloys, and stable properties over a wide range of service temperatures from –269°C to above 900°C. The presence of Mo improves elevated temperature properties above about 600°C, compared to the 182 alloys (data sheet D-10).These consumables are used for welding Inconel 600, Incoloy 800/800H and similar heat resisting or high nickel alloys to themselves for use in furnace equipment and petrochemical plants up to about 900°C.

In addition they are suitable for dissimilar combinations of the above alloys and others such as Monel 400, Incoloy 825 to stainless, low alloy CMn steels without the need to preheat. Stress relief may be carried out if necessary, and transition welds for high temperature service have good structural stability.They can also be used for low temperature applications such as 3%Ni or 5%Ni steels used for cryogenic vessels and pipework in service at or below –100°C.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition this nickel base weld metal consists of austenite with a few carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be dependent on the base material being welded. For most nickel base materials no preheat or PWHT is required.


The 182 alloys (data sheet D-10) cover similar applications.


DS D-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 289

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire designed to give radiographically sound weld metal. It is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.







5d 27 39



Hardness (HV) -- 200/215

NIMROD AKS ALL-POSITIONAL INCONEL™ T YPE MM A ELECTRODE

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 60 70 100 130max. A 80 110 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)2 13 10 5 0.2 0.1 15 1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-2BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6133


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu Co * Ta *

min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 13.0 62 1.5 -- 1.0 -- -- --max. 0.10 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.02 17.0 Bal 3.0 12.0 2.5 0.50 0.12 0.30

Typical 0.05 2.8 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 69 2 8 1.5 0.05 0.05 0.05* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

DS D-11-NIMROD AKS | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com290

20.70.NbSOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.



Elongation (%) 4d 40Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C > 100

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCr-3BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6082UNS N06082APPROVALS TÜV (TIG)Also known generically as filler metal 82 (FM82)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe

min. -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --max. 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0

Typical 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1




TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon** DC+ *** 1.2 180A, 26V

SAW NiCr flux DC+ 1.6 300A, 26V* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.


TIG -- -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool --

DS D-11-0.70.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 291DS D-11-NiCr FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

NiCr FLUXSUB-ARC FLUX

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSub-arc flux – Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3). The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking. NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred. Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.




SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti

20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08



PACKAGING DATA

Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS


Data Sheet D-12

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.Recovery about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

NIMROD 132K S (ENiCrFe-1)

APPLICATIONSNimrod 132KS deposits an Inconel type weld metal similar in composition to the 182 types (data sheet D-10) but with lower manganese. The electrode is used mainly for welding alloy 600, the nearest equivalent base material, with service applications up to about 1000°C. The lower Mn level is preferred by some authorities, as Mn raises thermal expansion coefficient and high levels may reduce oxidation resistance at the upper service temperatures. Additions of both Mn and Nb are sufficient to suppress hot cracking and provide good hot strength.The good oxidation and excellent nitriding and carburisation resistance of alloy 600 is exploited for heat treatment equipment and annealing muffles. Resistance to dry chlorine up to about 550°C is important in plants for PVC synthesis, and it has many applications in the chemical, petrochemical, food processing and nuclear industries.

MICROSTRUCTURE

High alloy austenite with some carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat or PWHT required.


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe

Min. 0.03 1.0 -- -- -- 14.0 62.0 0.25 1.5 6.0Max. 0.08 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.030 17.0 Bal 0.50 3.5 11.0

Typical 0.05 3 0.4 0.01 0.01 16.5 70 0.3 2.6 6.5Cu<0.50%.Minimum Mo and Fe applies to DIN only.Residual Co<0.12% and Ta<0.30% when requested.



Elongation (%) 4d 30 385d 27 35



min. A 60 70 100 130max. A 80 110 155 210




STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.

FUME DATAFe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)2 12 11 5 0.1 15 1

Fume composition, wt % typical:


Alloy 600 and similar:UNS N06600 Inconel 600 (Special Metals)BS NA14 Nicrofer 7216 (Krupp VDM)DIN 2.4816 (NiCr15Fe) Nicrofer 7216H (Krupp VDM)AFNOR NC15Fe Pyromet 600 (Carpenter)ASTM A494 CY40 (cast) RA600 (rolled Alloys)

Other alloys:Alloy 330 Nimonic 75 (Special Metals)Alloy 601 (to about 900°C)

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-1BS EN 14172 E Ni 6062DIN 1736 EL-NiCr15FeNb (2.4805)


QW432 F-No 43



RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 182 (data sheet D-10) and AB alloys (data sheet D-11) are very similar; and the 20.70.Nb solid wire would be used in conjunction with Nimrod 132KS.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-20

ALLOY TYPEConsumables matching the nickel base 625 alloy with typical composition of Ni-21%Cr-9%Mo-3.5%Nb.

NICK EL BA SE 625 CONSUM A BLES

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMANimrod 625 AWS ENiCrMo-3Nimrod 625KS AWS ENiCrMo-3

TIG/MIG 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3

SAW62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3NiCr BS EN SA FB2P2007 BS EN SA AF2

FCW Supercore 625P AWS ENiCrMo3T1-1/4


MATCHING ALLOY 625ASTM / ASME DIN BS

UNS N06625 2.4856 NA21A494 CW-6MC (cast)

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are designed to match the composition and properties of alloy 625. Originally developed to give high temperature strength and structural stability, alloy 625 is also widely used for its resistance to general corrosion, pitting, crevice and stress corrosion cracking in severe chloride media. These properties are conferred by high levels of chromium, molybdenum and niobium, which also raise strength to the highest amongst standard nickel-base alloys. Useful properties from –269°C to above 1000°C are achieved.In addition to matching alloy 625, suitable for welding heat resisting alloys including Inconel 601 (except severe sulphidising conditions), Incoloy 800/800H (preferred to Nimrod AKS above about 900°C), or combinations of these with other alloys for furnace equipment, petrochemical and power generation plants. Some other applications include:Overmatching corrosion-resistant welds in alloy 825, Hastelloys G and G3, alloy 28, 904L, 6%Mo super-austenitic stainless 254SMo, and also overlays on pumps, valves and shafts, often in offshore and marine environments where high pitting resistance (PRE = 50) and tolerance to weld metal dilution are essential.Welds in high strength ferrous alloys including cryogenic 9% nickel steels and for reclamation of dies where rapid work-hardening and toughness are required.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition this nickel base weld metal consists of solid-solution strengthened austenite with carbides.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSFor welding superaustenitic stainless steels C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also suitable.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required and maximum interpass of 250°C. When welding superaustenitic alloys the interpass temperature should be controlled to a maximum of 100°C.


ProprietaryInconel 625 (Inco)Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM)Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM)

OTHER ALLOYSHigh Nickel Alloys: Superaustenitic alloys:

Inconel 601 (Inco) UNS S31254Incoloy 800H (Inco) 254SMO (Avesta)Incoloy 825 (Inco) 904LAnd equivalents Similar alloysCryogenic: Dissimilar:9%Ni steels Combinations of above

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com294 DS D-20-NIMROD 625 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode designed to combine easy operation with the deposition of high quality weld metal and a finished bead of good appearance. The electrode has a basic-rutile flux system and is made on a nickel core wire. Nimrod 625 operates on AC or DC+ and is designed primarily for the downhand/flat or H-V positions. Optimised for surfacing and overlays, for joining Nimrod 625KS is preferred.Recovery is about 170% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




NIMROD 625DOWNHAND MM A ELECTRODE FOR SURFACING

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V)Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0

min. A 90 130 160max. A 155 210 260


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8



PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-3BS EN ISO 1417 2 E Ni 6625

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --Max. 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50

Typical 0.04 0.8 0.7 0.005 0.008 21.5 64 3.4 < 1.5 9 0.05



Tensile strength (MPa) 760 800 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 420 480

Elongation (%) 4d 30 345d 27 32

Reduction of area (%) -- 30Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C -- > 28

Hardness (HV) as welded -- 250work-hardened -- 450

* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175°C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa. .

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a basic flux system made on a 625 core wire. The electrode is designed to combine easy operation with the deposition of high quality, radiographically sound weld metal and a finished bead of good appearance. Nimrod 625KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




NIMROD 625KSBA SIC MM A PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 625


min. A 60 70 100 130max. A 80 110 155 210


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-3EN ISO 1417 2 E Ni 6625APPROVALS TÜV, DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu

Min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --Max. 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50

Typical 0.04 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.005 22 63 3.2 < 1.5 9.3 0.01


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. * RT +160°C


Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 335d 27 38 31

Reduction of area (%) -- 40 32Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C -- 60 --

Hardness (HV) as welded -- 250 --work-hardened -- 450 --

* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175°C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa. .




Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com296 DS D-20-62-50 | Rev. 02-10/17


62-50SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-3EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6625APPROVALS DNV (TIG), TÜV (TIG and MIG)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti Fe

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 60.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- -- --Max. 0.05 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.015 23.0 bal 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 0.40 1.0

Typical 0.015 0.02 0.05 0.004 0.004 22 65 9 3.5 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.2


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded TIG TIG +165°C SAW + NiCr SAW +P2007


Elongation (%) 4d 42 42 50 405d 40 40 47 --

Reduction of area (%) 100 -- -- --Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C 80 -- 100 100

205/225 -- 235/255 --Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- -- 250 --

Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175°C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa.

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG & SAW fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)1 1 17 50 9 < 0.5 1


TIG* Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon or ArHe Pulsed 1.2 130A, 29V (mean)

SAW NiCr flux DC+ 1.6 300A, 26V* Also required as a purge for root runs.


TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool To order 15kg spool -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool --

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 297DS D-20-SUPERCORE 625P | Rev. 02-04/17

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 625P is designed for all-positional welding and combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SUPERCORE 625PRUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.34M ENiCrMo3T1-1/4EN ISO 12153 T Ni 6625 P M/C 2APPROVALS ABS, DNV, LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Ti Fe

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 58.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- --Max. 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.02 23.0 -- 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 5.0

Typical 0.02 0.3 0.2 0.005 0.005 21 66 8.5 3.4 0.02 0.2 1.0




Elongation (%) 4d 25 465d 22 42


-196°C -- 80Lateral expansion (mm) -196°C -- 1.00

CTOD (mm) -170°C -- 0.50Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 230/230

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 (downhand) 150 – 250A, 25 – 32V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm1.2 (positional) 150 – 180A, 25 – 28V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm


FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 2 10 5 5 0.1 5 1.0

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS


Data Sheet D-30

ALLOY TYPEAlloy C276 is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel base alloy.

COR ROSION R ESISTA NT A LLOY C 276


wrought castASTM/UNS UNS N10276 A494 CW-12MW

A743/A744 CW-12M

DIN 2.4819 (NiMo16Cr15W) 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)

Proprietary alloys:

Hastelloy™ Alloy C-276 (Haynes International

Inc)

Inco Alloy C-276 (Special Metals)Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod C276KS AWS ENiCrMo-4TIG/MIG HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4

SAWHAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4NiCr flux BS EN SA FB2

APPLICATIONSThe weld deposit composition matches parent alloy C276 with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Carbon and silicon are controlled as close as possible to the very low levels of the wrought alloy to minimise carbide and intermetallic phase precipitates which can reduce as-welded corrosion resistance. Cast versions of the alloy typically have higher carbon and silicon (like the original wrought Hastelloy alloy C, now obsolete), but repair welds are usually solution treated for optimum corrosion resistance.Alloy C276 has high resistance to corrosion in a wide range of acids and salts under oxidising and especially reducing conditions. These include hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acids, hypochlorites, chlorides and wet chlorine gas, sulphuric, phosphoric and many organic acids. Exceptional resistance to crevice corrosion and pitting in seawater and chloride-induced stress-corrosion cracking (superior to alloy 625). High temperature stability is limited by intermetallic phase formation.In addition to fabrication welds in alloy C276, these consumables have good tolerance to dilution by most ferrous and high nickel alloys, and are suitable for surfacing and dissimilar welds which exploit the corrosion resistance, strength and toughness. Excellent properties to below -196°C allow its use for welding 5-9%Ni cryogenic installations.Applications include pumps, valves, pipework and vessels for use in aggressive environments in chemical process plants; also in equipment for flue gas desulphurisation and critical equipment in offshore oil and gas production.


MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of austenite with some carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is not required, interpass temperature should preferably be kept below 100°C and heat input restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.


Alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also NiCrMo alloys but with higher Cr for improved corrosion resistance.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 299

NIMROD C276KSALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY C276

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special basic flux coating on matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum core wire to provide clean and homoge-nous weld metal. Nimrod C276KS has exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G (inclined overhead) position.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.







min. A 60 75 100max. A 80 110 155

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-4BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6276




Elongation (%) 4d 25 305d 25 28

Impact ISO-V(J) -50°C -- 65-196°C -- 55

Hardness* (HV) -- 240* Work hardens to about 450HV.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co

min. -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 50.0 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --max. 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.35 0.50 2.5

Typical 0.02 0.3 0.20 0.01 0.01 15.0 58.0 16.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.05 0.05



Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1

DS D-30-NIMROD C276KS | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com300 DS D-30-HAS C276 | Rev. 01-03/16


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. TIG SAW


Elongation (%) 4d -- 46 385d 30 43 36

Reduction of area (%) -- 50 48

HAS C276SOLID WIRES FOR TIG / MIG /SAW

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-4BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6276UNS N10276



TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V MIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V (mean)SAW Nicr Flux



TIG -- -- -- 2.5kg tube To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 12.5kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool (to order) -- -- -- --

SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool --

FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co

min. -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 bal 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --max. 0.02 1.0 0.08 0.015 0.020 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.3 0.50 2.50

Typical 0.005 0.5 0.05 0.005 0.01 16 58 16 3.5 6 0.2 0.05 0.50

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 301

Data Sheet D-31

ALLOY TYPENi-23%Cr-16%Mo alloy commonly known as alloy 59.

COR ROSION R ESISTA NT A LLOY 59

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDALLOY 59 AND SIMILAR: ASTM/UNS

N06059

DIN2.4605 (NiCr23Mo16Al)

ProprietaryNicrofer 5923hMo (Krupp VDM).Inconel™ Alloy 686 (Special Metals) +W.Hastelloy™ Alloy C-2000™ (Haynes International Inc) +Cu.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod 59KS AWS ENiCrMo-13TIG/MIG HAS 59 AWS ERNiCrMo-13

APPLICATIONS

The weld deposit composition of 59%Ni-23%Cr-16%Mo is designed to match the nickel base corrosion resistant alloy commonly known as alloy 59. The high level of Mo is similar to alloys C276 and C4 but performance in a wide range of more oxidising media is significantly enhanced by increasing Cr to 23% in alloy 59. Total alloying exceeds the level typically present in alloy C22; it is therefore considered suitable for welding this group of alloys.Alloy 59 consumables also provide strong, tough Nb-free weld metal for dissimilar welds in superaustenitic and superduplex stainless steels or combinations of these with nickel base alloys.

MICROSTRUCTURESolid-solution strengthened high nickel austenite, with some microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld metal.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required, heat input <1kJ/mm and interpass temperature 100°C maximum are desirable to minimise precipitates which may reduce corrosion resistance and ductility of the weld metal.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe alloy C22 is related and covers many of the same applications and base materials.


ALLOY C22 AND SIMILAR:ASTM/UNS

N06022A494 Grade CX2MW (cast)

DIN2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W)2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15)2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast)

ProprietaryHastelloy™ Alloy C-22™ (Haynes International Inc)Nicrofer 5621hMoW (Krupp VDM)

SUPERAUSTENITICS INCLUDING:ASTM/UNS

S32654, S31254, S34565 Proprietary

654SMO (Avesta Polarit)Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel)

Also dissimilar joints between any combination of the above and dissimilar joints between them and superduplex stainless steels.

Some authorities do not allow or have discontinued use of 625 type consumables for such applications, where deleterious Nb-rich precipitates may form in diluted or partially mixed regions around the fusion boundary. Alloy C276 is possibly a more economic alternative depending on the required properties in this situation.

Applications of alloy 59 in aggressively corrosive media include scrubbers for flue gas desulphurisation (FGD), digesters and papermaking equipment, chemical process plants, corrosion resistant overlays and in severe offshore and petrochemical environments.

DS D-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com302 DS D-31-NIMROD 59KS | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special basic flux covering on high purity NiCrMo core wire to give clean homogenous weld metal. Very low levels of C and Si minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition. The special flux coating provides exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions. The electrode is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 325d 25 30


NIMROD 59KSBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE-WELDING MM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 59


min. A 60 75 100max. A 80 120 155








CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Cu

min. -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 57.0 15.0 -- --max. 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.010 0.015 24.0 bal 16.5 1.5 0.50

Typical 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.006 0.01 23 60 15.5 1 0.01

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 303DS D-31-HAS 59 | Rev. 01-03/16

HAS 59SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Co Al

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 56.0 15.0 -- -- 0.1Max. 0.010 0.5 0.10 0.005 0.015 24.0 Bal 16.5 1.5 0.3 0.4

Typical 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.003 0.003 23 60 15.6 0.4 0.1 0.3




Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 140Hardness HV 240


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V (mean)



TIG -- -- To order 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15 kg spool 15 kg spool -- -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)1 1 17 50 11 <0.5 1

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-13BS EN ISO 18274 SNi6059


www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS


Data Sheet D-32

ALLOY TYPENickel base 22%Cr-13.5%Mo-3%W, alloy C22.

COR ROSION R ESISTA NT A LLOY C 22

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMATCHING ALLOY C22: ASTM

A494 CX2MW (cast)UNS N06022

DIN2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W)2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15)2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast)

Proprietary Hastelloy™ Alloy C-22™ (Haynes International Inc) Nicrofer™ 5621hMoW (VDM) Inconel™ 622 (Special Metals)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod C22KS AWS ENiCrMo-10TIG/MIG HAS C22 AWS ERNiCrMo-10APPLICATIONS

The weld deposit composition of Ni-22Cr-13.5Mo-3W is designed to match the nickel base alloy commonly known as alloy C22. The high level of molybdenum is similar to alloys C276 and C4 but performance in a wide range of more oxidising media is significantly enhanced in alloy C22 by increasing chromium to 22%.

Alloy C22 also provides a tough Nb-free weld metal for dissimilar welds in superaustenitic and superduplex stainless steels or combinations of these with nickel base alloys. Some authorities do not allow or have discontinued using alloy 625 consumables for such applications, where deleterious Nb-rich precipitates may form in diluted or partially mixed regions around the fusion boundary.

Applications of alloy C22 in aggressively corrosive media include scrubbers for flue gas desulphurisation (FGD), digesters and papermaking equipment, chemical process plants, corrosion resistant overlays and in severe offshore and petrochemical environments.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite, with some microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld metal.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat not normally required, interpass temperature restricted to 100°C and heat inputs below 1kJ/mm are desirable.


Alloy 59 is similar but with slightly higher Cr and Mo for similar or more severe applications – see data sheet D-31.


OTHER ALLOYS:Alloy C4

ASTM UNS N06455DIN 2.4610 (NiMo16Cr16Ti)Hastelloy™ Alloy C-4 (Haynes International Inc)

SuperausteniticsUNS S31254, S31266, S32654, S34565.N08367, N08925, N08926.1.4529, 1.4565, 1.4575, 1.4652.254SMO and 654SMO (Outokumpu).Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel).

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 305DS D-32-NIMROD C22KS | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic flux covered electrode with exceptional operability optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions. It is equally suitable for general fabrication welds. Special basic flux covering on matching high purity nickel alloy core wire to give clean and homogenous weld metal. Very low levels of carbon and silicon minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition.Recovery is approx 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 25 365d 22 35


Hardness, cap/mid (HV) -- 245/275

NIMROD C22KSALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY C 2 2


min. A 60 75 100max. A 80 120 155



STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase risk of porosity.For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60%RH, >18°C.





CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe

min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0max. 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.35 2.5 0.50 6.0

Typical 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.008 0.008 21 58 14 3 0.05 0.05 0.05 4

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com306 DS D-32-HAS C22 | Rev. 01-03/16

HAS C22SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0Max. 0.01 0.50 0.08 0.010 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.3 2.5 0.50 6.0

Typical 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.002 0.01 21 56 13.5 3 0.15 1.5 0.1 4




Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C 130Hardness (HV) 220





TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG To order To order -- -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)14 1 17 30 10 <0.5 1.7

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCrMo-10BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6022


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-33

ALLOY TYPENiCrMo-6 type nickel base consumables for welding 9% Nickel steels.

9% NICK EL STEEL CONSUM A BLES

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMANyloid 2* AWS ENiCrMo-6Nyloid 4* AWS ENiCrMo-6

FCW Supercore 620P (AWS ENiCrMo6T1-4)

* : Lincoln group products which have been wide-ly used in the construction of 9% Ni LNG storage tanks (project reference list available). For reference, please refer to Lincoln Electric Europe “Welding Consumable Product Catalogue”..

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED9% NICKEL STEELS, INCLUDING:ASTM

A353 / A353MA553 / A553M Type IA553 / A553M Type II

APPLICATIONSMetrode Supercore 620P all-positional flux cored wire is specifically designed for welding 9% Ni steels used in the fabrication of cryogenic containment plant demanding good properties down to -196°C. The typical application is the welding of 9% Ni steels for LNG storage tanks.Supercore 620P deposits a controlled carbon and solid solution strengthened alloy with high strength and toughness in the as-welded condition. To satisfy procedural and property requirements in aimed applications, Supercore 620P meets the following criteria:- All-positional operation, including full-automated 3G butt

weld of 9%Ni steels for LNG storage tanks.- Good welding operability with 80%Ar-20%CO2 mix gas; For

less demanding welding positions, useful performance can also be achieved with 100% CO2 shield.

- Operates on power source polarity of DC+.- High deposition efficiency.- Proof stress of weld metal exceeds 400MPa (typically

>420MPa) with UTS above 700MPa.- Nickel-base alloy weld metal with excellent impact toughness

at -196°C independent from procedure.- Similar thermal expansion coefficient to 9% Ni steels.

Supercore 620P can also be used for welding 5% Ni and 3.5% Ni steels with satisfactory weld metal mechanical properties including excellent cryogenic impact toughness.

This wire is equally suitable for welding other low alloy and hardenable steels, including applications where PWHT is required, and for dissimilar welds between these and austenitic steels or high nickel alloys.

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of high alloy nickel base solid-solution strengthened austenite with some carbides.


For welding 9% Ni steels of LNG storage tanks, Metrode also manufactures an all positional 625 type flux cored wire, Supercore 625P. Please refer to data sheet D-20 for details.

For other consumables for welding 9% Ni steels, 625 (D-20) and C276 (D-30) can also be considered.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required and maximum interpass of 250°C.

UNSK81340K71340


BS1501 510 and 510N, 1502 and 1503 509-690

DIN1.5662 X8Ni9 (wrought) and G-X8Ni9 (cast)

5% AND 3.5% NICKEL STEELS, INCLUDING:ASTM UNS

A645 K41583A352 LC4 (cast)A333 Grade 3A202 Grade E

DIN1.5680 X12Ni (12Ni19)1.5637 10Ni14 (3.5%Ni), 1.5637 12Ni14 (3.5%Ni)

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com308 DS D-33-SUPERCORE 620P | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 620P is specifically designed for all-positional welding of 9% Ni steels. It combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SUPERCORE 620PRUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.34M --

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb W Fe Cu

Min. -- 2.0 -- -- -- 12.0 58.0 5.0 0.5 1.0 -- --Max. 0.08 4.0 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 -- 8.0 2.0 2.0 10.0 0.50

Typical 0.04 3.0 0.4 0.008 0.008 16.0 66 6.0 1.5 1.5 4.0 0.05




Elongation (%) 4d 25 405d -- 38


Impact ISO-V(J)+ 20°C -- 90-100°C -- 80-196°C 47 75

Lateral expansion (mm) -196°C 0.38 >1.20Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 190/200

OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:

Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout1.2 (downhand) 150 – 250A, 25 – 32V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm1.2 (positional) 150 – 180A, 25 – 28V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm


FUME DATAMIG fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)2 13 10 5 5 <0.5 5 1.0

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-40

ALLOY TYPENickel base alloy of nominally Ni-24%Cr-12%Co-9%Mo designed for high temperature service.

HIGH TEMPER ATUR E A LLOY 617

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMATCHING ALLOY 617: ASTM

UNS NO6617

DIN2.4663 (NiCr23Co12Mo)

ProprietaryInconel alloy 617 (Special Metals)Nicrofer 5520Co (Krupp VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod 617KS AWS ENiCrCoMo-1TIG/MIG 61-70 AWS ERNiCrCoMo-1

APPLICATIONSNimrod 617KS is primarily intended for high temperature applications up to about 1100°C. It provides good microstructural stability, high creep strength and excellent resistance to oxidation and carburisation. In a variety of aqueous media, the alloy also has useful resistance to general corrosion, pitting and stress-corrosion cracking.

The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.

In addition to welding the parent alloy 617, some authorities specify it in preference to other nickel-base filler metals for welding alloys 800H and 800HT for service above 760°C. It is also suitable for the heat-resistant alloy 601 (usually above 900°C) and dissimilar welds including high carbon heat resistant cast alloys and any combination of those mentioned.

Applications include combustion, pyrolysis, heat treatment and furnace components, flare tips, ducting and gas turbine parts.

MICROSTRUCTURE

High nickel alloy austenite with carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Normally no preheat required, interpass temperature generally limited to 150°C maximum.


OTHER ALLOYS:Alloys 800H and 800HT

ASTM UNS N08810, N08811BS NA15HDIN 1.4876 (X10NiCrAlTi 32 20)Incoloy 800H and 800HT (Special Metals)Nicrofer 3220H (Krupp VDM)

Alloy 601 & other oxidation resistant alloysASTM UNS N06601DIN 2.4851Inconel alloy 601 (Special Metals)Nicrofer 6023 (Krupp VDM)ASTM UNS N06333RA333 (Rolled Alloys)

High Carbon Austenitic AlloyCast HK40, HP40Nb, etc

Also dissimilar welds between above.

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com310 DS D-40-NIMROD 617KS | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSpecial basic flux on matching nickel alloy core wire. The chromium range of the weld metal is higher than the parent material to maintain oxidation resistance at a lower aluminium level. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 25 435d 25 40


Hardness, cap/mid (HV) -- 230/245

NIMROD 617KS617 MM A ELECTRODE FOR HIGH TEMPER ATURE APPLIC ATIONS


min. A 60 75 100max. A 80 110 155


Fe Mn Ni Co Cr6 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 4 9 2.5 6 1 0.2 20 0.8




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrCoMo-1BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6117


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Nb Cu Fe Al Ti

min. 0.05 0.3 -- -- -- 21.0 45.0 9.0 8.0 -- -- -- -- --max. 0.15 2.5 0.75 0.015 0.020 26.0 bal 15.0 10.0 1.0 0.50 5.0 1.5 0.6

Typical 0.07 1.0 0.4 0.003 <0.01 24 52 12 9 <0.5 0.05 1 0.15 0.2

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 311DS D-40-61-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

61-70SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wires for TIG and MIG welding alloy 617.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Cu Fe Al Ti

Min. 0.05 -- -- -- -- 20.0 44.0 10.0 8.0 -- -- 0.80 --Max. 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 24.0 bal 15.0 10.0 0.5 3.0 1.50 0.60

Typical 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.002 <0.01 22 55 12 9 <0.2 0.5 1 0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. TIG typical MIG typical


Elongation (%) 4d 25 43 425d 30 41 40

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 230 >100Hardness cap/mid (HV) -- 200/225


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon ** DC+ *** 1.2 220A, 30V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.


TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Co OES (mg/m3)1 1 17 45 9 11 0.9

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCrCoMo-1BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 6617


www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS


Data Sheet D-41

ALLOY TYPENi-30%Cr-10%Fe alloy commonly known as alloy 690.

A LLOY 690


B163, B166-8

DIN2.4642 (NiCr29Fe)

UNSN06690

ProprietaryInconel 690 (Special Metals)Nicrofer 6030 (Krupp VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod 690KS AWS ENiCrFe-7TIG/MIG ER690 AWS ERNiCrFe-7

APPLICATIONSThe consumables are designed to match alloy 690, which is finding increasing use in place of alloy 600 for high temperature corrosion applications, especially in the nuclear industry. The high chromium content provides good elevated temperature corrosion resistance in oxidising and sulphidising atmospheres.

In addition to joining matching base materials, the consumables can also be used for surfacing applications on CMn and low alloy steels.

Applications include nuclear engineering; sulphuric, nitric and hydrofluoric acid processing equipment

MICROSTRUCTURE

High alloy nickel base austenite.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat and PWHT is not generally required.



There are no directly related alloys.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONNickel base MMA electrode designed for welding matching base materials, and for surfacing CMn and low alloy steels. Special basic flux coating on a nickel alloy core wire optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded PWHT 610°C/40h

Min. Typical RT +360°CTensile strength (MPa) 552 660 661 532

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 360 430 414 325Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 42 45

5d 27 38 38 42Reduction of area (%) -- 45 60 46

Impact ISO, KCV (J) - 50°C -- >50 -- --Impact energy, KCU (J/cm²) + 20°C -- -- 84 --

NIMROD 690KSBA SIC ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE-WELDING MM A ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 690


min. A 60 70 100max. A 80 110 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)2 13 10 8 0.2 0.1 16 0.6

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-7BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6152


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Co

min. -- 3.0 -- -- -- 28.0 50.0 1.2 8.0 -- -- -- -- --max. 0.045 5.0 0.65 0.008 0.02 31.5 bal 2.2 12.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.10

Typical 0.04 3.6 0.3 0.005 0.007 29 55 1.6 8.5 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.02

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com314 DS D-41-ER690 | Rev. 01-03/16

ER690SOLID WIRE FOR TIG WELDING OF ALLOY 690

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wires for TIG.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Al+Ti

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 54.0 -- 7.0 -- -- -- -- --Max. 0.04 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 31.5 -- 0.10 11.0 0.50 1.0 1.10 0.30 1.5

Typical 0.03 0.7 0.2 0.005 0.010 29 60 0.03 8.5 0.05 0.6 0.6 0.05 1.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs weldedtypical, RT

As welded typical, +360°C

PWHT 610°C/40htypical


Elongation (%) 4d 43 40 --5d 40 -- --

Reduction of area (%) 60 50 --Impact ISO, KCV (J) - 50°C 200 -- 145

Impact energy, KCU (J/cm²) + 20°C 160 -- 130


TIG Argon* DC- 2.4 100A, 12V



TIG 0.7 or 5kg spool 2.5kg tube


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)10 3 20 50 <1 <1 0.9

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCrFe-7BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni6052


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-50

ALLOY TYPELow carbon pure nickel weld metal with titanium de-oxidation.

PUR E NICK EL CONSUM A BLES


UNS N02200UNS N02201

BSNA11NA12

DIN2.40662.40682.4061

Proprietary alloysNickel 200 and 201 (Special Metals)Nickel 99.6 and 99.2 (VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod 200Ti AWS ENi-1TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1APPLICATIONS

These consumables give low carbon pure nickel with the addition of titanium for refinement and de-oxidation. They are used for joining pure nickel to itself, for buffer layers, and for cladding joint faces and flanges. The solid wire is also useful for welding cast iron to give soft low strength deposit.

Applications include tanks and vessels, process pipework and heat exchangers, in chemical plant for salt production, chlorination and evaporation of caustic soda. Also used for handling corrosive alkalis and halides.

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of almost pure nickel austenite. It is strongly ferromagnetic at room temperature.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Pure nickel weld metals are sluggish and can lead to irregular weld beads which may require inter-run dressing.


www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com316 DS D-50-NIMROD 200Ti | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching core wire. Smaller diameters offer excellent all-positional operability. Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 20 225d 18 20

Reduction of area % -- 40Impact ISO-V(J) -30°C -- 160Hardness (HV) -- 160

NIMROD 200TiALL-POSITIONAL PURE NICK EL MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 70 90max. A 80 110 145


Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)<1 1 10 0.2 10 5




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENi-1BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 2061


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Fe Cu Nb

min. -- -- -- -- -- 92.0 1.0 -- -- -- --max. 0.10 0.7 1.2 0.015 0.02 bal 4.0 1.0 0.7 0.2 0.5

Typical 0.04 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.005 97 1.5 0.1 0.3 0.1 <0.1

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 317DS D-50-NICKEL 2Ti | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL 2TiSOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --Max. 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.020 bal 3.5 1.5 0.2 1.0

Typical <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. TIG


Elongation (%) 4d -- 355d 25 31

Reduction of area (%) -- 65Hardness, cap/mid (HV) -- 155/185



* Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.


TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNi-1BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 2061UNS N02061Also known generically as filler metal 61 (FM61)


www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS


Data Sheet D-60

ALLOY TYPENickel-copper alloy based on alloy 400 with raised levels of manganese and titanium to suppress hot cracking and porosity.

NICK EL-COPPER A LLOY 400

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM-ASME BS DIN

UNS N04400 NA13 2.4360UNS N04405 NA1 (cast) 2.4361UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast)A494 M-35-1 (cast)A494 M-35-2 (cast)

ProprietaryMonel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals)Nicorros (VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimrod 190 AWS ENiCu-7TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu AWS ERNiCu-7

APPLICATIONSNimrod 190 deposits 65%Ni-30%Cu weld metal based on Monel alloy 400 with raised levels of manganese and titanium to suppress hot cracking and porosity. It is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength attainable in weld metal of this type.

For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 with up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190, but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and ASTM A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ cracking.

For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (3-6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) in weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct welds to mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with dilution control, although ENiCrFe-X (ERNiCr-3 wire) is preferable and necessary for stainless and higher chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with pure nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is also useful when surfacing with alloy 400 consumables.

Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater, inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids, hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include heat exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in the offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and power engineering industries.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic near room temperature.

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature 150°C and no PWHT required.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAlloy 400 parent material is noted for its good resistance to both hydrofluoric acid and hydrogen fluoride vapour. However, weld metal compositions within standard specification limits have inferior resistance to these media. A fully optimised composition for this specific application is not currently available. Contact Metrode for guidance.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 319DS D-60-NIMROD 190 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSpecial basic carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching 400 core wire to give low levels of residuals. Deoxidation system designed to ensure sound deposits. The raised levels of manganese and titanium help suppress hot cracking and porosity. Analysis is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength attainable in weld metal of this type. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suitable for fixed pipework welds demanding qualification in the ASME 6G position.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 30 405d 27 35

Reduction of area (%) -- 40Impact ISO-V(J) -30°C -- 110Hardness (HV) -- 160-180

NIMROD 190NICK EL-COPPER MM A ELECTRODE FOR MONEL ALLOY 400


min. A 60 70 90 120max. A 80 110 145 190


Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 7 4 16 8 1.2




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiCu-7BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 4060


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si * S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al

min. -- 1.0 -- -- -- 62.0 27.0 -- 0.5 --max. 0.15 4.0 1.5 0.015 0.02 69.0 34.0 1.0 2.5 0.5

Typical 0.08 3.5 1.2 0.005 0.01 63 30 0.9 1 0.03* DIN maximum 1.0% Si

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com320 DS D-60-65NiCu | Rev. 01-03/16

65NiCuSOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG & SAW TO MATCH MONEL ALLOYS


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al

Min. -- 3.0 -- -- -- 62.0 28.0 1.5 -- --Max. 0.15 4.0 1.2 0.015 0.020 69.0 32.0 3.0 2.5 1.2

Typical 0.03 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 64 29 2.2 <1 0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded Min. TIG


Elongation (%) 4d -- 415d 25 38




SAW NiCu DC+ 2.4 300A, 28V* Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.


TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- --

SAW -- -- 25kg reel



SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNiCu-7BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 4060Also known generically as filler metal 60 (FM60)


NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-70

ALLOY TYPE

70/30 and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.

CUPRONICK EL A LLOYS


70/30 90/10ASTM/UNS C71500 C70600

C96400 (cast) C96200 (cast)

DIN 2.0882 2.08722.0883

BS CN106 CN102CN107CN108

CDA CA715 CA706

Proprietary Kunifer 30 (IMI) Kunifer 10 (IMI)Cunifer 30 (Krupp VDM)

Cunifer 10(Krupp VDM)

The Cupromet N30 and 70CuNi can be used for weld-ing the 70/30 and 90/10 base materials; the 90CuNi is only suitable for the 90/10 alloys.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Cupromet N30 AWS ECuNiTIG/MIG 70CuNi AWS ERCuNiTIG 90CuNi BS C16

APPLICATIONSThese consumables deposit a copper-nickel weld metal; the MMA electrode and 70CuNi solid wire are both nominally 67%Cu and 30%Ni, whereas the 90CuNi solid wire is nominally 86%Cu and 10.5%Ni. The 70/30 consumables are suitable for welding 70/30, 80/20 and 90/10 base materials. The 70/30 consumables match the 70/30 base materials for strength and colour and overmatch the 90/10 alloys for strength.

The consumables are suitable for surfacing and cladding provided the need for an appropriate buttering layer is addressed, normally either alloy 400 (D-60) or pure nickel (D-50).

Applications include offshore construction, desalination plant, evaporators, condensers etc, in salt and sea water processing systems.


MICROSTRUCTURE

Solid solution, single phase alloy.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheating not normally required, maximum interpass temperature 150°C and no PWHT. Contamination of the weld zone with foreign material, particularly any source of lead, tin or zinc (eg. Gun metals) must be scrupulously avoided to prevent weld metal cracking.


No closely related alloys but the alloy 400 (D-60) or pure nickel (D-50) consumables may be required as a buffer layer for cladding applications.

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com322 DS D-70-CUPROMET N30 | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on matching 70/30 core wire with a special basic flux system giving very low residuals (S, P, Pb, Sn, Zn etc) and hence maximum crack resistance. Suitable for all-positional welding.Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.






Elongation (%) 4d 20 385d -- 36


Hardness, mid (HV) -- 130

CUPROMET N30ALL-POSITIONAL MM A ELECTRODE FOR CUPRONICK EL


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)< 1 2 3 16 15 1.2




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.6M ECuNi


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)Cu Mn Si S P Ni Fe Ti Pb

min. bal 1.00 -- -- -- 29.0 0.40 -- --max. -- 2.50 0.50 0.015 0.020 33.0 0.75 0.50 0.02

Typical 67 1.8 0.2 0.005 0.010 30 0.6 0.15 0.002

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 323DS D-70-70CuNi | Rev. 01-03/16

70CuNiSOLID 70/ 30 CUPRONICKEL WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb C

Min. 0.5 -- -- -- bal 29.0 0.40 0.20 -- --Max. 1.0 0.25 0.01 0.02 -- 32.0 0.7 0.50 0.02 0.04

Typical 0.8 0.01 0.005 0.003 67 31 0.5 0.3 0.001 0.03

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.7M ERCuNiBS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7158 / CuNi30Mn1FeTiAlso known generically as filler metal 67 (FM67)




Elongation (%) 5d 40Hardness (HV) 105


TIG Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2 DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Argon or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 160A, 28V


TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -- -- --


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)<1 5 <0.1 22 <0.1 72 0.3

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com324 DS D-70-90CuNi | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG welding



Elongation (%) 5d 40Hardness cap/mid (HV) 105

90CuNiSOLID 90/ 10 CUPRONICK EL WIRE FOR TIG

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7061 / CuNi10


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb C

min. 0.5 -- -- -- bal 9.0 0.5 0.1 -- --max. 1.5 0.2 0.02 0.02 -- 11.0 2.0 0.5 0.02 0.05

Typical 0.8 0.02 0.001 0.002 86 10.5 1.2 0.3 0.001 0.01


TIG Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2 DC- 2.4 100A, 12V


TIG 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)2 5 <0.1 8 <0.1 80 0.3

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-80

ALLOY TYPE

Ni-28%Mo consumables to match alloy B2.

NICK EL-MOLYBDENUM A LLOY B 2


wrought castASTM/UNS B333, B335, B619, B626 A494: N-7M

UNS N10001 (alloy B) A743: N-12MUNS N10665 (alloy B2) A744: N-12M

DIN 2.4617 2.4685, 2.4882BS 3146: ANC 15Proprietary Hastelloy alloy B-2 (Haynes) NB (Paralloy)

Nimofer 6928 (VDM) Langalloy B (Meighs)AR5 (LaBour/Darwins)

Similar alloys:UNS N10675, Hastelloy Alloy B-3 (Haynes).

UNS N10629, DIN 2.4600, Nimofer 6629 (VDM), alloy B-4.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimax B2L AWS ENiMo-7

APPLICATIONSThese consumables deposit nickel-molybdenum weld metal with very low carbon and silicon levels appropriate for alloy B-2, although it is equally suitable for the original alloy B, now obsolete in wrought form. In addition, specially controlled levels of iron and chromium ensure good as-welded ductility in multipass deposits.

These modifications bring the composition close to the more recent alloys B-3 and B-4 which have better microstructural stability and weldability than alloy B-2. There are no electrode specifications for these alloys at present, and these consumables are therefore offered as an acceptable candidate within current specification limits. These alloys are designed to resist hydrochloric acid at all concentrations and temperatures up to boiling point under non-oxidising conditions. They are also resistant to hydrogen chloride gas, sulphuric and acetic acids under certain conditions. The newer alloys B-3 and B-4 with additional Fe and Cr have improved SCC resistance in chloride media. Contamination of acid media with oxidising ferric or cupric salts must be avoided. Alloys with much higher chromium (C-4 or C-276 etc.) are superior under oxidising conditions.

Applications include pumps, valves and process equipment operating in aggressive environments in chemical plant.


MICROSTRUCTURESolid solution alloy, high nickel austenite with some microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld metal (homogenised by solution treatment around 1150°C and rapidly cooled for casting repairs).

WELDING GUIDELINES

No preheat and maximum interpass of 150°C for wrought alloys.For castings of low ductility a preheat-interpass of up to 200-300°C may be required on sections above 15mm. In this case a post-weld solution treatment must be applied to restore satisfactory weld area properties.


Alloy B-2 was introduced to suppress the formation of carbides and silicon-rich intermetallic phases which occur in the original alloy B during processing and welding. However, experience has revealed that elimination of Fe promoted sensitivity to another intermetallic, beta phase Ni4Mo. This can be limited significantly by controlled Fe (and Cr) additions within the B-2 specification, and this modification is extended in the new alloys B-3 (1.5%Fe, 1.5%Cr) and B-4 (3%Fe, 1.3%Cr). Intermetallics reduce ductility and corrosion resistance.If PWHT is required to restore maximum corrosion resistance of casting repairs, castings should be solution treated at about 1150°C followed by a rapid cool.

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com326 DS D-80-NIMAX B2L | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode made on pure nickel core wire with a special basic flux coating to give low levels of impurities. Sizes above 3.2mm are not suitable for positional welding. Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.








ASTM A494 castings require elongation >6% (N-12MV) or >20% (N-7M) after solution treatment.

NIMAX B2LHIGH MOLYBDENUM NICK EL BA SE MM A ELECTRODE TO M ATCH ALLOY B-2


min. A 70 90 130max. A 115 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)1 2 10 0.2 15 0.2 16 5




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.11M ENiMo-7BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 1066

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 4 4

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu Fe Co V

min. -- -- -- -- -- 0.3 64.5 26 -- -- 1.0 -- --max. 0.02 1.75 0.2 0.015 0.02 1.0 bal 30 1.0 0.50 2.0 1.0 0.4

Typical 0.018 1.3 0.1 0.005 0.01 0.7 68 28 0.1 0.01 1.5 0.04 0.1

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


Data Sheet D-87

ALLOY TYPEEPRI P87 is a Ni-Fe weld metal covered by U.S.Patent 7,562,807 «Weld Filler For Welding Dissimilar Alloy Steels and Method Using Same,» July 21, 2009.

EPR I P87


Designed for dissimilar joints between austenitic stain-less steels (eg. 304H) and creep resisting CrMo (eg. P91).

Suitable for as-welded, PWHT or N+T joints in CrMo steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA EPRI P87 --TIG/MIG EPRI P87 --

APPLICATIONS

EPRI P87 consumables are designed for welding high temperature creep resisting CrMo steels, including P91. The consumables can be used for dissimilar applications between CrMo creep resisting steels and austenitic stainless steels. The EPRI P87 consumables are also suitable for joining CrMo steels to themselves.

The EPRI P87 weld metal is also proposed for N+T joints in P91. The weld metal will allow joints to be buttered in the workshop and then subjected to a full N+T heat treatment; joints on the buttered faces can then be completed in the field without the need for PWHT.

The all-weld metal strength at ambient temperature may not meet that of P91 but transverse tests have shown strengths above the P91 base material requirement, and elevated temperature strength exceeds the minimum base material requirement.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe alloy is balanced to provide excellent resistance to carbide formation at the fusion boundary. The thermal expansion coefficient is also closer to the base material than with standard nickel base weld metals.


MICROSTRUCTURE

High alloy austenite.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat and PWHT requirements will be determined by the base material being welded. For example P91 is normally preheated to 200°C and PWHT at 760°C for 2 hours (or time appropriate to material thickness). Alternatively if P91 is subjected to a full N+T the heat treatment would typically be 1060°C/1 hour + 760°C/2 hours.

www.metrode.com

NICK

EL B

ASE

ALLO

YS

www.metrode.com328 DS D-87-EPRI P87E | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a nickel-iron alloy core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.Recovery about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

EPRI P87BA SIC MM A ELECTRODE FOR HIGH TEMPER ATURE APPLIC ATIONS


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.



SPECIFICATIONSNo current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807.


COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe

Typical 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38





min. A 60 70 90max. A 80 110 150


Typical valuesAmbient Hot strength 593°C

as-welded as-welded N+TTensile strength (MPa) 575 530 440


Reduction of area (%) 30 24 33Impact ISO (J) +20°C 80 -- --

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

www.metrode.com 329


EPRI P87SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe

Typical 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38

SPECIFICATIONSNo current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807.


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded


Elongation (%) 4d 32Impact ISO (J) 150




TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 12.5kg spool -- --

FUME DATAFume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2

DS D-87-EPRI P87 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com330

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

Section E : REPAIR & MAINTENANCE

CONSUM A BLES FOR W ELDING C A ST IRONS


The welding of cast irons has been notoriously called a 'black-art'. Individual castings of equivalent types can vary in response to welding, and so do the details of procedure considered critical by experienced practitioners. Most castings are produced to net shape, so welding is usually for repair and maintenance rather than fabrication. Structural load-bearing use is typically compressive, not critically tensile.

The two commonest types of cast iron have around 3%C and 2%Si. Flake graphite grey iron varies in quality and impurity content, with relatively low strength and ductility. Spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile iron is treated with magnesium, has fewer impurities, superior mechanical properties, and more reliable weldability.

Electrodes based on pure nickel and nickel-iron alloys are most widely used. Electrode flux coverings are of basic type plus graphite to give a weld deposit deoxidised and saturated with carbon. This mimics some of the characteristics of cast iron but is non-hardenable and easily machined. Recommended welding techniques are given on relevant data sheets.

Another group, high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist types) are also produced in flake and SG grades. Electrodes of the NiFe type are used because matching weld metal is too hard. Preheat of 300-350°C is required for the flake graphite grades, but for the SG grades buttering at low temperatures is preferred to avoid HAZ hot cracking.

Martensitic cast iron (Ni-Hard types) and the various white irons are generally considered too crack-sensitive or brittle to be welded satisfactorily.

GENER A L INTRODUC TION

This section includes a diverse range of consumables for many repair and maintenance applications, including cast iron, dissimilar welding and hardfacing. There is also a selection of non-ferrous solid wires for copper base alloys. The final selection of products covers mild steel TIG wires and some specialist mild steel electrodes.


E-10 Ni Cast IronMMA CI Soft Flow Ni ENi-CI E C Ni-CI 1TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 S Ni 20 6 1

E-11 NiFe Cast IronMMA

CI Special Cast NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1CI Met NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1

MIG 55NiFe - S C NiFe-1

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com 331331

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

DISSIMIL A R W ELDING CONSUM A BLES

Transition welds between dissimilar materials are often necessary, requiring weld metal compatible with dilution by these materials to provide satisfactory service properties. Weld metal dissimilar to the base material may also enable a safer or simplified welding procedure to be used, such as in armour welding. Dissimilar weld metal is almost always applied when buttering, cladding or surfacing. The metallurgy of dissimilar metal welds is a large and complex subject, considering the variety of possible combinations of industrial alloys and service conditions as a whole.

The popular stainless types in this section are restricted to service at near ambient temperatures between most ferrous materials, from mild steel up to stainless steels, but excluding high nickel and non-ferrous alloys. Note that 309L and 309Mo types in Section B (data sheets B-50 and B-51) are also relevant to these applications.

Compositions do not match any commercial steels, but are designed to resist cracking and remain ductile and tough when diluted by base materials as indicated on the data sheets. The Schaeffler diagram is useful to assess the risk of dilution cracking, except for 307 types which have high manganese rather than increasing ferrite content to prevent hot cracking. Generally, if dilution gives fully austenitic weld metal this increases the risk of hot cracking, whilst the presence of martensite reduces bend ductility and increases the risk of cold cracking. Low dilution buttering procedures can help in difficult cases.

Little or no preheat is required to avoid HAZ cold cracking in hardenable 'difficult to weld' steels because almost no hydrogen diffuses from austenitic weld metal into the HAZ. The limited toughness of hardened untempered HAZ and fusion zones in high carbon alloy steels should be considered in relation to impact or shock loads, although increasing preheat helps to moderate peak HAZ hardness and promote some tempering.

Post-weld-heat-treatment (PWHT) is deliberately avoided unless a tempered HAZ is essential to reduce hardness. Depending on material combination, PWHT can reduce weld ductility and promote fusion zone carbide embrittlement, with overall stress-relief limited by dissimilar thermal expansions. Nickel-base weld metal minimises these limitations, and should also be used when high temperature or cryogenic service is involved (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).


E-20Armourplate

MMA Armet 1 E308Mo-16 E 20 10 3 R

FCWSupercore 20.9.3 E308MoT0-1/4 T 20 10 3 R C/M 3Supercore 20.9.3P E308MoT1-1/4 T 20 10 3 P C/M 2

E-21 307MMA

Metmax 307R E307-26 E 18 9 Mn Mo R19.9.6Mn (E307-16) (E18 8 Mn R)

MIG 19.9.6Mn (ER307) 18 8 Mn

E-22 312MMA 29.9 Super R (E312-17) E 29 9 R

TIG/SAW 312S94 ER312 29 9

COPPER A ND COPPER A LLOY W IR ES

The non-ferrous alloys in the following section are primarily used for joining equivalent base materials, although many are also used for surfacing. There are no MMA electrodes in this section; the gas shielded solid wire TIG/MIG processes are preferred for high integrity work. Note the cupronickel consumables are in section D, details can be found on data sheet D-70.

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO ClassificationsE-30 Copper TIG/MIG 100Cu ERCu S Cu 1898/CuSn1E-31 Copper Silicon TIG 97CuSi ERCuSi-A S Cu 6560/CuSiMn 1E-33 Bronze TIG 92CuSn (ERCuSn-C) S Cu 5210/CuSn8PE-36 Al Bronze TIG/MIG 90CuAl ERCuAl-A2 S Cu 6180/CuAl10FeE-37 Ni Al Bronze TIG/MIG 80CuNiAl ERCuNiAl S Cu 6328/CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com332

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO ClassificationsE-45 C MMA Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) ENi2

E-50 350MMA Methard 350 - (EFe1)FCW Hardcore 350 - TFe1

E-51 650MMA

Methard 650 - (EFe2)Methard 650R - (EFe2)

FCW Hardcore 650 - TFe2E-53 Tool steel MMA Methard 750TS EFe5-B EFe4

E-55 850/950MMA

Methard 850 - EFe14Methard 950 - EFe14

FCWHardcore 850 - TFe15Hardcore 950 - TFe15

E-58 1050 MMA Methard 1050 - EFe16E-60 13%Mn MMA Workhard 13Mn EFeMn-B EFe9E-65 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 6 ECoCr-A (ECo2)E-66 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 8 ECoCr-E ECo1

CONSUM A BLES FOR SUR FACING A ND H A R DFACING

Hardfacing is just one aspect of surfacing in general. In principle, almost any electrode with the desired properties can be chosen to modify the working surface of a base metal for improved service life or performance.Electrodes in this section are types recognised for their value to combat many forms of destructive wear found in different working environments. Flexibility of electrode design allows overlay compositions unique to this process, or similar to base materials for tool and component repairs.

The most suitable type for a given application can lead to conflicting choices. Often this is based (perhaps with good reason) on previous experience, or even the simple judgement of 'harder is better'. This is rarely strictly true because actual performance usually involves a combination of factors. These include response of the particular weld composition and microstructure to size and density of abrasive (when present), impact, corrosion, friction and heat. Weld metal cracking, the need for buffer layers and alloy cost are also relevant. Brief details are given to help assess some of these questions.

Martensitic types offer the lowest cost-hardness ratio. These transformable steels air-harden roughly in proportion to carbon and alloy level. Higher alloys include high speed and hot-work tool steels which may be heat treated if used for tool repairs. If critical, cracking in martensitic types is easily controlled with preheat. Lower hardness types are used for extensive build-up or intermediate layers.

Chromium carbide types resist extreme grinding abrasion, increasing with volume and type of carbides in the high alloy matrix. With almost no ductility or response to heat treatment, build-up is limited by stress cracking, although this may not be detrimental to service performance.

Cobalt base types are costly but excel at high temperatures in combination with aggressive wear or corrosion. Increasing preheat with hardness and weld thickness is needed for the alloy order 6, 12 and 1, to control stress cracking but none for the more ductile alloy 8, which also resists thermal shock and work-hardens strongly.

'Hadfield' non-stainless austenitic 13%Mn steels, show unique resistance to gouging and impact or coarse particle abrasion. Others such as type 307 (data sheet E-21) could be classed as work-hardening types for ambient temperatures.

Buffer or build-up layers are usually intermediate in alloying between base and capping layers. Hardness of a martensitic type will be reduced if deposited on a stainless buffer (data sheets B-50, B-51, E-20, E-21 and E-22), but would be ideal beneath chromium carbide and work-hardening types (and generally optional for cobalt base).

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16



SPECI A LIST R A NGE OF MILD STEEL CONSUM A BLES

The mild steel TIG wires and flux cored wire are used for general purpose mild steel fabrication, the other consumables in this section have specialised applications. Ultramild is an E6018 type depositing soft and ductile low hydrogen weld metal mainly for buffer layers. Nilsil is a modified E6013 type giving very low silicon weld metal for welding galvanising baths.


E-70 Mild steelTIG

ER70S-2 ER70S-2 A15ER70S-3 ER70S-3 (A17)ER70S-6 ER70S-6 A18

FCW Metcore DWA50 E71T-1 T 422 PM1E-71 Low strength mild steel MMA Ultramild E6018 -E-72 Low silicon MMA Nilsil - -

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com334

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-10

ALLOY TYPE

Pure nickel type for welding cast iron.

PUR E NICK EL FOR C A ST IRON

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM A159, A319, A126, A48BS 1452 – Grey iron

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA CI Soft Flow Ni AWS ENi-CITIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1

APPLICATIONSPure nickel consumables are used for welding and repair of standard grades of grey cast irons and malleable cast irons to give low strength deposits which can be readily machined even in thin layers. The resistance to hardening of diluted weld metal can be useful for buttering prior to filling with more economic NiFe consumables (data sheet E-11).

They are also suitable for joining these cast irons to steels, monels, copper etc where high strength is not required.

Typical components are general engineering castings, including machine bases, engine blocks, gear housings etc operating under low stresses.

MICROSTRUCTUREMMA electrode deposits austenitic nickel with finely distributed graphite; the solid wire deposits almost pure nickel refined with Ti.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe NiFe alloy (data sheet E-11) is also used for welding cast iron and covers many similar applications.

WELDING GUIDELINESWelding is often carried out without preheat but heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints may require preheat up to 150°C.

Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by careful gouging and/or grinding using limited amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The area to be welded should be cleaned as far as practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust. Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on used castings which are being repaired.

If welding is carried out without preheat it is desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping to achieve this.

For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds preheat up to150°C may be necessary. Light peening to reduce contraction stresses can also be beneficial but care should be taken not to exhaust the ductility of the weld metal.

Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair cavity, prior to filling can also be desirable whether a preheat is used or not.

On completion of welding the workpiece should be allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.




DS E-10-CI SOFT FLOW Ni | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on pure nickel core wire. Good refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. Sound welds can be produced even with oil impregnated and contaminated surfaces. The stable arc characteristics also provide uniform low penetration and minimum dilution. The smallest diameters can be used in all positions including vertical down.Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*


Pieces/carton 804 393 358 241* 5.0mm diameter made to order, minimum order quantity.



Elongation (%) 5-10Hardness (HV) 140-160

Mechanical properties will depend upon amount of dilution, and variations in welding procedure and run sequence.

CI SOFT FLOW NiPURE NICK EL MM A ELECTRODE FOR C A ST IRON

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*

min. A 60 70 90 120max. A 80 110 150 190


Fe Mn Ni Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)0.5 1 10 <0.5 12 <0.5 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 100 – 150°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.15M ENi-CIBS EN 1071 E C Ni-CI 1


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Al

min. -- -- -- -- -- -- 92 -- --max. 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 2.5 bal 5.0 1.0

Typical 0.5 2 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.1 96 2 0.1


PB/2FPA/1G PF/3GuPC/2G PE/4GPG/3Gd

www.metrode.com336

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-10-NICKEL 2Ti | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL 2TiSOLID PURE NICKEL WIRE FOR C AST IRON

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG and MIG welding. This is the same wire that is used for alloy 200 pure nickel base materials (data sheet D-50) but it is also useful for welding cast irons as a match for the CI Soft Flow Ni electrode.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 92.0 2.0 -- -- --Max. 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.03 bal 3.5 1.5 0.25 1.0

Typical <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.14M ERNi-1 Also known generically

as filler metal 61 (FM61)BS EN ISO 18274 Ni 2061





Reduction of area % 65Hardness cap/mid (HV) 155/185


TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12VMIG Ar or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2 150A, 29V (mean)


TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tubeMIG 15kg spool - - -





DS E-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-11

ALLOY TYPENominally Fe-55% Ni alloy for the repair and joining of cast iron.

NICK EL-IRON FOR C A ST IRON

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM A602, A47, A338, A220

BS 2789 – SG irons

6681 – Ductile irons

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMACI Special Cast NiFe AWS ENiFe-CICI-Met NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI

MIG 55NiFe BS NA47

APPLICATIONSThe NiFe alloy is suitable for welding all grades of cast iron but particularly for spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile irons and some alloy cast irons. It provides compatible strength, ductility and toughness, coupled with good machinability. The NiFe consumables can also be used on some of the high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist). The flake graphite grades are welded with a preheat of 300-350°C but the SG grades are best buttered using low heat input, and low temperature techniques to avoid HAZ hot cracking. Note the martensitic Ni-Hard cast irons and white irons are generally considered to be unweldable because they are too crack-sensitive.The NiFe consumables are also suitable for welding transition joints between cast iron and cast steels, and cast iron and mild/low alloy steels.Typical components are machine bases, pump bodies, engine blocks, gears and transmission housings. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

The pure nickel types (data sheet E-10) are also used for welding cast iron.WELDING GUIDELINES

Welding is often carried out without preheat but heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints may require preheat 150-250°C.Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by careful gouging and/or grinding using limited amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The area to be welded should be cleaned as far as practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust. Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on used castings which are being repaired.If welding is carried out without preheat it is desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping to achieve this.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe NiFe weld metals produce higher strength than the pure nickel cast iron types and are therefore preferable for dissimilar joints, nodular irons and higher strength cast irons. The NiFe types are also less sensitive to hot cracking caused by pick-up of impurities such as phosphorus which are often present in castings. The low matrix contraction coefficient of NiFe is also enhanced in the higher carbon electrode deposits by expansion accompanying graphite precipitation and results in lower stresses in heavy repairs; the possibility of cold cracking is therefore reduced.

For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds preheat in the range 150-250°C may be necessary. Light peening to reduce contraction stresses can also be beneficial but care should be taken not to exhaust the ductility of the weld metal.Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair cavity, prior to filling can also be desirable whether a preheat is used or not.On completion of welding the workpiece should be allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.

www.metrode.com338

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-11-CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on a 55%Ni alloy core wire. Good refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity.Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.







CI SPECIAL CAST NiFeNIFE MM A ELECTRODE FOR MOST GR ADES OF C A ST IRON


min. A 60 70 90max. A 80 110 150


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 100 – 150°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150° C, 3 cycles, 10h totalStorage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.15M ENiFe-CIBS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu

min. -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --max. 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5

Typical 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 0.005 42 55 <0.1 <0.1





PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on bi-metallic Fe clad Ni core wire. Good refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. The bi-metallic core wire minimises the risks of over-heating normally associated with NiFe MMA electrodes and produces excellent operability.Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.







CI-MET NiFeNIFE MM A ELECTRODE ON BI-METALLIC CORE WIRE


min. A 60 75 100max. A 80 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 100 – 150°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150° C, 3 cycles, 10h totalStorage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.15M ENiFe-CIBS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu

min. -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --max. 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5

Typical 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 <0.01 42 55 <0.1 <0.1



DS E-11-CI-MET NiFe| Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com340

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

55NiFeSOLID MIG WIRE FOR WELDING C AST IRONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for MIG welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Ni Fe Cu Co

Min. -- -- -- -- -- 52.0 bal -- --Max. 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.02 0.03 60.0 bal 0.5 2.0

Typical 0.05 0.7 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 58 40 0.01 0.05

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN 1071 S C NiFe-1


ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical values as welded MIG (Ar-5%CO2)


Elongation (%) 24Hardness (HV) 150


MIG Ar / Ar + 1-2%O2 / Ar + 2-25%CO2 / 100%CO2 DC+ 1.2 200A, 28V


MIG 15kg spool

FUME DATAMIG fume composition, wt %:

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)35 2 <0.1 30 <0.5 1.7

DS E-11-55NiFe | Rev. 01-03/16



Data Sheet E-20

ALLOY TYPE20%Cr-10%Ni-2.5%Mo weld metal composition designed for welding armour plate.

A R MOUR WELDING CONSUM A BLES

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDArmour plate: MVEE 816 (MoD)

Armox 816 (Swedish Steel)Compass B555 (Sleeman)

13%Mn (Hadfield steel): Abro M (Creusot)Red Diamond 14 (Spartan Redheugh)

< 0.4%C hardenable steel: BS970 709M40 (En19), 817M40 (En24), 826M40 (En 26),897M39 (EN40C) etc

Wear-resistant steels: Hardox 400 & 500 (Swedish Steel)ARQ360, A-R-COL (Corus)Creusabro 4000, Abro 360 and 500 (Creusot)ABR 500 (Taysteel)Red Diamond 20, 21, 22 (Spartan Redheugh)

ASTM: CF8MAlso for dissimilar combinations between the above and to standard stainless steels and CMn steels

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Armet 1 AWS E308Mo-16

FCWSupercore 20.9.3 AWS E308MoT0-1/4Supercore 20.9.3.P AWS E308MoT1-1/4

APPLICATIONSThese consumables are well-established and approved for armour welding. They deposit a modified austenitic stainless weld metal with moderately high ferrite content, giving strong, tough and crack-resistant welds in many other hardenable steels, often without the need for preheat. Applications include tanks, other military and security vehicles, general engineering components.They are also useful for welding many wear and abrasion-resisting steels, to avoid the need for ‘hydrogen control’ procedures, particularly for heavier sections and the harder types. In addition, the high work-hardening rate gives these welds good resistance to impact wear and scuffing. This feature can also be exploited for overlays combined with corrosion and wet abrasion resistance.Although the resistance to gouging abrasion of 13%Mn Hadfield steel is unique and arises from its extreme work-hardenability, these consumables have a long and successful history for the build-up and reclamation of this steel. It is an economic ductile buffer layer prior to hardfacing with high alloy weld metals such as chromium carbide types.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThere is no equivalent solid wire but the 307 types (data sheet E-21) provide the best alternative if required. For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-51), 307 (E-21) and 29.9 types (E-22) may also be suitable

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not generally required for CMn and low alloy steels with up to 0.3%C. However 50-200°C is recommended progressively with increasing base material thickness, hardenability and restraint.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONBecause of the high ferrite level (20 FN) and moderate carbon content (0.06%), these consumables are not suitable for cryogenic applications or structural service at temperatures exceeding about 300°C. Some loss of ductility will occur if weldments are post weld heat treated. They should not be confused with low carbon austenitic and duplex stainless alloys specifically designed for corrosion resistance. However, AWS A5.4 and A5.22 include the related E308MoL which may be used for ASTM CF3M castings when a higher ferrite type than 316L is required for improved stress-corrosion resistance. These consumables are used successfully for steels which are judged ‘difficult to weld’ on the basis of their carbon equivalent (CE). For example, armour plate and En26 have CE ~ 1, potentially up to 1.36 maximum for classical armour with nominal 0.3%C-2%Cr-0.5%Ni-0.4%Mo. Some proprietary armour steels are leaner, with CE 1 max. The greatly hardened HAZ of these steels is only partially tempered in a multipass weldment, resulting in high sensitivity to hydrogen (cold) cracking. By using a specially balanced austenitic consumable this problem is avoided, because very little hydrogen can diffuse from the weld into the HAZ. It is still helpful to apply some preheat since this will encourage self-tempering and reduce peak HAZ hardness. However, the presence of a hardened HAZ should be considered in relation to service conditions

MICROSTRUCTUREAustenite with ferrite 10 – 25FN, typically about 20FN

DS E-20 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com342

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile MMA electrode made on austenitic stainless steel core wire. High moisture resistance, designed and manufactured with low hydrogen technology to give weld metal with low potential hydrogen content.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




ARMET 1RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE FOR WELDING AR MOUR PL ATE


min. A 60 70 100 150max. A 90 120 170 230


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 5 1 4 < 0.2 16 1.2

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C..

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E308Mo-16)BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 10 3 R 32APPROVALS: MoD MVEE 1050 Class 1A and 1B


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN

min. 0.03 0.5 -- -- -- 18.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10max. 0.08 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 12.0 3.0 0.75 25

Typical 0.06 1.1 0.7 0.010 0.025 20 9.5 2.5 0.1 15



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded min. typical

Tensile strength (MPa) 620 670-7800.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 > 520

Elongation (%) 4d 35 > 405d 30 > 30

Reduction of area % -- > 25Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- > 55

-50°C -- > 45Hardness (HV) -- 220 *

* Increases to about 400 – 450HV on work hardening

DS E-20-ARMET 1 | Rev. 02-10/17

*Mn: 2.0 – 3.0 for AWS standard



DS E-20-SUPERCORE 20.9.3, 20.9.3P | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 20.9.3 combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 20.9.3P is designed for all-positional welding. including fixed pipework.Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

SUPERCORE 20.9.3, 20.9.3PRUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR WELDING AR MOUR PL ATE


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 F OES (mg/m3)

Ar+20%CO2 14 11 1 8 4 5 1.2

CO217 10 1 9.5 1 5 5


min. -- 0.5 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10max. 0.08 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.0 11.0 3.0 0.3 25

Typical 0.06 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.03 20 9.5 2.8 0.05 17

SPECIFICATIONSSupercore 20.9.3 Supercore 20.9.3.P

AWS A5.22M E308MoT0-1/4 E308MoT1-1/4BS EN ISO 17633-A T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 T 20 10 3 P C/M 2BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308Mo-FM0 TS308Mo-FM1APPROVALS: MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII




Elongation (%) 4d 30 355d 30 33

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 60Hardness cap/mid -50°C -- 50

HV -- 230 ** Increases to about 400 – 450HV on work hardening


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25 l/min. Proprietary gas mixtures may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.Current: DC+ve ranges as below, with Ar-20%CO2 (when using CO2, voltages need to be increased by 2-3V)

Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range Typical Stickout1.2 130A-25V to 250A-32V 180A-29V 15-20mm

1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm

PACKAGING DATASpools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: Supercore 20.9.3 - 15.0kg (1.2/1.6mm), Supercore 20.9.3.P - 12.5kg (1.2mm). The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite. Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.

www.metrode.com344

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-21 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-21

ALLOY TYPEStrong tough austenitic weld metal composition for dissimilar joints and buffer layers.

307 FOR DISSIMIL A R WELDS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAMetMax 307R AWS E307-2619.9.6Mn EN ISO E 18 8 Mn R

MIG 19.9.6Mn EN ISO G 18 8 Mn

APPLICATIONSMixed welding applications including the welding of mild, stainless, hardenable, and armour steels to themselves or each other with or without preheat. Tolerance to dilution (resistance to hot cracking) is provided by the high manganese content, unlike armour welding and 309 types which depend on a high ferrite level. In some cases, they may offer an alternative to high nickel weld metal in joints between cast iron and stainless steels. Weldments subject to PWHT retain ductility with satisfactory toughness down to -50°C. Reasonable scaling resistance up to 850°C.

Can be used as buffer layers to weld or reclaim 13% Mn (Hadfield) steel used in rock crushing plant and earth moving equipment. Buffer layer work hardens and can be used as a base for Workhard 13Mn or Methard 650 or 850. Has also been found satisfactory as buffer layer on cast iron prior to hardsurfacing.

Use as surfacing consumable which work hardens from 200 to 400 HV, suitable for repair of alloy rails, crossing parts, frogs etc. without need for preheat, however, the work-hardening rate is lower than 13% Mn steel and overlays of more than 1 layer may suffer unacceptable collapse under heavy rolling loads. In this case they may be used as a buffer under Workhard 13Mn.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSFor dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-51), armour welding consumables (E-20) and 29.9 types (E-22) may also be suitable.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat not generally required unless welding thick sections, except that HAZ properties of higher carbon hardenable steels should be taken into consideration in relation to service conditions.

When welding 13%Mn (Hadfield) steels in order to minimise embrittlement and cracking the work piece must be kept cool. This means that the following controls should be applied: no preheat, maximum interpass controlled to 150°C maximum, low heat input, small weld beads and cool with water if necessary.


MICROSTRUCTUREConsists of austenite with approximately 5FN.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDDissimilar combinations of CMn, stainless, hardenable, wear-resistant and armour steels. Also suitable for 13%Mn manganese (Hadfield) steel.



PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile high recovery, metal powder, electrode made on high purity steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound porosity free deposits.Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




METMAX 307RRUTILE HIGH RECOVERY MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 70 90 130 160max. A 115 155 210 260


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)19 11 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M E307-26BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 9 Mn Mo R 5 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 5QW4 42 A-No


min. 0.04 3.3 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 0.5 --max. 0.14 4.75 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.5 10.7 1.5 0.75

Typical 0.1 4.0 0.6 0.010 0.015 19 9.5 0.8 0.1



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded min. typical PWHT 600°C/2h


Elongation (%) 4d 30 40 --5d 25 36 --

Reduction of area % -- 45 --Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 85 --

-50°C -- 70 47Hardness HV -- 210 * --


DS E-21-METMAX 307R | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com346

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound porosity free deposits.Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




19.9.6MnALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 75 100max. A 90 120 155


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)18 15 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E307-16) Nearest classificationBS EN ISO 3581 E 18 8 Mn R 3 2


QW432F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)


min. -- 4.5 -- -- -- 17.0 7.0 --max. 0.20 7.0 0.80 0.025 0.035 20.0 10.0 0.75

Typical 0.12 5.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 18 9 0.4





Elongation (%) 5d 25 35Reduction of area % -- 40

Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 80Hardness HV -- 210 *


DS E-21-19.9.6Mn | Rev. 01-03/16



DS E-21-19.9.6Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

19.9.6MnSOLID WIRE FOR MIG AND SAW

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for MIG welding.


Min. -- 5.0 -- -- -- 17.0 7.0 -- --Max. 0.20 8.0 1.2 0.025 0.03 20.0 10.0 0.5 0.5

Typical 0.08 6 0.8 0.01 0.015 19 8.5 0.2 0.1


MIG Ar+5%CO2 * DC+ 1.2 220A, 26V

* Other proprietary shielding gases also suitable eg. Ar+2%O2, Ar-He mixtures etc


MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool

FUME DATAMIG fume composition, wt %:

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)30 26 12 3.5 <0.5 <01 3.8

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M Similar to ER307

(AWS ranges: 3.3-4.75%Mn, 19.5-22.0%Cr and 0.5-1.5%Mo)BS EN ISO 14343-A G 18 8 Mn

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded MIG: Ar + 5%CO2 SAW


Elongation (%) 4d -- 42 415d 25 40 40

Reduction of area % -- 52Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C -- 105 140

-50°C -- 65Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/210

www.metrode.com348

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-22 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-22

ALLOY TYPEAustenite-ferrite weld metal composition of nominally 29%Cr-9%Ni for dissimilar joints and difficult to weld steels.

29.9 FOR DISSIMIL A R WELDS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA 29.9 Super R (AWS E312-17)TIG/SAW 312S94 AWS ER312

FluxP2007 BS EN SA AF2 ACSSB BS EN SA AF2 DC

APPLICATIONSUse for welding medium and high carbon hardenable steels, of known or unknown specifications, for example tool steels, shafts, gear teeth, free-cutting steels, dissimilar alloy combinations, buffer layers, overlays etc.

Combination of high alloy and high ferrite content (40-50FN) gives extreme tolerance to dilution on a wide range of hardenable and alloy steels with minimum or no preheat. It has also been found useful for welding free-cutting steels or those with a low Mn:S ratio (especially < 20 or so), where other weld metals may fail to prevent hot cracking due to liquation at the fusion boundary.

Weld deposit work-hardens and gives good wear and friction resistance.

Useful for resistance to corrosion and to high temperature scaling up to about 1000°C, but not recommended for structural applications above 300°C or for welds to be post-weld heat treated, owing to embrittlement.

Not recommended for filling up heavy joints nor for sub-zero applications or where high notch toughness is required. In these cases, it is generally best to use the electrode for buttering only (preheat if appropriate), then fill with a more ductile austenitic type (no preheat needed) according to required properties.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSFor dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (data sheet B-50), 309Mo (data sheet B-51), armour welding consumables (data sheet E-20) and 307 types (data sheet E-21) may also be suitable.

WELDING GUIDELINESProcedure will depend on base material. Preheat not normally required for small components and buffer layers, although desirable for thicker high carbon steels to avoid possible HAZ quench cracking and to control peak hardness, 100-250°C.


MICROSTRUCTUREDuplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with about 40% ferrite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMedium and high carbon hardenable steels, tool steels and free-cutting steels.Eg. BS970 part 21: 080M40 (En8), 070M55 (En9), 709M40 (En19) etc.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAlthough 29.9 alloys have good resistance to high temperature oxidation, duplex high ferrite weld metal is subject to 475°C embrittlement above about 300°C and sigma embrittlement at higher temperatures. This alloy is therefore not used where high temperature structural service or PWHT is involved.



PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with acid rutile flux on matching 312 stainless steel core wire.Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.




29.9 SUPER RACID RUTILE MM A ELECTRODE


min. A 60 75 100 130max. A 90 120 155 210


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)8 4 1 8 0.2 17 0.6


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.4M (E312-17) nearest classificationBS EN ISO 3581 E 29 9 R 3 2


QW432F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

QW4 42 A-No


min. -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --max. 0.15 1.5 1.2 0.025 0.035 31.0 10.5 0.5 0.75

Typical 0.1 0.8 1 0.01 0.02 29 9.5 0.1 0.1





Elongation (%) 4d 22 * 265d 15 25

Reduction of area % -- 30Hardness HV -- 280

*Minimum elongation required by AWS not always obtained.A high tensile strength with moderate ductility is typical for multipass all-weld test specimens but these properties may be altered under conditions of high dilution from base material for which this electrode is intended. Dilution typically raises ductility.

DS E-22-29.9 SUPER R | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com350

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.

312S94SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND SAW


Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

30 12 9 22 <1 <1 2.3


min. -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --max. 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 32.0 10.5 0.3 0.3

Typical 0.1 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 30 9.3 0.1 0.1


Typical values as weldedTIG MIG

Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 2%O2


Elongation (%) 4d 21 25 105d 19 24 10

Reduction of area % 35 31 10Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 50 -- 27

Hardness HV 275 270 300


TIG Ar * DC- 2.4 120A, 14VMIG Ar + 2-5%CO2 ** DC+ 1.2 220A, 26V

SAW P2007 *** DC+ 2.4 350A, 30V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.** Ar – CO2 gases were found to produce better ductility than Ar – 2%O2 (see properties above).*** SSB also suitable.


TIG - 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube To orderSAW - 25kg spool 25kg spool -

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.9M ER312BS EN ISO 14343-A 29 9BS EN ISO 14343-B SS312

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 6QW4 42 A-No

DS E-22-312S94 | Rev. 01-03/16



DS E-30 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-30

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Deoxidised pure copper.

100Cu – PUR E COPPER

APPLICATIONS100Cu produces a deoxidised pure copper deposit for maximum thermal and electrical conductivity.Applications include plate for chemical plant and moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Single phase (fcc).

WELDING GUIDELINESApart from very thin material (<3mm thick) a preheat will be required. The required preheat will range from about 100°C at 6mm thick up to about 400/500°C for material 15mm thick.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al P

min 98.0 -- -- -- -- -- --max bal 0.50 0.50 1.0 0.02 0.01 0.15

typ 99 0.3 0.3 0.6 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical as welded TIG


Elongation 4d (%) 20Hardness (HV) 60

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.7M ERCuBS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 1898 / CuSn1

STORAGERecommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18°C.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDOxygen free copperBS grade C103, UNS C10200, ISO Cu-OF / Cu-OFS.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe copper silicon wire (data sheet E-31) is also used for welding copper when a more highly deoxidised filler is required.


TIG - 2.5kg spool 2.5kg spoolMIG 15kg spool - -

FUME DATAFume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

<1 2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 82 0.2


Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters

TIG He * DC- 2.4 250A, 15V **MIG Ar, He or Ar-He DC+ 1.2 300A, 28V **

* Ar can also be used but He produces deeper penetration, permits higher travel speeds and allows preheat to be reduced.** Higher currents will be required as material thickness increases, parameters given are suitable for material of about 6mm thickness.

www.metrode.com352

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-31

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Pure copper deoxidised with 3% silicon.

97CuSi – SILICON BRONZE

APPLICATIONS97CuSi silicon bronze has a wider range of general purpose applications than 100Cu, including overlaying of steels and cast irons.Applications include plate for chemical plant and moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Single phase (fcc).).

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is not required when welding silicon bronze and interpass temperature should be kept below 100°C.

If welding copper then preheat of about 100°C will be required for 6mm material increasing up to about 400/500°C for 15mm thick material..



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al Fe Zn P

min bal 0.5 2.8 -- -- -- -- -- --

max bal 1.5 4.0 0.2 0.02 0.01 0.50 0.4 0.05

typ 96 0.9 3 0.1 0.002 <0.01 0.04 <0.1 <0.01




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.7M ERCuSi-ABS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6560 / CuSi3Mn1


MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDGeneral purpose including phosphorus deoxidised copper, silicon bronze, nickel silver and some brasses.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe pure copper wire (data sheet E-30) is used for welding copper when optimum thermal or electrical conductivity is required.


TIG 2.5kg tube



<1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3



TIG Ar or He DC-* 2.4 200A, 15V**AC with argon provides optimum arc cleaning action



DS E-33 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-33

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONTin bronze alloy wire for welding similar tin bronze (phosphor bronze) alloys.

92CuSn – TIN BRONZE

APPLICATIONS92 CuSn tin bronze alloy wire is used for welding a range of copper base alloys to themselves and to CMn steels or cast irons, and also for the repair and joining of castings.It is also suitable, if low dilution is achieved, for weld surfacing to give a bearing surface and/or corrosion resistant overlay on steel components, shafts etc. Stainless steels should be avoided because chromium pick-up causes embrittlement.

MICROSTRUCTUREA multi phase copper base structure with complex eutectoids.

WELDING GUIDELINESThe tin bronze weld metal tends to be sluggish because of its wide melting range. Preheating to about 200°C can help improve fluidity when welding thick sections. To avoid hot cracking it is desirable to keep the interpass temperature below 200°C



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Cu Sn Pb Al P Zn Fe Ni

min bal 7.5 -- -- 0.01 -- -- --max bal 8.5 0.02 0.01 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.2

typ 92 7.8 0.01 <0.01 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.7M (ERCuSn-C)BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 5210 / CuSn8P



TIG 2.5kg tube



<1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3



TIG Ar DC- 2.4 250A, 15V


Tin bronzeUp to 10%Sn+0.5%P. BS PB101-103, UNS C50100-C52400

GunmetalsBS LG3, LG4, LPB1,(but >5%Pb leaded types difficult).

Bell metal Cu + 20-25%Sn.Brass Cu + 40%Zn, manganese bronze

www.metrode.com354

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-36 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-36

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

9% Al bronze for welding similar 5-11% Al alloys

90CuAl – A LUMINIUM BRONZE

APPLICATIONSFor welding 5-11% Al bronzes plus other copper alloys as listed above. For brasses the weld colour is similar and the presence of aluminium in the filler helps to suppress zinc volatilisation during welding.It can also be used to overlay CMn steels and cast irons to give wear and corrosion resistant bearing surfaces, or to join these to most copper base alloys.Applications include corrosion resistant and spark resistant pumps, castings, machinery parts, heat exchangers for offshore, marine and mining equipment.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition consists of a duplex α + β microstructure.

WELDING GUIDELINESFor aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required and maximum interpass temperature should be 200°C. When welding brass a preheat of 100-300°C should be used on thicker sections, the lower preheat temperatures being used for the high-zinc brasses.Although this wire is suitable for many dissimilar combinations of copper and ferrous alloys, care is necessary to minimise dilution by high chromium alloys such as stainless steels. The limited tolerance to chromium pick-up may cause embrittlement and cracking especially if bend tests are applied. In this situation low heat input buttering is beneficial.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Cu Al Fe Zn Si Pb

min -- 8.5 0.5 -- -- --max bal 11.0 1.5 0.02 0.10 0.02

typ 90 9 1.0 <0.01 0.02 0.004


Tensile strength (MPa) 550-6150.2% proof strength (MPa) 250-350

Elongation 4d (%) 21Reduction of area (%) 25

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.7M ERCuAl-A2BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6180 / CuAl10Fe



TIG - 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tubeMIG 15kg spool - - -


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

3 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3

Beryllium has a very low OEL (0.002mg/m3) so special precautions may be required when welding beryllium coppers.



TIG Ar AC 2.4 250A, 15V

MIG Ar, He or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2235A, 25V

(mean)


Aluminium bronze:UNS C61400, BS CA101-103,BS 1400 AB1 (cast), Alloy D.

Beryllium copper: Cu+ 0.5-2%Be; closest strength.Brass: Cu–Zn.Aluminium brass: eg. Yorkalbro Cu-22%Zn-2%Al.Manganese bronze: Cu + 20-45%Zn + 1-3%Mn.Silicon bronze: Cu + 1-3.5%Si,

(also see data sheet E-31).



DS E-37 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-37

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONCu-9%Al-5%Ni bronze for welding similar nickel aluminium bronze alloys.

80CuNiAl – NICK EL A LUMINIUM BRONZE

APPLICATIONS80CuNiAl wire deposits nickel aluminium bronze and is suitable for welding wrought and cast parent materials of similar composition. These alloys have high strength and resistance to stress corrosion, cavitation erosion, corrosion fatigue, and attack by acids and chlorides.Applications include corrosion resistant and spark resistant pumps, ship propellers, heat exchangers for offshore, marine and mining equipment.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition consists of a duplex α + β microstructure.

WELDING GUIDELINESFor aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required and maximum interpass temperature should be 150°C.Resistance to hot cracking in thick sections with high restraint is said to be inferior to plain aluminium bronze. An alternative is to fill with higher ductility aluminium bronze (data sheet E-36) and cap with 80CuNiAl.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)Cu Al Ni Fe Mn Si Zn Pb

min bal 8.50 4.0 3.0 0.60 -- -- --max bal 9.50 5.5 5.0 3.50 0.10 0.10 0.02

typ 82 9.3 4.2 3.3 0.8 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical As welded TIG


Elongation 4d (%) 19Reduction of area (%) 23

Hardness (HV) 220

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.7M ERCuNiAlBS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6328 / CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2




6 4 <0.1 3 <0.1 75 0.3



TIG Ar AC 2.4 250A, 15V

MIG Ar, He or Ar-He Pulsed 1.2235A, 25V

(mean)


ASTMC63200, C63000 (CA630), C95800 (cast), C95500 (cast), C95520 (cast).

BS CA104, CA105, AB2 (cast), Alloy E.

DIN2.0966 (CuAl10Ni), 2.0978 (CuAl11Ni), 2.0970 (G-CuAl10Ni), 2.0980 (G-CuAl11Ni)

MoD DGS 1043 Grade 2.


TIG - 2.5kg tubeMIG 15kg spool -

www.metrode.com356

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-45 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-45

ALLOY TYPEAlloy C is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel base alloy.

A LLOY C

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM A494 CW-12MW - A743/A744 CW-12MDIN 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)Also used for surfacing and overlays

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Nimax C AWS ENiCrMo-5A

APPLICATIONSThe weld deposit composition matches cast alloy C with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Wrought forms of this alloy (C276) have low C and Si, see data sheet D-30. Cast versions of the alloy typically have higher carbon and silicon (like the original wrought alloy C which is now obsolete) but repair welds are usually solution treated for optimum corrosion resistance.A controlled level of carbon raises strength and response to work-hardening. These properties extend to elevated temperatures, and with good resistance to impact and thermal fatigue the weld metal finds extensive use for surfacing or build-up of hot-work forging dies, especially where large volumes of weld metal must be deposited economically. It is also used as a buffer layer prior to surfacing with more exotic nickel or cobalt base alloys.Although these consumables are not intended for aggressive chemical plant applications this alloy has intrinsically high resistance to general corrosion, pitting attack and stress corrosion in high chloride environments such as seawater. It is useful for corrosion resistant overlays especially when combined with erosion or cavitation. These properties are also exploited for site repairs without preheat on high strength martensitic stainless steels used for hydro turbines.

MICROSTRUCTURESolid solution strengthened high nickel austenite with some carbides and microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld metal.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSAlloy C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also NiCrMo.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is not generally required but may be necessary for higher carbon hardenable steels. For best corrosion resistance interpass temperature should be kept below 150°C and heat input restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.




DS E-45-NIMAX C | Rev. 01-03/16

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with special metal powder rutile- basic flux coating on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

PACKAGING DATADiameter (mm) 5.0*


Pieces/carton 102

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded Typical Typical


Elongation 4d (%) 4 10-25Hardness (HV) -- 240

Work hardens to about 450HV.* Minimum properties are for ASTM A494 CW-12MW castings which are solution treated at 1120°C + WQ.

NIMAX CHIGH RECOVERY ALLOY C ELECTRODE PRIM ARILY USED FOR SURFACING

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VEDiameter (mm) 5.0

min. A 160max. A 260



STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5. 13M ENiCrMo-5ABS EN 14700 E Ni2

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 7 1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co

Typical 0.05 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 16 56 16.5 3.6 5.5 0.1 0.05 0.05


PB/2FPA/1G PC/2G

www.metrode.com358

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-50

ALLOY TYPEMartensitic hardfacing alloy producing a deposit of nominally 350HV hardness.

350 H A R DFACING CONSUM A BLES


These consumables are used for surfacing not joining. They can be used for surfacing many materials including structural steels (BS 4360), general purpose cast steels (BS 3100) and rail steels (BS 11).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Process Product SpecificationMMA Methard 350 (BS EN EFe1)FCW Hardcore 350 BS EN TFe1

APPLICATIONSThese consumables deposit weld metal with a hardness in the range 380-410HV; actual hardness depends on base metal composition and number of layers deposited.The deposit gives a wear resistant crack-free deposit suitable for conditions of moderate abrasion and friction coupled with resistance to heavy impactItems suitable for surfacing include slideways, trackwheels, rails, roller guides, couplings, brake drums and shoes, rope winches, caterpillar tracks, and clutch plates and cones.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists of martensite with some carbides.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat is not normally required but 100-200°C may be required with thick and/or complex sections particularly with low alloy base materials or where there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.




PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA surfacing electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux made on low carbon core wire. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

METHARD 350350HV HARDNESS MM A ELECTRODE FOR SURFACING


Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)16 5 1 18 1


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN 14700 E Fe1 (Nearest classification)


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Mo

Typical 0.3 0.2 0.2 3 0.1






ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:

Vickers (HV) 380-410Rockwell (HRC) 39-42

Brinell (HB) 360-390

Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.


min. A 80 100 140max. A 140 180 240

DS E-50-METHARD 350 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com360

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONA self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The lime-fluorspar flux fill eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

HARDCORE 350SELF-SHIELDED FLUX CORED WIRE FOR SURFACING

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN 14700 T Fe1


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Mo Al

Typical 0.25 2 0.1 1 0.2 1.7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:





No shielding gas is required.Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm2.8 300-500A, 27-35V 40-50mm

PACKAGING DATASpools in cardboard carton: 13kgWhere possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)18 8 <0.5 1 <1 8 5

DS E-50-HARDCORE 350 | Rev. 01-03/16



Data Sheet E-51

ALLOY TYPEMartensitic alloy for hardfacing producing a deposit of nominally 650HV hardness.

650 H A R DFACING CONSUM A BLES


These consumables are not used for joining they are used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They can be used for hardfacing many materials including structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield 13%Mn steel.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAMethard 650 (BS EN EFe2)Methard 650R (BS EN EFe2)

FCW Hardcore 650 BS EN TFe2

APPLICATIONSThese consumables give a hardfacing deposit with a hardness in the range 53-59 HRC dependent upon parent material dilution and the number of layers.It is particularly suitable for resistance to abrasion but will withstand a reasonable amount of impact damage and battering. Typical applications are bulldozer blades, excavator teeth, crusher jaws, buckets, scrapers and swing hammers in conditions of severe abrasion from soil, sand and crushed minerals, coupled with the risk of impact from large rocks and compacted materials.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists of martensite with some carbides

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat is not normally required but 100-200°C may be required with thick and/or complex sections particularly with low alloy base materials or where there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.For substantial build-ups on plain carbon or CMn steels 350 types (data sheet E-50) should be used as a buffer layer to reduce the risk of cracking or spalling.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONThe combination of a 307 type (data sheet E-21) buffer with two or more layers of 650 has proved to be particularly successful for excavation and crushing equipment in cement plants in areas where the high stress abrasion resistance of 13%Mn steel is inadequate.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 350 surfacing consumables (data sheet E-50) are used for less abrasion resistant applications where better impact resistance is required. The chromium carbide types (data sheet E-55) are used for more severe abrasion applications.

DS E-51 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com362

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile metal powder flux on a low carbon core wire.Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

METHARD 650MM A HARDFACING ELECTRODE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS




CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Mo V

Typical 0.7 0.6 0.4 8 0.6 0.5






ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate: 1 layer 3 layers

Vickers (HV) 600-700 700-760Rockwell (HRC) 55-60 60-63



min. A 80 100 140max. A 140 180 240


Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2

DS E-51-METHARD 650 | Rev. 01-03/16



PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONRutile high recovery metal powder flux made on pure low carbon core wire.Recovery is about 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

METHARD 650RHIGH RECOVERY MM A HARDFACING ELECTRODE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS




CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Mo V

Typical 0.4 0.3 0.8 8 1 0.6






ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate: 1 layer 3 layers 1 layer on high carbon steel

Vickers (HV) 560-600 620-680 580-640Rockwell (HRC) 53-55 56-59 54-57Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.The weld metal will retain its hardness up to about 450°C but then softens markedly at temperatures in the range 550-700°C.


min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240


Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2

DS E-51-METHARD 650R | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com364

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSelf-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

HARDCORE 650SELF-SHIELDED FLUX CORED WIRE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Mo Al

Typical 0.8 2 0.8 2.5 0.2 1.7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical all-weld metal hardness:






Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm



Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)18 7 <0.5 1.5 <0.5 12 5

DS E-51-HARDCORE 650 | Rev. 01-03/16



www.metrode.com DS E-53-METHARD 750TS | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-53

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

METH A R D 750T S – 750HV H A R DFACING CONSUM A BLE

APPLICATIONSThis electrode gives a Mo alloyed high speed tool steel deposit with hot hardness (up to 600°C), good toughness and crack resistance (similar to AISI M1).Used for the reclamation, repair and modification of high speed cutting and machining tools in either the as-welded, tempered or rehardened condition. New tools can be manufactured by overlaying mild or alloyed steel blanks, annealing to facilitate machining, quenching and tempering to required hardness.Applications include cutting and piercing tools, dies and drills, punches and knives, ingot tongs etc.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of partially tempered martensite with carbides and some retained austenite, which is reduced if double tempered.

WELDING GUIDELINESIt is possible to weld without preheat provided the electrodes are properly dried but preheats on the range 100-200°C will be necessary in thick or complex sections and when welding hardenable steelsFor machining the weld metal can be annealed (800°C + furnace cool) otherwise grinding is necessary. Rehardening is carried out by preheating slowly to 800°C then raising to 1200°C for 5 minutes followed by air or oil quenching (brittle condition); final temper can then be carried out to achieve required hardness.As-welded properties can be improved by tempering or double tempering. During heat treatment precautions should be taken against decarburisation.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo W V

min 0.5 -- -- -- -- 3.0 5.0 1.0 0.8

max 0.9 0.6 0.8 0.03 0.03 5.0 9.5 2.5 1.3

typ 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 4 8 1.7 1.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness: HRC HV

As welded 62 750Annealed (800°C + FC) <25 <270

Tempered (550°C/2 + AC) 60-65 700-850

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.13 EFe5-BBS EN 14700 E Fe4

STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.


Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)20 6 2 2 0.5 20 2.5


Various tool steels.Used for surfacing mild or low alloy steel blanks.




PA/1G


PB/2F PF/3GuPC/2G PE/4G


min. A 70 90 130max. A 115 155 210

www.metrode.com366

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-55 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-55

ALLOY TYPE

Chromium carbide hardfacing.

CHROMIUM C A R BIDE H A R DFACING

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDThese consumables are not used for joining they are used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They can be used for hardfacing many materials including structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield 13%Mn steel (with appropriate buffer layer).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


MMAMethard 850 BS EN EFe14Methard 950 BS EN EFe14

FCWHardcore 850 BS EN TFe15Hardcore 950 BS EN TFe15

APPLICATIONSThese consumables produce high carbon, high chromium, chromium carbide deposits with high hardness and resistance to extreme abrasion. They also exhibit high temperature stability with good oxidation resistance up to about 1000°C (although hot hardness above about 450°C is inferior to cobalt types); also have moderate corrosion resistance.Used for earth moving and dredging equipment, steel works equipment, sinter plants, cement works, sizing screens, augers, rolling mill guides, pump impellers, augers and feed screws; which are handling abrasive sands and sludges under conditions of extreme abrasion but limited impact

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-600HV) and chromium/complex carbides (approximate hardness 1500HV).

WELDING GUIDELINESUse with a stringer bead technique or a wide weave for maximum coverage. Thermal contraction stresses will normally cause some cold cracking (stress-relief checking). Preheating to 200-450°C and slow cooling can minimise surface cracking but not eliminate it. Build-ups should be restricted to two layers or a maximum of three (8mm maximum build-up). For large build-ups on low alloy steels, or any hardfacing on 13%Mn Hadfield steel, a buffer layer of 307 (data sheet E-21) should be used.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONDeposits are non-machinable or heat-treatable but can be ground. With the MMA electrodes a weave/wash technique produces a very smooth glass like surface which is highly resistant to fine hard powder abrasion.Hardness figures are quoted for all the products but these only provide a guide to expected performance, because of the complex nature of the chromium carbide weld deposit. Chromium carbide types have greater resistance to high stress abrasion than martensitic types of equivalent hardness.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPSFor lower abrasion resistance but better impact properties the 650 hardfacing types (data sheet E-51) are used. The cobalt hardfacing types (data sheet E-65) have superior hot hardness.



PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving freedom from porosity.Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.

METHARD 850MM A ELECTRODE PRODUCING A CHROMIUM C ARBIDE DEPOSIT


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN 14700 E Fe14


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W

Typical 3 0.8 1 25 2


PB/2FPA/1G




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness on mild steel: 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers

Vickers (HV) 450-500 600-700 650-750Rockwell (HRC) 45-50 55-60 58-62

Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions


min. A 110 150max. A 160 220



DS E-55-METHARD 850 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com368

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving freedom from porosity.Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.

METHARD 950MM A ELECTRODE PRODUCING A CHROMIUM C ARBIDE DEPOSIT





PB/2FPA/1G




ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness on mild steel: 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers

Vickers (HV) 475-575 675-750 700-850Rockwell (HRC) 48-54 56-62 60-66

Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.


min. A 110 150 190max. A 160 220 280




Typical 4 1.2 1 34 3

DS E-55-METHARD 950 | Rev. 01-03/16



PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSelf-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

HARDCORE 850SELF-SHIELDED HARDFACING FLUX CORED WIRE



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr

Typical 4.8 2.7 1.7 22

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:

55-59 HRCActual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.Maximum deposit thickness 8mm.



Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm




DS E-55-METHARD 850 | Rev. 01-03/16

www.metrode.com370

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSelf-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

HARDCORE 950SELF-SHIELDED HARDFACING FLUX CORED WIRE








Diameter (mm) Amp-Volt Range stickout1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr

Typical 5 3 1.5 27

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical all-weld metal hardness:

57-60 HRCActual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.Maximum deposit thickness 8mm (2-3 layers).

DS E-55-METHARD 950 | Rev. 01-03/16



DS E-58 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-58

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with rutile metal powder type flux made on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation. Recovery is about 200% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

METH A R D 1050 FOR H A R DFACING

APPLICATIONSThis electrode gives a high alloy complex chromium carbide deposit to produce very high hardness, resistance to extreme abrasion and thermal stability up to 600°C, coupled with reasonable corrosion resistance. The deposit is not machinable but can be ground if necessary.Used for equipment in contact with hot metal, slag and hot gases at temperatures in excess of 600°C. For applications requiring high resistance to thermal shock one of the cobalt based Cobstel types should be considered. For ambient temperature applications Methard 850 or 950 (E-55) are more economic alternatives.Used for surfacing slag crushers, ore processors, furnace guides, rollers and moulds, in the steel, ceramic, cement, pottery and glass industries.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-600HV) and a large proportion of chromium and complex alloy carbides (1500-2000HV).

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheat to 200-450°C and slow cool to minimise surface cracking. Use a stringer bead or wide weave for maximum coverage.Build-up is normally limited to 2 layers (maximum 3). Surface crazing or cracking (checking) is normal but can be minimised by preheating and slow cooling. For large build-ups or any surfacing on 13%Mn steels use a buffer layer of a 307 type (data sheet E-21).



typ 4.5 0.2 1 28 12

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness: HRC HV

As welded 62-66 750-850These values are for guidance only actual hardness is dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.


STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory. For electrodes that have been exposed:Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C


Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)

25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDSurfacing of mild and low alloy steels.





min. A 110 150max. A 160 220


PB/2FPA/1G

www.metrode.com372

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-60-WORKHARD 13Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-60

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made on low carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

WOR K H A R D 13MN

APPLICATIONSWorkhard 13Mn electrode deposits a fairly soft ductile weld metal which rapidly work hardens under heavy impact and battering to become wear and abrasion resistant. The parent steel, developed by Hadfield in 1883, is the oldest alloy steel and its resistance to gouging abrasion is exceptional and unique.Used for the reclamation, surfacing and joining of 13%Mn steel. Applications include dredger, bucket and grab tips; hammers and rolls in crushing plants; various equipment in quarries and other mineral extraction industries. Also used for rail track points, crossings and frogs; and prison bars.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists of a soft manganese alloy austenite which rapidly work hardens under impact loading.

WELDING GUIDELINESC and Mo are carefully controlled to minimise the risk of carbide embrittlement but the weld metal and particularly base material are susceptible to embrittlement when exposed to temperatures in the range 370-590°C. To minimise embrittlement and cracking the weld and work piece must be kept cool (below 150°C). Use no preheat, low heat inputs, small weld beads and cool with water, swabs or air blasts if necessary.A buffer layer, such as MetMax 307R, should be used prior to surfacing mild or alloy steels with WorkHard 13Mn. MetMax 307R should also be used as a buffer to avoid the need for large multi-pass deposits of WorkHard 13Mn.




Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)

19 23 0.1 10 2.2

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED13%Mn Hadfield steel. Used for surfacing other steels using a suitable buffer layer





min. A 80 100 140max. A 140 180 240


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.13 EFeMn-BBS EN 14700 E Fe9

PA/1G



ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical hardness: As deposited Work Hardened

Brinell (HB) 170-220 380-550Vickers (HV) 180-230 400-580

Rockwell 87-96 HRB 41-54 HRC

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Mo

min 0.5 11.0 0.3 -- -- -- 0.6max 0.9 16.0 1.3 0.03 0.03 0.5 1.4

typ 0.8 13 0.6 0.01 0.02 0.2 1



DS E-65-COBSTEL 6 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-65

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

COBSTEL 6 (ECoCr-A )

APPLICATIONSThis is the most widely used cobalt base type and combines good abrasion resistance with resistance to corrosion, erosion and thermal shock. It also has excellent resistance to galling, sliding friction and compression at all temperatures.It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear blades, punches and dies, ingot tong ends and equipment for handling hot steel. Used for cat cracker slide valves in petrochemical industry. Also finds applications in a very wide range of industries including steel, cement, marine and power generation.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides and other complex phases.

WELDING GUIDELINESFor smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used, but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable.Preheat in the range 100-300°C or higher with slow cooling may be required to avoid the risk of cracking in multi-run deposits and/or highly restrained conditions.Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be finished by grinding where necessary.




Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)

1 3 <1 11 18.5 1 9 0.5

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDUsed for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels; and also for nickel base alloys.Can also be used for the repair of UNS R30006, Stellite 6 (Deloro Stellite).




OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2

min. A 70 90max. A 115 155

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.13 ECoCr-ABS EN 14700 E Co2 (Nearest classification)

PA/1G


PB/2F


Typical as-welded hardness :Temperature, °C

+20 +400 +600 +800 +900Vickers (HV) 350-440 320 280 230 200

Rockwell 35-45 32 28 22 -Although the hardness reduces steadily with temperature oxidation resistance is good to in excess of 1000°C.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co

min 0.7 -- -- 25.0 -- -- 3.0 -- balmax 1.4 2.0 2.0 32.0 3.0 1.0 6.0 5.0 bal

typ 1.2 0.2 0.8 28 2 <0.5 4.5 3 60


www.metrode.com374

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-66 COBSTEL 8 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-66

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

COBSTEL 8 (ECOCR-E)

APPLICATIONSThis low carbon cobalt base type combines good high temperature strength with high ductility. The improved ductility provides better resistance to weld cracking than the high carbon types. It has high resistance to corrosion, oxidation and sulphidation; good resistance to cavitation-erosion and resists thermal shock better than high carbon types. Galling resistance is inferior to high carbon types but bed-in properties are better.It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear blades, hot work dies, ingot tong ends and equipment for handling hot steel. Used for cat cracker slide valves in petrochemical industry. Also finds applications in a very wide range of industries including steel, cement, marine and power generation.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides and other complex phases.

WELDING GUIDELINESFor smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used, but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable.Preheat not required, but advisable for first layer when deposited on hardenable alloy steels. Interpass control to ~200°C maximum is advisable to minimise possible hot cracking in heavy multipass deposits.Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be finished by grinding where necessary.




Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)

1 4 1 10 19 1 9 0.5

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDUsed for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels; and also for nickel base alloys.Can also be used for the repair of similar base materials (UNS R30021, Stellite 21 - Deloro Stellite, and BS 3146 ANC 14 castings) although it is optimised for surfacing not joining.



Pieces/carton 384

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)Diameter (mm) 3.2

min. A 90max. A 155

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.13 ECoCr-EBS EN 14700 E Co1UNS W73021

PA/1G


PB/2F


Typical as-welded hardness :Temperature, °C

+20 +400 +600 +800 +900

Vickers (HV) 320 210 170 110 100Rockwell 30 - - - -

The as-deposited room temperature hardness can be increased to 450HV (44HRC) by work hardening.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co

min 0.15 -- -- 24.0 2.0 4.5 -- -- balmax 0.40 1.5 1.0 29.0 4.0 6.5 0.50 5.0 bal

typ 0.3 0.2 0.6 26 3 5.5 <0.1 3 60



DS E-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-70

ALLOY TYPEConsumables for welding mild and CMn steels of 340-510MPa tensile strength.

MILD A ND CMn STEELS

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE


TIGER70S-2 AWS ER70S-2ER70S-3 AWS ER70S-3ER70S-6 AWS ER70S-6

FCW Metcore DWA 50 AWS E71T-1M

APPLICATIONSUsed for a diverse range of applications in general engineering and fabrication, pipework and pressure vessel fabrication. The flux cored wire also finds widespread use in ship and bridge building.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Predominantly ferrite

WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat and PWHT would often not be required but actual requirements will depend on grade and thickness of base material being welded.


RELATED ALLOY GROUPSThe 1%Ni consumables (data sheet A-40) are used for applications requiring better low temperature impact properties.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDAPI 5L grades A, B, X42, X52, X60ASTM/ASME A36; A106 grades A, B &C; A139; A210

grades A1 & C; A234 grade WPB; A334 grade 1, A216 grade WCA, WCB, WCC

BS EN 10025 grades S235 & S275BS 1449 pt 1 grades 1-15 & 34/20-43/25;

3059, 3601 & 3602 grades 320 & 360; 4360 grades 43 & 50; 1501 grades 151 & 161

DIN St37; St44; St50; St52

www.metrode.com376

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-70-ER70S-2 | Rev. 02-08/16

ER70S-2 MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This wire has extra deoxidation (Al, Ti & Zr) and is often referred to as ‘triple deoxi-dised’. This is claimed to have advantages for rimming or semi-killed steels and rusty or contaminated plate. Owing to the high levels of deoxidants some precipitation may occur in multipass welds, particularly following PWHT. Also suitable for subsequent vitreous enamelling, where the low carbon and the Ti+Zr suppress blistering of the enamel during stoving.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cu Al Ti Zr Ni Cr Mo V

Min. -- 0.90 0.40 -- -- -- 0.05 0.05 0.02 -- -- -- --Max. 0.07 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03

Typical 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.08 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESTypical as welded min typical

Tensile strenght (MPa) 480 6200.2% proof strength (MPa) 400 550

Elongation (%) 4d 22 23Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C 27 30*

Hardness cap/mid HV -- 220/240* Single values may be lower, particularly after PWHT**






Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5


SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.18M ER70S-2BS EN ISO 636-A (W 2Ti) nearest classification




DS E-70-ER70S-3 | Rev. 01-03/16

ER70S-3MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a higher carbon double deoxidised wire with Mn and Si which produces reliable impact properties.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V

Min. 0.06 0.90 0.45 -- -- -- -- -- -- --Max. 0.15 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03

Typical 0.1 1.1 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005



Elongation (%) 4d 22 34Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C 27 180





TIG to order to order




SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.18M ER70S-3BS EN ISO 636-A W 42 5 W2Si


www.metrode.com378

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-70-ER70S-6 | Rev. 02-08/16

ER70S-6 MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSolid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a good general purpose filler wire, double deoxidised with higher levels of Mn and Si, providing reliable impact properties.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V

Min. 0.06 1.40 0.80 -- -- -- -- -- -- --Max. 0.12 1.60 1.15 0.025 0.035 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03

Typical 0.08 1.5 0.85 0.015 0.01 0.15 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005



Elongation (%) 4d 22 34Impact ISO-V(J) - 30°C 27 180









SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.18M ER70S-6BS EN ISO 636-A W 42 5 W3Si1




PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONFlux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions, including positional pipework. The wire is designed for standard mild and CMn steels. Suitable for single-sided welds on ceramic backing systems. Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g. Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.

METCORE DWA 50ALL-POSITIONAL CMn RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE

DS E-70-METCORE DWA 50 | Rev. 01-03/16


min. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --max. 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.04 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08

Typical 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 < 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02


As welded (PWHT with caution) Min*Typical

as-welded 600°C/4h Tensile strength (MPa) 510-650 580 575


5d 18 25 30Reduction of area % -- 70 --

Impact ISO-V(J) 0°C -- 150 140-20°C 27 90 45

Hardness (HV) -- 200 --*As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-1M as-welded. Since toughness may be reduced by PWHT, batch testing (to order) is advised to confirm specific requirements.

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.20M E71T-1MAWS A5.36M E71T1-M21A0-CS1-H4BS EN ISO 17632-A T 422 PM1 H5BS EN ISO 17632-B T492T1-1MA-H5


OPERATING PARAMETERSShielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. Current: DC+ve ranges as below:


PACKAGING DATASpools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.


Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)36 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 2 5

www.metrode.com380

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

& R

EPAI

R

DS E-71 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-71

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONSpecial low strength MMA electrode made with a basic low hydrogen coating on pure iron core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives weld metal hydrogen content <5ml/100g. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ULTR A MILD

APPLICATIONSUltramild gives a soft, ductile low strength weld metal designed to absorb high shrinkage strains and minimise the build-up of residual stresses. It is a basic low hydrogen electrode with the lowest levels of alloying, microalloying and deoxidation compatible with satisfactory radiographic quality, resulting in ductile weld metal of about 300MPa yield strength.Applications include repair of fabrication-induced cracks in CMn and low alloy steels, buttering layers to avoid lamellar tearing in areas of high restraint, restrained root runs under adverse conditions of low ambient temperature (-20°C) and minimal or no preheat, and welding of steel conductor rails requiring high electrical conductivity.

MICROSTRUCTUREIn the as-welded and PWHT conditions, the microstructure consists of low strength ferrite.

WELDING GUIDELINESPreheating requirements will be dependent on the grade and thickness of the base material.




Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)

15 3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 17 5

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMild and CMn steels.





min. A 70 80 100max. A 110 140 180

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No 71QW442 A-No 1

SPECIFICATIONSAWS A5.1M E6018 H4

PA/1G



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb V

min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --max 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.015 0.020 0.10 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05

typ 0.02 0.4 0.3 0.010 0.010 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONAlthough Ultramild has tensile properties which match those of the commonly used low strength grades of structural and pressure vessel steels, it would not normally be chosen for the complete welding of highly stressed or pressure containment welds. It can, however be used to advantage in the repair of such welds particularly in root areas, buttering layers, and the filling of deep grooves where the high restraint can be absorbed in the weld metal and so minimise the risk of cracking. The bulk of the joint can be completed using the usual higher strength consumable without any loss in performance resulting from the use of Ultramild.



Elongation (%)4d 22 335d -- 29

Impact ISO-V(J)+20° -- 200-20°C -- 100-30°C 27 45




DS E-72 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet E-72

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONMMA electrode with a special rutile alumino-silicate flux on high purity mild steel core wire. In common with E6013 type electrodes, the as-deposited weld metal hydrogen may exceed a hydrogen potential of 15ml/100g.Metal recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

NILSIL

APPLICATIONSNilsil deposits mild steel weld metal with a very low silicon content of 0.10% maximum. It is designed specifically for the fabrication and repair of hot-dip zinc galvanising baths and lead pots. The steels used for these applications are usually either Armco iron, aluminium killed or rimming steel which are almost silicon free.A low silicon content is necessary to resist corrosion/erosion by molten zinc at the operating temperature of 450-500°C, particularly at the molten metal/air interface. Residual zinc may also attack pots used for molten lead. Weld metals with more than 0.10% silicon are particularly subject to attack and at 0.4% silicon a four-fold increase would be typical. Manganese in the weld metal is also held at the optimum of about 0.5%.Nilsil is also recommended for welding articles made from low silicon galvanising steels intended for subsequent bright zinc coating. Welds of a higher silicon content can give a dull and uneven surface.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Ferritic


STORAGE3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin satisfactory for longer than 8h working shift. For electrodes that are damp:Redry 100-120°C/1-2h. Maximum 150°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60% RH, >18°C.


Fe Mn Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)

25 5 <0.2 <0.1 <2 5

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDLow silicon steels.BS 2858.Armco iron.





min. A 70 80 100 140max. A 110 140 180 240

* Analysed silicon will include a small proportion present as non-metallic silicate inclusions. Alloyed silicon is therefore lower than analysed.

ASME IX QUALIFICATIONQW432 F-No QW442 A-No

SPECIFICATIONSNo relevant national specifications, nearest AWS A5.1 E6013

PA/1G



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si * S P

min -- 0.2 -- -- --max 0.10 0.8 0.10 0.03 0.03

typ 0.05 0.5 0.06 0.01 0.02Sizes larger than 3.2mm not recommended for positional

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONIn the process of hot-dip galvanising, a thin bonding layer of Fe-Zn alloy is formed at the steel interface. Silicon content of the steel has a controlling influence on the Fe-Zn reaction and coating quality. Modern zinc baths may have about 0.1%Ni added to improve brightness of coatings on higher silicon steels.



Elongation (%) 4d 30Reduction of area % 60

FLUX

www.metrode.com382 DS F-01 | Rev. 02-03/16

Section F : FLUXES FOR SUBMERGED ARC WELDINGMETRODE PRODUCTS LTDHANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEYSURREY, KT16 9LL, UKTel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168Email: [email protected]: www.metrode.com

FLU X ES FOR USE W ITH LOW A LLOY CrMo, STA INLESS STEEL A ND NICK EL B A SE W IR ES

This section includes submerged arc welding (SAW) fluxes for CrMo low alloy steels, austenitic stainless steels, duplex and superduplex stainless steels and nickel base alloys. The data sheets in this section include data specific to the flux, further information on the wires and strips can be found on the relevant alloy data sheet in Sections A, B, C, D & E.An indication of the basicity of the fluxes is given using a basicity index (BI) the most common of which is the Boniszewski index which is calculated from the molecular weight of each component using the following formula:

Flux consumption will vary slightly from one flux to another and also with welding parameters, the consumption increasing as the voltage increases. As a general approximation about 1kg of flux is consumed for every kg of wire melted; for estimation purposes a flux:wire ratio between 1 & 2 is normally used. The unfused flux can be recycled but the recycled flux should be limited to about 10% of the blend to avoid the build-up of fines.There is a European specification (BS EN ISO 14174) for the classification of fluxes and also a DIN specification both of which allow a flux to be classified according to its characteristics. ASME/AWS does not have any standards for the classification of a flux they only classify wire-flux combinations. The ASME/AWS standards currently only cover mild and low alloy steel wire–flux combinations; there are no ASME/AWS standards for stainless steel or nickel base wire-flux combinations.

CaO + MgO + BaO + CaF2 + Na2O + K2O + 0.5(MnO + FeO)

SiO2 + 0.5(Al2O3 + TiO2 + ZrO2)

DataSheet Product AWS Classifications AWS Classifications

EN / EN ISO Classifications

F-11 LA436 General purpose flux for low alloy and Cr-Mo steels -- S A AB 1F-14 LA490 High basicity flux for P91 and P92 -- S A FB 1F-20 SSB Flux for duplex and superduplex stainless steel -- S A AF 2F-22 P2007 Flux for general purpose stainless steel -- S A AF 2F-30 NiCu Basic flux for alloy 400 -- S A CS 2F-35 NiCr Basic low silica flux for nickel alloys -- S A FB 2


FLUX

DS F7-11 - LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet F-11

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONNeutral, aluminate basic, agglomerated flux.Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6.

L A 4 36 FLUX


The base materials to be welded include ASTM A335 P11, P22 and P36.

APPLICATIONSThe LA436 flux is designed for welding low alloy and creep resisting CrMo steels (eg. data sheets A-12, A-13 and A-23). LA436 flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. LA436 shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4% with a 1%Mn wire (in accordance with BS EN ISO 14174).

WELDING GUIDELINESThe appropriate preheat or interpass temperature controls will be dependent on the material being welded, guidelines can be found on the data sheet for the appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if required, will also be found on the appropriate wire data sheet.


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 S A AB 1 67 AC H5


STORAGEPreferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH, >18°C. If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for 1-2 hours.

FUME DATASAW fume is negligible.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo

1NiMo 0.06 1.9 0.5 <0.01 <0.02 -- 0.9 0.51CrMo 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 -- 0.52CrMo 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 -- 1.09CrMo 0.07 0.5 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 9.0 0.1 0.9

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESPWHT

Wire 1NiMo 1CrMo 2CrMoTensile strength (MPa) 680 620 640

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 560 535 560Elongation (%) 4d 30 25 24Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 140 >100 >100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.Suitable for single or tandem wire, with a current carrying capacity of 700A. Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed.

PACKAGING DATAMetrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.

FLUX

www.metrode.com384 DS F-14 - LA490 | Rev. 03-02/17

Data Sheet F-14

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONAgglomerated fluoride basique flux for 9% chromium creep resisting steels.Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~3.0. Particle size is 0.2–2.0mm. Nominal composition of the flux is:

36%(CaO+MgO) + 27%(CaF2) + 30%(SiO2 +Al2O3)

L A 490 FLUX

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDMajor application is for welding modified 9CrMo (P91 and P92) creep resisting steels (data sheet A-17 and A-20).

APPLICATIONSThe LA490 flux is metallurgically neutral with respect to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux depositing low diffusible hydrogen content weld metal and hence is suitable for thick section joints. Also suitable for tandem and multi-wire welding systems.

WELDING GUIDELINESGuidelines will depend on the material being welded. For further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet eg. for modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire see data sheet A-17 and for P92 using 9CrWV wire see data sheet A-20.


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 1 55 AC H5


STORAGEPreferred storage conditions for open packaging: <60%RH, >18°C. If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C for 1-2 hours.


TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Others

9CrMoV-N 0.09 0.7 0.2 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.6 1.0 0.05 0.2V, 0.05 Nb9CrMoV 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.005 0.008 8.6 0.3 1.0 0.05 0.2V, 0.04 Nb9CrWV 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.006 0.008 8.6 0.6 0.4 0.04 1.7W, 0.14V, 0.054Nb, 0.001B

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES760°C/2h

Wire 9CrMoV-N 9CrMoV 9CrWVTensile strength (MPa) 720 700 710

0.2% proof strength (MPa) 610 570 580Elongation (%) 4d 25 24 24Impact ISO-V(J) +20°C 60 60 45

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.

PACKAGING DATAMetrode LA490 flux is supplied in hermetic moisture resistant "SaharaTM” bag.


FLUX

DS F-20 - SSB | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet F-20

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Nominal composition of the flux is:40%(Al2O3+MnO) + 10%(SiO2+TiO2) + 50%(CaF2). The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of Mn and Cr.

SSB FLUX

APPLICATIONSSSB flux is designed specifically for the butt welding of stainless steels, where high integrity and good mechanical properties are required

WELDING GUIDELINESSpecific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded but for most alloys that SSB flux is used with no preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels the maximum recommended interpass temperature is 250°C but for duplex and superduplex this would normally be restricted to 100-150°C maximum.


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 DC




TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Others

308S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -

309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 12.5 - 0.1 - -ER329N 0.02 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15 -

Zeron® 100X 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.21 0.7 W

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIESWire 308S92 347S96 316S92 309S92 ER329N Zeron® 100X


Elongation (%) 4d 41 35 41 35 30 25Impact ISO-V(J) -130°C 50* - 45 - - -

-100°C - 30 - - - --50°C - - - 70 55 40

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSDesigned for DC+ only with wires up to 4mm diameter and ~750A. However wires for the materials listed below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of ~600A; with ER329N and Zeron® 100X the wire diameter is further restricted as are the welding parameters, see alloy data sheets for further infor-mation.Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.

PACKAGING DATAMetrode SSB flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDSuitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data sheet B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), 316L (data sheet B-32), duplex (data sheet B-60) and superduplex (data sheet B-61); see wire data sheets for further information.

For -196°C impact properties with austenitic stainless steel wires P2007 flux is preferred (see data sheet F-22) and batch testing of the selected wire-flux combination is recommended.

FLUX

www.metrode.com386 DS F-22 - P2007 | Rev. 03-10/17

Data Sheet F-22

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6. The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of Mn and Cr.

P 2007 FLUX

APPLICATIONSP2007 flux is designed for the butt welding of stainless steels, and also for surfacing/cladding applications involving stainless steel wires.

WELDING GUIDELINESSpecific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded but for most alloys that P2007 flux is used with no preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels the maximum recommended interpass temperature is 250°C but this may be restricted to 100-150°C maximum for some applications.


SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 64 AC




TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Others

308S92 0.02 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -ER308LCF 0.02 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -

347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -

ER316LCF 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 - 0.1 - -

ER329N 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17 -62-50 0.006 0.1 0.4 0.004 0.005 21.5 64.5 8.7 0.05 - 3.8 Nb

HAS C276 0.01 0.5 0.2 0.002 0.006 15.0 57.5 15.6 0.02 - 3.7 W

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIESWire 308S92 ER308LCF 347S96 316S92 ER316LCF 309S92 ER329N 62-50 HAS C276

Tensile strength (MPa) 570 550 630 570 560 600 780 780 7300.2% proof strength (MPa) 425 390 450 425 400 450 600 520 470

Elongation (%) 4d 40 41 35 40 41 35 29 40 43Impact ISO-V(J) -50°C - - - - - 60 50 (>35) - -

-75°C - - 30 - - - - - --100°C 50 - - 45 - - - - --196°C - 45 - - 40 - - 100 80

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSDesigned for DC/AC with wires up to 4mm diameter and ~700A. However wires for the materials listed below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of ~600A; see alloy data sheets for further information.Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.

PACKAGING DATAMetrode P2007 flux is supplied as standard in sealed moisture resistant 25kg Sahara ReadyBagTM. It can also be supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums under special requirement.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDSuitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data sheet B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), and 316L (data sheet B-32); see wire data sheets for further information.


FLUX

DS F-30 - NICU | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet F-30

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONBasic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding and strip cladding using 65NiCu wire (AWS ERNiCu-7).

Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is 0.6. Particle size is 0.4 – 1.4mm. Nominal composition of the flux is:50%(SiO2) + 30%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 12%(CaF2) + 8%(Al2O3).

NiCu FLUX

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDASTM DIN

UNS N04400 2.4360UNS N04405 2.4361UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast)A494 M-35-1 (cast) ProprietaryA494 M-35-2 (cast) Monel alloy 400, R405,

K500 (Special Metals)Nicorros (VDM)BS

NA13NA1 (cast)

APPLICATIONSFor welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 with up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190, but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and ASTM A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ cracking. For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (3-6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) in weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct welds to mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with dilution control, although ERNiCr-3 wire is preferable and necessary for stainless and higher chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with pure nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is also useful when surfacing with alloy 400 consumables.Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater, inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids, hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include heat exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in the offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and power engineering industries.

MICROSTRUCTURESolid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic near room temperature.

WELDING GUIDELINESNo preheat required, maximum interpass temperature 150°C and no PWHT required.



CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)C Mn Si Cu Fe Ti Ni

Wire 0.07 3.8 0.4 29 0.15 2.0 baldeposit 0.02 3.6 1.3 29 2.5 0.6 bal

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIESAs welded typical


Elongation (%) 5d 45Impact ISO-V(J) + 20°C 100

SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 S A CS 2



TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC+, DC- or AC. 800A maximum.

PACKAGING DATAMetrode NiCu flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.

FLUX

www.metrode.com388 DS F-35 - NiCr | Rev. 01-03/16

Data Sheet F-35

PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONHighly basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding with a wide range of nickel base alloys (e.g. 20.70.Nb, 62-50 and HAS C276).Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~4.5. Nominal composition of the flux is:5%(SiO2) + 50%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 10%(CaF2) + 35%(Al2O3)

NiCr FLUX

APPLICATIONSNiCr flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. The high basicity ensures minimal loss of alloying elements, and the very low silica content produces low silicon weld metal and minimises the risk of hot cracking.

WELDING GUIDELINESNiCr flux is generally used on alloys that require no preheat, have a maximum interpass temperature of 150°C and do not require PWHT. Further information can be found on the data sheet for the respective alloy.



SPECIFICATIONSBS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 2

STORAGEPreferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH, >18°C.

If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for 1-3 hours.


TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERSCurrent: DC+, Dc- or AC; DC+ operation is preferred. Normally used for single wires up to 3.2mm diameter and up to 450A. Smaller wires and lower currents are normally used to minimise the risk of hot cracking, particularly for joining applications.

Typical parameters for joining with 1.6mm wire are:260A, 26V, 350mm/min travel speed.

PACKAGING DATAMetrode NiCr flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDEDWith appropriate wires nickel base alloy 625 (data sheet D-20), alloy 600 (data sheet D-10) and alloy C-276 (data sheet D-30) can be welded; see wire data sheets for further details.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Ti W

20.70.Nb 0.01 3 0.2 0.01 0.01 20.5 bal - 2.3 1 0.1 -62-50 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.01 0.01 21.5 bal 8.5 3.3 1 0.1 -

HAS C276 0.02 0.3 0.2 0.01 0.01 15.5 bal 15.0 - 5 - 3.7

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIESWire 20.70.Nb 62-50 HAS C276


Elongation (%) 4d 40 50 38Impact ISO-V(J) -196°C 100 80 76


OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com

“Families” of related consumables are identified with brand names which are briefly described below.Armet Armour welding electrodeChromet Chromium-molybdenum low alloy electrodesCobstel Cobalt-base stellite type electrodesCormet Chromium-molybdenum flux and metal cored wiresCupromet Copper and cupronickel electrodesHardcore Hardfacing cored wiresKS Suffix for all-positional (generally basic) electrodes with emphasis on pipeworkMethard Hardfacing electrodesMetmax Stainless high recovery electrodes made on mild steel core wireNimax Nickel-base high recovery electrodes made on nickel core wireNimrod Nickel-base electrodesSuper R Stainless rutile electrodes (25.20 and 29.9 only)Supercore Stainless, Nickel base and P91, P92 gas-shielded flux cored wiresSupercore P All-positional stainless gas-shielded flux cored wiresSupermet Stainless (acid) rutile electrodesSupermig Stainless (high silicon) solid MIG wiresThermet High temperature austenitic electrodesTufmet Low alloy electrodes for sub-zero toughnessUltramet Stainless rutile all-positional electrodesUltramet B Stainless basic all-positional electrodesUltramet P Fully positional (including vertical down) pipe welding electrodes, suitable for root weldingVertamet Stainless (acid) rutile vertical down electrodesWorkhard Hardfacing electrodes with ability to work-harden

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

FA MILY N A MES

SY MB OLS OF THE ELEMENT S

Al aluminiumAr argonAs arsenicB boronBi bismuthC carbonCb columbium (niobium)Cr chromium

Cu copperF fluorineFe ironH2 hydrogenHe heliumMg magnesiumMn manganeseMo molybdenum

N nitrogenNb niobiumNi nickelO2 oxygenP phosphorusPb leadS sulphurSb antimony

Si siliconSn tinTa tantalumTi titaniumV vanadiumW tungstenZn zincZr zirconium

OTHE

R IN

FORM

ATIO

N

www.metrode.com390


A ampsAC alternating currentAFNOR l'Association Française de Normalisation (French Standards Association) ASME American Society of Mechanical EngineersASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM specifications form ASME Code II parts A and B)AW as-weldedAWS American Welding Society (AWS specifications form ASME Code II part C) BS British StandardBS EN British Standard Euronorm (progressively superseding BS)CTOD crack tip opening displacement (measurement of fracture toughness)DC+/-ve direct current, electrode positive/negativeDIN Deutsche Institut für Normung (German Standards Institute)FCAW Flux Cored Arc WeldingFCW Flux Cored WireFN Ferrite Number (FN = % ferrite up to 8FN, 18FN = 15% ferrite)GMAW Gas Metal Arc Welding (= MIG/MAG)GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (= TIG)HAZ heat affected zoneHB hardness, Brinell scaleHRC hardness, Rockwell C scaleHV hardness, Vickers scale (= VPN, Vickers Pyramid number); also horizontal-vertical welding positionISO International Organisation for StandardisationJ Joule (unit of energy in Charpy test or heat input, 1 watt-second)kJ/mm kilojoules per mm: heat input = V x A x time (sec) divided by 1000 x ROL (mm)ksi (=1000psi) kilopounds per square inch (1ksi = 6.895N/mm2) LNG liquefied natural gasLPG liquefied petroleum gasMAG Metal Active Gas welding (= GMAW) MCWMCW Metal Cored WireMIG Metal Inert Gas welding (= GMAW)MMA Manual Metal Arc welding (stick electrodes = SMAW)MPa (=N/mm2) megapascals (=Newtons per square mm ), (1N/mm2 = 0.145 ksi) NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers (USA)OCV open circuit voltage for AC operationPREN Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent Number (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N)PREW Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 1.75%W + 16%N) PWHT post weld heat treatment (usually equivalent to stress-relief)RCC-M Design and Construction Rules for Mechanical Components of PWR Nuclear islandRH relative humidity, % ROL run-out length, mmSAW Submerged Arc WeldingSMAW Shielded Metal Arc Welding (stick electrodes = MMA) TIG Tungsten Inert Gas (= GTAW)TÜVV voltsWH work hardenedWRC Welding Research Council> greater than (prefix)< less than (prefix)~ approximately (prefix)

A BBR E V I ATIONS


OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com


W ELDING POSITIONS

Downhand / gravity


Standing Fillet

Horizontal vertical

Vertical up Vertical down

Overhead

SYMBOLS USED ON DATA SHEETS FOR WELDING POSITIONS – ASME (BS EN)

W ELDING POSITIONS

Some welding engineers prefer to use the standard AWS/ASME terminology for welding positions – some use a general description – some use a mixture of both!It is useful in describing welding procedures if we all understand each other. This chart shows the basic AWS/ASME (and BS EN) welding positions, together with the outline descriptions. The AWS/ASME positions are described in ASME IX and the European terminology is used in BS EN 287-1 and defined in ISO 6947.

ASME (BS EN) POSITIONS

GROO

VE W

ELD

FLAT

FILLE

T WEL

D

HORIZONTAL VERTICAL OVERHEAD

Pipe is rotated while welding

Inclined position 45°

PH / 5GuPJ / 5Gd

HL-045 / 6GuJL-045 / 6Gd

FOR P

IPES

OTHE

R IN

FORM

ATIO

N

www.metrode.com392


CONSTITUTION DI AGR A MSSCHAEFFLER DIAGRAM

WRC 1992 DIAGRAM

The WRC-1992 diagram predicts ferrite content for a wide range of stainless weld metal compositions, including duplex and superduplex types.Weld metals solidifying in the FA and F regions have best resistance to hot cracking; those in the fully austenitic region (A) are most sensitive.When nitrogen content is unknown (and not intentionally added) assume 0.08%N for gas-shielded MIG/FCW, 0.12%N for self-shielded FCW, and 0.06%N for all other purposes.

Ni e

qu. =

%Ni

+ 35

x%C

+ 20x

%N

+ 0.2

5x%

Cu


OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com


CON V ER SIONS

APPROXIMATE ELECTRODE SIZE EQUIVALENTSDiameter

mm inch inch SWG0.8 1/32 0.031 210.9 - 0.035 -1.0 - 0.039 191.2 3/64 0.047 181.6 1/16 0.063 162.0 5/64 0.078 142.4 3/32 0.094 122.5 - 0.098 -3.0 - 0.118 113.2 1/8 0.125 104.0 5/32 0.156 85.0 3/16 0.188 66.0 1/4 0.250 4

Lengthmm inch

200 8

230 9

250 10

300 12

350 14

380 15

450 18

LENGTHS OF TIG WIRE PER KILOGRAM*Diameter

mm m/kg0.8 260

1.0 158

1.2 114

1.6 65

2.0 40

2.4 29

3.2 16

4.0 10* Based on ferrous alloys with a density of ~8g/cm3Note: 2.2mm diameter Superoot 316L has ~30 lengths per kg

APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORSTo convert into multiply by

Generalinch (in) millimetre (mm) 25.4

millimetre (mm) inch (in) 0.0394foot (ft) metre (m) 0.3048

metre (m) foot (ft) 3.281pound (lb) kilogram (kg) 0.4536

kilogram (kg) pound (lb) 2.205ton tonne 1.0161

imp gallon litre (l) 4.546cubic foot (cu ft) litre (l) 28.32

cubic foot/hour (cfh) litre/min (l/min) 0.472litre/min (l/min) cubic foot/hour (cfh) 2.12

Stresstonf/in2 N/mm2 (= MPa) 15.44

kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 9.807ksi (=1000 lbf/in2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 6.895N/mm2 (= MPa) tonf/in2 0.0647N/mm2 (= MPa) kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) 0.102N/mm2 (= MPa) ksi (=1000 lbf/in2) 0.145N/mm2 (= MPa) hbar 0.1

Impact energyft lbf J 1.356kgf m J 9.807kgf m ft lbf 7.233

J ft lbf 0.7376J kgf m 0.102

ft lbf kgf m 0.1383Temperature

°C = 5/9 x (°F – 32)°F = (°C x 9/5) + 32°K = °C + 273

DELONG DIAGRAM

OTHE

R IN

FORM

ATIO

N

www.metrode.com394


CON V ER SIONS

APPROXIMATE HARDNESS CONVERSION (BASED ON ASTM E140)Rockwell B Rockwell C Vickers Brinell Products of approximately equivalent hardness

55 - 100 10060 - 107 10765 - 116 11670 - 125 12575 - 137 13780 - 150 150 CI Soft Flow Ni85 - 165 165 Ultramild90 - 185 185 CI Special Cast NiFe95 - 210 210 308L, 316L, 307 (AW)

100 ~20 240 240 Nimrod/Nimax C (AW), P91/P92 (PWHT)- 22 248 247 625 (AW)- 25 266 253- 28 286 271 Railrod, 29.9 Super R, duplex- 30 302 286 Chromet 2 (AW), superduplex- 35 345 327 410NiMo (AW)- 40 392 371 Methard 350- 45 446 421 Cobstel 6, 625 (WH), 307 (WH), P91/P92 (AW)- 50 513 481- 55 595 560 Methard 650- 60 697 654 Methard 850- 62 746 688 Methard 750TS- 65 832 - Methard 950, Methard 1050- 68 940 -

TWI HARDNESS CONVERSION FOR DUPLEX AND SUPERDUPLEX60

50

40

30

20

10

0250200 350300 450400 500

Rock

wel

l C

Vickers Hardness

TWIE140

HRC = 0.091 HV - 2.4


OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com


STRENGTH ENERGY TEMPERATURE WEIGHTMPa ksi J ft.lbf °C °F kg lb

25 4 5 4 -269 -452 0.5 1.150 7 10 7 -196 -321 1.0 2.275 11 15 11 -175 -283 1.5 3.3

100 15 20 15 -150 -238 2.0 4.4125 18 25 18 -125 -193 2.5 5.5150 22 30 22 -110 -166 3.0 6.6175 25 35 26 -100 -148 3.5 7.7

200 29 40 30 -75 -103 4.0 8.8225 33 45 33 -60 -76 4.5 9.9250 36 50 37 -50 -58 5.0 11.0275 40 55 41 -40 -40 5.5 12.1300 44 60 44 -30 -22 6.0 13.2325 47 65 48 -20 -4 6.5 14.3350 51 70 52 -10 14 7.0 15.4375 54 75 55 0 32 7.5 16.5400 58 80 59 10 50 8.0 17.6425 62 85 63 20 68 8.5 18.7450 65 90 66 30 86 9.0 19.8475 69 95 70 40 104 9.5 20.9500 73 100 74 50 122 10.0 22.1525 76 105 77 75 167 10.5 23.2550 80 110 81 100 212 11.0 24.3575 83 115 85 125 257 11.5 25.4600 87 120 89 150 302 12.0 26.5625 91 125 92 175 347 12.5 27.6650 94 130 96 200 392 13.0 28.7675 98 135 100 225 437 13.5 29.8700 102 140 103 250 482 14.0 30.9725 105 145 107 275 527 14.5 32.0750 109 150 111 300 572 15.0 33.1775 112 155 114 325 617 15.5 34.2800 116 160 118 350 662 16.0 35.3825 120 165 122 400 752 16.5 36.4850 123 170 125 450 842 17.0 37.5875 127 175 129 500 932 17.5 38.6900 131 180 133 550 1022 18.0 39.7925 134 185 136 600 1112 18.5 40.8950 138 190 140 650 1202 19.0 41.9975 141 195 144 700 1292 19.5 43.0

1000 145 200 148 750 1382 20.0 44.11025 149 205 151 800 1472 20.5 45.21050 152 210 155 850 1562 21.0 46.31075 156 215 159 900 1652 21.5 47.41100 160 220 162 950 1742 22.0 48.51125 163 225 166 1000 1832 22.5 49.61150 167 230 170 1050 1922 23.0 50.71175 170 235 173 1100 2012 23.5 51.81200 174 240 177 1150 2102 24.0 52.91225 178 245 181 1200 2192 24.5 54.01250 181 250 184 1250 2282 25.0 55.1

OTHE

R IN

FORM

ATIO

N

www.metrode.com396


PACK AGING A ND STOR AGE

The following shows the typical packaging used for the various processes with nominal dimensions taken from national standards (eg. EN ISO 544 and AWS A5.02). If packaging is critical then this should be confirmed at the time of order with our Customer Care Department.

MMA / SMAW ElectrodeStandard MMA packaging is hermetically sealed metal tins with a ring-pull top; tin weights vary depending on product and diameter. There are three tins to a cardboard carton.The tins are hermetically sealed and meet the definition for hermetically sealed containers given in AWS A5.5. If unopened, and appropriately stored, this packaging will maintain the electrodes in the as-packed condition for an indefinite period of time.Electrodes can be used directly from the tin without the need for rebaking. Once opened the tins can be closed using the plastic lid supplied and should be stored at >18˚C and <60% relative humidity. Redrying requirements are given on the data sheets for individual electrodes. MMA electrodes can, for selected products, also be supplied in Sahara Ready Packs®, an advanced vacuum packaging system.

TIG / GTAW WireStandard packaging for cut length TIG wire is 2.5kg or 5kg plastic tubes. Superoot flux cored TIG wire is packed in a 1kg plastic tube.TIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. Under normal storage conditions TIG wires do not present any handling difficulties.

MIG / GMAW WireStandard packaging for MIG wire is 12.5kg or 15kg 300mm diameter spools, in a cardboard carton. Some wires are also available on 0.7kg/1.0kg 100mm diameter mini-spools or 5kg 200mm diameter midi-spools. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.MIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. MIG spools should be properly handled and stored because any damage to spools can lead to feeding problems.

Flux Cored WireStandard packaging for flux cored wire is 15kg 300mm diameter spools, vacuum sealed in barrier foil and in cardboard carton. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.As supplied wires are adequately protected from moisture pick-up but once opened part-used spools need to be correctly stored. It is recommended that spools are removed from machines overnight and put in a controlled store. If an opened spool is to be stored for any period of time it should be adequately protected (in a plastic bag with desiccant) and held in a controlled store.

Submerged Arc WireStandard packaging for submerged arc wire is 25kg spools in a cardboard carton. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.

Submerged Arc FluxStandard packaging for flux is 20kg, 22.5kg or 25kg plastic bags in a sealed metal drum; or 25kg bags.For most applications it is recommended that the flux be dried prior to use.


OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com


PACK AGING A ND STOR AGE

Type Code Nominal weight Outer diameter Inner diameter Outer width Bore diameter Pin hole(kg) d1 d2 b d3 d4 e1

Plastic - mini S100 0.7/1.0 100 - 45 16.5 - -Plastic – midi S200 5 200 55 50.5 55 44.5

Plastic S300 12.5/15 300 - 103 50.5 10 44.5Wire basket BS300 12.5/15 300 189 103 50.5 - -

Wire spool (adaptor) B300 12.5/15 300 180 100 - - -Submerged arc R435 20/25 435 300 90 - -

All measurements are in mm and are the nominal dimensions, for tolerances refer to international standards eg. AWS A5.02 or EN ISO 544

B300 (metal, requiring adaptor)

R435 (metal)

www.metrode.comwww.metrode.com398

INDE

XINDEX

INDE X 1 : PRODUC T DESIGN ATION

PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE100Cu E-30 35112Cr B-10 10212CrMoV A-19 5513.1.BMP B-10 10113.4.Mo.L.B B-11 10513.4.Mo.L.R B-11 10413.RMP B-10 10013CMV A-14 3117.4.Cu.R B-12 11017.8.2.RCF C-13 24117-4PH B-12 11219.9.6Mn E-21 3461CrMo A-12 151Ni A-40 731NiCu.B A-70 901NiMo.B A-23 6520.18.6.Cu.R B-47 16920.25.4.Cu B-40 15920.70.Nb D-10, D-11 286, 29021.33.MnNb C-40 2622205XKS B-60 19025.20 SUPER R C-30 25525.20.LR B-45 16625.35.4CNb C-50 2692507 B-62 2032507XKS B-62 20129.9.SUPER R E-22 3492CrMo A-13 242CrWV A-21 632Ni A-41 77308S92 B-30 118308S92(N) B-80 211308S96 C-10 228309S92 B-50 175309S92(N) B-83 219309S94 C-21 250310S94 C-30 257312S94 E-22 350316S92 B-32 131316S92(N) B-81 215316S96 C-13 244318S96 B-34 141347S96 B-31 12435.45.Nb C-60 27255NiFe E-11 3405CrMo A-15 3561-70 D-40 31162-50 D-20 29665NiCu D-60 32070CuNi D-70 32380CuNiAl E-37 355

PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGE82-50 B-42 16490CuAl E-36 35490CuNi D-70 32492CuSn E-33 35397CuSi E-31 3529CrMo A-16 389CrMoV A-17 469CrMoV-N A-17 459CrWV A-20 58ARMET 1 E-20 342CHROMET 1 A-12 12CHROMET 10MW A-18 51CHROMET 12MV A-19 54CHROMET 1L A-12 13CHROMET 1V A-14 30CHROMET 1X A-12 14CHROMET 2 A-13 21CHROMET 23L A-21 62CHROMET 2L A-13 22CHROMET 2X A-13 23CHROMET 5 A-15 34CHROMET 9 A-16 37CHROMET 91VNB A-17 44CHROMET 92 A-20 57CHROMET 9-B9 A-17 43CHROMET 9MV-N A-17 41CHROMET 9MVN+ A-17 42CHROMET WB2 A-25 69CI SOFT FLOW Ni E-10 335CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe E-11 338CI-MET NiFe E-11 339CMo A-10 10COBSTEL 6 E-65 373COBSTEL 8 E-66 374CORMET 1 A-12 19CORMET 10MW A-18 52CORMET 1V A-14 32CORMET 2 A-13 28CORMET 2L A-13 28CORMET M91 A-17 48CUPROMET N30 D-70 322E10018-D2 A-50 81E11018-M A-60 85E16.8.2-15 C-12 237E320LR-15 B-41 161E825L-15 B-42 163E9018-D1 A-50 80EPRI P87 D-87 328ER110S-G A-60 87ER16.8.2 C-12 238ER308LCF B-37 149


INDEX

www.metrode.com


PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGEER309Mo B-51 180ER316LCF B-38 154ER316MnNF B-33 137ER317L B-35 144ER329N B-60 191ER347H C-11 233ER410NiMo B-11 106ER690 D-41 314ER70S-2 E-70 376ER70S-3 E-70 377ER70S-6 E-70 378ER80S-B2 A-12 16ER80S-W A-70 91ER90S-B3 A-13 25FV520-1 B-12 109FV520-B B-12 111HARDCORE 350 E-50 360HARDCORE 650 E-51 364HARDCORE 850 E-55 369HARDCORE 950 E-55 370HAS 59 D-31 303HAS C22 D-32 306HAS C276 D-30 300LA436 FLUX F-11 383LA490 FLUX F-14 384METCORE DWA 50 E-70 379METCORE DWA 55E A-40 74METHARD 1050 E-58 371METHARD 350 E-50 359METHARD 650 E-51 362METHARD 650R E-51 363METHARD 750TS E-53 365METHARD 850 E-55 367METHARD 950 E-55 368METMAX 307R E-21 345MnMo A-23 66Mo.B A-10 9MT304H C-25 253NAG 19.9.L B-88 222NAG 19.9.L.R B-88 221NICKEL 2Ti D-50, E-10 317, 336NiCr FLUX F-35 388NiCu FLUX F-30 387NILSIL E-72 381NIMAX 182 D-10 285NIMAX B2L D-80 326NIMAX C E-45 357NIMROD 132KS D-12 292NIMROD 182 D-10 284NIMROD 182KS D-10 283NIMROD 190 D-60 319

PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGENIMROD 200Ti D-50 316NIMROD 59KS D-31 302NIMROD 617KS D-40 310NIMROD 625 D-20 294NIMROD 625KS D-20 295NIMROD 657 C-90 280NIMROD 690KS D-41 313NIMROD AKS D-11 289NIMROD C22KS D-32 305NIMROD C276KS D-30 299RAILROD A-80 92SA 1CrMo A-12 17SA 1NiMo A-23 67SA 2CrMo A-13 26SA 9CrMo A-16 39P2007 FLUX F-22 386SSB FLUX F-20 385SUPERCORE 16.8.2 C-12 239SUPERCORE 16.8.2P C-12 239SUPERCORE 20.9.3 E-20 343SUPERCORE 20.9.3P E-20 343SUPERCORE 2205 B-60 193SUPERCORE 2205P B-60 193SUPERCORE 2304P B-59 185SUPERCORE 2507 B-62 204SUPERCORE 2507Cu B-63 207SUPERCORE 2507Cup B-63 207SUPERCORE 2507P B-62 204SUPERCORE 308H C-10 229SUPERCORE 308HP C-10 229SUPERCORE 308L B-30 119SUPERCORE 308LCF B-37 150SUPERCORE 308LP B-30 119SUPERCORE 309L B-50 176SUPERCORE 309LP B-50 176SUPERCORE 309Mo B-51 181SUPERCORE 309MoP B-51 181SUPERCORE 316L B-32 132SUPERCORE 316LCF B-38 155SUPERCORE 316LP B-32 132SUPERCORE 316NF B-33 138SUPERCORE 317LP B-35 145SUPERCORE 347 B-31 125SUPERCORE 347HP C-11 234SUPERCORE 410NiMo B-11 107SUPERCORE 620P D-33 308SUPERCORE 625P D-20 297SUPERCORE F91 A-17 49SUPERCORE F92 A-20 60SUPERCORE M2205 B-60 192SUPERCORE WB2 A-25 70

INDEX


INDE

X


PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGESUPERCORE Z100XP B-61 199SUPERMET 16.8.2 C-12 236SUPERMET 2205 B-60 187SUPERMET 2205AR B-60 189SUPERMET 2506Cu B-63 206SUPERMET 253MA C-20 247SUPERMET 308L B-30 114SUPERMET 309L B-50 171SUPERMET 309Mo B-51 178SUPERMET 316L B-32 127SUPERMET 318 B-34 140SUPERMIG 308LSi B-30 118SUPERMIG 309LSi B-50 175SUPERMIG 316LSi B-32 131SUPERMIG 347Si B-31 124SUPEROOT 308L B-30 120SUPEROOT 316L B-32 133TECHTRODE MT304H C-25 252THERMET 22H C-80 276THERMET 25.35.Nb C-45 266THERMET 309CF C-21 249THERMET 310H C-31 259THERMET 35.45.Nb C-60 271THERMET 800Nb C-40 261THERMET HP40Nb C-50 268THERMET HP50WCo C-70 274THERMET R17.38H C-41 264TUFMET 1Ni.B A-40 72TUFMET 1NiMo A-60 84TUFMET 2Ni.B A-41 76TUFMET 3Ni.B A-42 78TUFMET 3NiMo A-60 86ULTRAMET 2205 B-60 188ULTRAMET 2304 B-59 184ULTRAMET 2507 B-62 202ULTRAMET 308H C-10 226ULTRAMET 308L B-30 115ULTRAMET 308L(N) B-80 209ULTRAMET 308LCF B-37 147

INDEX

PRODUCT NAME DATASHEET PAGEULTRAMET 308LP B-30 117ULTRAMET 309L B-50 172ULTRAMET 309L(N) B-83 217ULTRAMET 309LP B-50 174ULTRAMET 309Nb B-53 182ULTRAMET 316H C-13 242ULTRAMET 316L B-32 128ULTRAMET 316L(N) B-81 213ULTRAMET 316LCF B-38 152ULTRAMET 316LP B-32 130ULTRAMET 316NF B-33 135ULTRAMET 317L B-35 143ULTRAMET 347 B-31 122ULTRAMET 347H C-11 231ULTRAMET 904L B-40 157ULTRAMET B308H C-10 227ULTRAMET B308L B-30 116ULTRAMET B308L(N) B-80 210ULTRAMET B308LCF B-37 148ULTRAMET B309L B-50 173ULTRAMET B309L(N) B-83 218ULTRAMET B310Mn C-30 256ULTRAMET B310MoLN B-46 168ULTRAMET B316H C-13 243ULTRAMET B316L B-32 129ULTRAMET B316L(N) B-81 214ULTRAMET B316LCF B-38 153ULTRAMET B316NF B-33 136ULTRAMET B347 B-31 123ULTRAMET B347H C-11 232ULTRAMET B904L B-40 158ULTRAMILD E-71 380VERTAMET 309Mo B-51 179WORKHARD 13Mn E-60 372ZERON® 100X B-61 197ZERON® 100XKS B-61 196Zeron® is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd


INDEX

www.metrode.com

INDE X 2 : CONSUM A BLES SPECIFIC ATIONS

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET PAGE

13 B-10 991.4009 B-10 991.4296 C-10 2251.4316 B-30 1131.4332 B-50 1701.4337 E-22 3481.4351 B-11 1031.4370 E-21 3441.4403 C-13 2401.4430 B-32 1261.4455 B-33 1341.4459 B-51 1771.4519 B-40 1561.4551 B-31 1211.4576 B-34 13913 4 B-11 10313.RMP B-10 9915.35.H.R C-41 26316.8.2 C-12 23517.8.2.AR C-12 23517.8.2.B C-12 23517.8.2.R C-13 24018 8 Mn E-21 34418.15.3.LMnB B-33 13418.15.3.LMnR B-33 13419 12 3 H C-13 24019 12 3 L B-32 12619 12 3 L Si B-32 12619 12 3 Nb B-34 13919 13 4 L B-35 14219 9 L Si B-30 11319 9 Nb B-31, C-11 121, 23019.12.3.L.AR B-32 12619.12.3.L.B B-32 12619.12.3.L.R B-32 12619.12.3.Nb.AR B-34 13919.12.3.R C-13 24019.13.4.L.R B-35 14219.9.3.R E-20 34119.9.B C-10 22519.9.H C-10 22519.9.L B-30 11319.9.L.AR B-30 11319.9.L.B B-30 11319.9.L.R B-30 11319.9.Nb.B B-31, C-11 121, 23019.9.Nb.R B-31, C-11 121, 230


19.9.R C-10 2251CrMoBH A-12 111CrMoLBH A-12 111NiBH A-40 712.0837 D-70 3212.0873 D-70 3212.1006 E-30 3512.1461 E-31 3522.4155 D-50, E-10 315, 3342.4156 D-50 3152.4366 D-60 3182.4377 D-60 3182.4607 D-31 3012.4609 D-31 3012.4615 D-80 3252.4621 D-20 2932.4625 D-11 2882.4627 D-40 3092.4628 D-40 3092.4653 B-42 1622.4655 B-42 1622.4805 D-12 2922.4806 D-10, D-11 282, 2882.4807 D-10 2822.4831 D-20 2932.4886 D-30 2982.4887 D-30 29820 16 3 Mn L B-33 13420 25 5 Cu L B-40 15620.25.5.LCuNb.B B-40 15620.25.5.LCuNb.R B-40 15620.34.2.CuNb.B B-41 16022 12 H C-21 24822 9 3 N L B-60 18623 12 2 L B-51 17723 12 L B-50 17023 12 L Si B-50 17023.12.2.AR B-51 17723.12.L.AR B-50 17023.12.L.B B-50 17023.12.L.R B-50 17023.12.Nb.R B-53 18223.12.R C-21 24825 20 C-30 25425 9 4 N L B-61 19525.20.B C-30 25425.20.H.B C-31 258

INDEX


INDE

X



25.20.R C-30 25425.21.2.LMn.B B-46 16725.35.H.Nb.B C-50 26729 9 E-22 34829.9.AR E-22 3482CrMoBH A-13 202CrMoLBH A-13 202MnMoBH A-50 792NiBH A-41 752NiMoBH A-60 83302S92 B-50 170302S93 B-50 170302S94 C-21 248302S95 B-51 177307S92 B-35 142307S94 E-21 344307S98 E-21 344308S92 B-30 113308S93 B-30 113308S96 C-10 225310S94 C-30 254312S94 E-22 348316S92 B-32 126316S93 B-32 126316S96 C-13 240318S96 B-34 139347S96 B-31, C-11 121, 230410S94 B-10 995CrMoBH A-15 33904S92 B-40 1569CrMoBH A-16 36A15 E-70 375A17 E-70 375A18 E-70 375A30 A-10 8A31 A-50 79A32 A-12 11A33 A-13 20A34 A-15 33A35 A-16 36B50A273 A-14 29BFB6 63353 DC8M F-20 385BFB7 6534 AC5 F-35 388C11 E-33 353C13 E-36 354C16 D-70 321C18 D-70 321


C20 E-37 355C26 E-37 355C7 E-30 351C9 E-31 352CrMo1Si A-12 11CrMo2Si A-13 20CrMo5Si A-15 33CrMo9Si A-16 36E 13 B 52 B-10 99E 16 8 2 B C-12 235E 16 8 2 R C-12 235E 19 12 2 R 32 C-13 240E 23 12 2 LB 42 B-51 177E 25 22 2 N L B B-46 167E 46 4 1Ni B 42 A-40 71E 46 6 2Ni B 42 A-41 75E C Ni-CI 1 E-10 334E C NiFe-CI 1 E-11 337E10018-D2 A-50 79E10-UM-60-G E-55 366E10-UM-65-G E-55 366E11018-M A-60 83E12016-G A-60 83E13 4 R 52 B-11 103E13 R 52 B-10 99E16-8-2-15 C-12 235E16-8-2-16 C-13 240E16-8-2-17 C-12 235E18 15 3 LB 42 B-33 134E18 15 3 LR 32 B-33 134E18 8 Mn R 32 E-21 344E18 9 MnMo R 52 E-21 344E19 12 3 LB 42 B-32 126E19 12 3 LR 11 B-32 126E19 12 3 LR 32 B-32, B-81 126, 212E19 12 3 Nb R 32 B-34 139E19 13 4 NL R 32 B-35 142E19 9 HB 42 C-10 225E19 9 HR 32 C-10 225E19 9 LB 42 B-30 113E19 9 LR 32 B-30, B-80 113, 208E19 9 Nb B 42 B-31, C-11 121, 230E19 9 Nb R 32 B-31, C-11 121, 230E1-UM-400-GP E-50 358E20 10 3 R 32 E-20 341E20 25 5 Cu N L B 62 B-40 156E20 25 5 Cu N L R 52 B-40 156

INDEX


INDEX

www.metrode.com



E20-UM-300-CKTZ E-66 374E20-UM-45-CTZ E-65 373E2101-16 B-59 183E22 12 R 32 C-21 248E22 9 3 N L B 42 B-60 186E22 9 3 N L R 32 B-60 186E2209-15 B-60 186E2209-16 B-60 186E2209-17 B-60 186E2209T0-1/4 B-60 186E2209T1-1/4 B-60 186E23 12 2 LR 11 B-51 177E23 12 2 LR 32 B-51 177E23 12 LB 42 B-50 170E23 12 LR 32 B-50 170E23 12 Nb R 32 B-53 182E25 20 B 42 C-30 254E25 20 H B 42 C-31 258E25 20 R 32 C-30 254E25 9 3 Cu N L R 52 B-63 205E25 9 4 N L B 42 B-61, B-62 195, 200E25 9 4 N L R 32 B-62 200E2553-16 B-63 205E2553T0-4 B-63 205E2553T1-4 B-63 205E2594-15 B-62 200E2594-16 B-62 200E2594T0-4 B-62 200E2594T1-4 B-61, B-62 195, 200E2595-15 B-61 195E29 9 R 32 E-22 348E302H-16 C-21 248E302L-15 B-50 170E302L-16 B-50 170E302L-17 B-50 170E302LMo-15 B-51 177E302LMo-17 B-51 177E302LMoT0-1/4 B-51 177E302LMoT1-1/4 B-51 177E302LT0-1/4 B-50 170E302LT1-1/4 B-50 170E302Nb-16 B-53 182E307-16 E-21 344E307-26 E-21 344E307L-16 B-35 142E307LT1-1/4 B-35 142E308H-15 C-10 225


E308H-16 C-10 225E308HT0-1/4 C-10 225E308HT1-1/4 C-10 225E308L-15 B-30, B-80 113, 208E308L-16 B-30, B-80 113, 208E308L-17 B-30 113E308LT0-1/4 B-30 113E308LT1-1/4 B-30 113E308LT1-1/4J B-37 146E308Mo-16 E-20 341E308MoT0-1/4 E-20 341E308MoT1-1/4 E-20 341E310-15 C-30 254E310-16 C-30 254E310H-15 C-31 258E312-17 E-22 348E316H-15 C-13 240E316H-16 C-13 240E316L-15 B-32 126E316L-15 B-32, B-81 126, 212E316L-16 B-32, B-81 126, 212E316L-17 B-32 126E316LMn-15 B-33 134E316LMn-16 B-33 134E316LT0-1/4 B-32 126E316LT1-1/4 B-32 126E316LT1-1/4J B-38 151E318-17 B-34 139E320LR-15 B-41 160E323H-16 C-41 263E347-15 B-31,C-11 121, 230E347-16 B-31,C-11 121, 230E347HT1-1/4 C-11 230E347T0-1/4 B-31 121E383-15 B-42 162E385-15 B-40 156E385-16 B-40 156E410-15 B-10 99E410-26 B-10 99E410NiMo-26 B-11 103E410NiMoT1-1/4 B-11 103E502-15 A-15 33E505-15 A-16 36E5518-N2 A U A-40 71E5518-N5 P U A-41 75E5518-NCC1 A A-70 89E6018 E-71 380

INDEX


INDE

X



E62 4 MnMoB A-50 79E7015-B2L A-12 11E7018-A1 A-10 8E71T-5 A-40 71E8015-B3L A-13 20E8015-B6 A-15 33E8015-B8 A-16 36E8018-B2 A-12 11E8018-C1 A-41 75E8018-C3 A-40 71E8018-W2 A-70 89E81T1-B2C/M A-12 11E9015-B9 A-17 40E9015-G H4 A-18, A-25 50, 68E9015-G(23) A-21 61E9015-G(92) A-20 56E9016-G A-60 83E9018-B3 A-13 20E9018-D1 A-50 79E9018-G A-23, A-61 64, 88E90C-B9 A-17 40E90C-G A-18 50E91T1-B3C/M A-13 20E91T1-B3LC/M A-13 20E91T1-B9C/M A-17 40E91T1-C1PZ-B91 A-17 40E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4 A-20 56E91T1-M21PZ-B91 A-17 40E91T1-M21PZ-B92 A-20 56EB2 A-12 11EB3 A-13 20EB8 A-16 36EB91 A-17 40EC2209 B-60 186ECo1 E-66 374ECo2 E-65 373ECoCr-A E-65 373ECoCr-E E-66 374ECrMo1 B 32 A-12 11ECrMo1L B 32 A-12 11ECrMo2 B 32 A-13 20ECrMo2L B 32 A-13 20ECrMo5 B 32 A-15 33ECrMo9 B 32 A-16 36ECrMo91 B 32 A-17 40ECrMoV1 B 32 A-14 29ECrMoWV12 B 32 A-19 53


ECuNi D-70 321EFe1 E-50 358EFe14 E-55 366EFe16 E-58 371EFe2 E-51 361EFe4 E-53 365EFe5-B E-53 365EFe9 E-60 372EFeMn-B E-60 372EG(92) A-20 56EL-NiCr15FeNb D-12 292EMo B 32 A-10 8ENi-1 D-50 315ENi1066 D-80 325ENi2 E-45 356ENi2061 D-50 315ENi4060 D-60 318ENi6022 D-32 304ENi6059 D-31 301ENi6062 D-12 292ENi6117 D-40 309ENi6133 D-11 288ENi6152 D-41 312ENi6182 D-10 282ENi6276 D-30 298ENi6625 D-20 293ENi-CI E-10 334ENiCr-4 C-90 277ENiCrCoMo-1 D-40 309ENiCrFe-1 D-12 292ENiCrFe-2 D-11 288ENiCrFe-3 D-10 282ENiCrFe-7 D-41 312ENiCrMo-10 D-32 304ENiCrMo-13 D-31 301ENiCrMo-3 D-20 293ENiCrMo3T1-4 D-20 293ENiCrMo-4 D-30 298ENiCrMo-5 E-45 356ENiCu-7 D-60 318ENiFe-CI E-11 337ENiMo-7 D-80 325ER100S-G A-60 83ER110S-G A-60 83ER16.8.2 C-12 235ER2209 B-60 186ER2594 B-61, B-62 195, 200

INDEX


INDEX

www.metrode.com



ER302 C-21 248ER302L B-50 170ER302LMo B-51 177ER302LSi B-50 170ER307 B-35 142ER307 E-21 344ER307L B-35 142ER308H C-10 225ER308L B-30, B-80 113, 208ER308LSi B-30 113ER310 C-30 254ER312 E-22 348ER316H C-13 240ER316L B-32, B-81 126, 212ER316LMn B-33 134ER316LSi B-32 126ER318 B-34 139ER320LR B-41 160ER347 B-31, C-11 121, 230ER385 B-40 156ER410 B-10 99ER410NiMo B-11 103ER502 A-15 33ER505 A-16 36ER630 B-12 108ER70S-2 E-70 375ER70S-3 E-70 375ER70S-6 E-70 375ER70S-A1 A-10 8ER80S-B2 A-12 11ER80S-B6 A-15 33ER80S-B8 A-16 36ER80S-D2 A-23, A-50 64,79ER80S-G A-12, A-70 11, 89ER80S-Ni1 A-40 71ER80S-Ni2 A-41 75ER90S-B3 A-13 20ER90S-B9 A-17 40ER90S-D2 A-23, A-50 64,79ER90S-G A-13 20ER90S-G(92) A-20 56ERCu E-30 351ERCuAl-A2 E-36 354ERCuNi D-70 321ERCuNiAl E-37 355ERCuSi-A E-31 352ERNi-1 D-50, E-10 315, 334


ERNiCr-3 D-10, D-11 282, 288ERNiCrCoMo-1 D-40 309ERNiCrFe-7 D-41 312ERNiCrMo-10 D-32 304ERNiCrMo-13 D-31 301ERNiCrMo-3 D-20 293ERNiCrMo-4 D-30 298ERNiCu-7 D-60 318ERNiFeCr-1 B-42 162ERNiMo-7 D-80 325F8 P0-EB2-B2 A-12 11G2Ni2 A-41 75G3Ni1 A-40 71G4Mo A-50 79MDS 12809/07 B-61 195MDS 12809/08 B-61 195Mn3Ni1CrMo A-60 83Mn3Ni1Cu A-70 89MnMoBH A-50 79MoBH A-10 8MoSi A-10 8N02061 D-50, E-10 315, 334N06082 D-10, D-11 282, 288N10276 D-30 298NA47 E-11 337R316LT1-5 B-32 126RCC-M B-80, B-81 B-83 208, 212, 216S A AB 1 67 AC F-11 383S A AF 2 F-20 385S A AF 2 64 AC F-22 386S A CS 2 F-30 387S A FB 1 55 AC H5 F-14 384S A FB 2 2 F-35 388S C NiFe-1 E-11 337S2860 B-80 208S2865 B-81 212S2910 B-80 208S2915 B-81 212S30280 C-21 248S31080 C-30 254S3Ni1Mo A-23 64SCrMo1 A-12 11SCrMo2 A-13 20SCrMo9 A-16 36SCrMo91 A-17 40SNi1066 D-80 325SNi2061 D-50, E-10 315, 334

INDEX


INDE

X


SNi4060 D-60 318SNi6022 D-32 304SNi6052 D-41 312SNi6059 D-31 301SNi6082 D-10, D-11 282, 288SNi6276 D-30 298SNi6617 D-40 309SNi6625 D-20 293SNi8065 B-42 162SS2209 B-60 186SS302L B-50 170SS307/SS307L B-35 142SS308L B-30, B-80 113, 208SS316L B-32, B-81 126, 212SS318 B-34 139SS347 B-31 121SS410 B-10 99T 13 4 P C/M 2 B-11 103T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3 B-33 134T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2 B-32, B-38 126, 151T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 B-32 126T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2 B-35 142T 19 9 L P C/M 2 B-30, B-37 113, 146T 19 9 L R C/M 3 B-30 113T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2 C-11 230T 19 9 Nb R C/M 3 B-31 121T 20 10 3 P C/M 2 E-20 341T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 E-20 341T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3 B-60 186T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2 B-60 186T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 B-60 186T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2 B-51 177T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 B-51 177T 23 12 L P C/M 2 B-50 170T 23 12 L R C/M 3 B-50 170T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2 B-63 205T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3 B-63 205T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2 B-62 200T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3 B-62 200T422PM1 E-70 375T424PM1 A-40 71T55T1-1C/M-1CM A-12 11T55T1-1C/M-5CM A-15 33T55T1-1C/M-9C1M A-16 36


T62T1-1C/M-2C1M A-13 20T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML A-13 20T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV A-17 40T69T15-0M-9C1MV A-17 40TFe1 E-50 358TFe15 E-55 366TFe2 E-51 361TS16-8-2-FM1 C-12 235TS2209-FB0 B-60 186TS2209-FB1 B-60 186TS2553-FB0 B-63 205TS2553-FB1 B-63 205TS2594-F M21 1 B-61 195TS302L-FB0 B-50 170TS302L-FB1 B-50 170TS302LMo-FB0 B-51 177TS302LMo-FB1 B-51 177TS307L-FB1 B-35 142TS308H-FB0 C-10 225TS308H-FB1 C-10 225TS308L-FB0 B-30 113TS308L-FB1 B-30, B-37 113, 146TS308Mo-FM0 E-20 341TS308Mo-FM1 E-20 341TS316L-FB0 B-32 126TS316L-FB1 B-32, B-38 126, 151TS316L-RI1 B-32 126TS347-FB0 B-31 121TS347-FB1 C-11 230TS410NiMo-FB1 B-11 103W 19 12 3 L B-81 212W 19 9 L B-80 208W2Ni2 A-41 75W2Si E-70 375W2Ti E-70 375W3Ni1 A-40 71W3Si1 E-70 375W72961 E-66 374WCrMo91 A-17 40WCrMoWV12Si A-19 53W73021 E-66 374WCrMo91 A-17 40WCrMoWV12Si A-19 53

INDEX



INDEX

www.metrode.com

INDE X 3 : M ATER I A LS TO BE W ELDED

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE304 B-30, B-80, C-10 113, 208, 225309 C-21 248310 C-30 254316 B-32, B-81, C-13 126, 212, 240321 B-31 121347 B-31 121410 B-10 99422 A-19 534130 A-50 794140 A-50 798630 A-50 79070M55 (En9) E-22 348080M40 (En8) E-22 3481.4003 B-50 1701.4006 B-10 991.4008 B-10 991.4301 B-30, B-80 113, 2081.4306 B-30, B-80 113, 2081.4308 B-30, B-80 113, 2081.4311 B-30, B-80 113, 2081.4313 B-11 1031.4335 B-45 1651.4362 B-59, B-60 183, 1861.4401 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4403 B-32 1261.4404 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4406 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4408 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4429 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4436 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4437 B-32, B-81 126, 2121.4438 B-35 1421.4439 B-40 1561.4440 B-40 1561.4462 B-60 1861.4465 B-46 1671.4466 B-46 1671.4500 B-40 1561.4505 B-40 1561.4506 B-40 1561.4515 B-63 2051.4517 B-63 2051.4529 D-32 3041.4536 B-40 1561.4539 B-40 1561.4547 B-47, D-20, D-31, D-32 169, 293, 301, 3041.4563 B-42 162

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE1.4565 D-32 3041.4571 B-34 1391.4573 B-34 1391.4575 D-32 3041.4579 B-34 1391.4580 B-34 1391.4581 B-34 1391.4583 B-34 1391.4585 B-40 1561.4652 D-32 3041.4818 C-20 2461.4828 C-20 2461.4829 C-21 2481.4832 C-21 2481.4835 C-20 2461.4840 C-30 2541.4841 C-30 2541.4842 C-30 2541.4845 C-30 2541.4846 C-31 2581.4848 C-31 2581.4850 C-40 2601.4852 C-50 2671.4853 C-50 2671.4857 C-50 2671.4858 B-42 1621.4859 C-40 2601.4865 C-41 2631.4876 C-40 2601.4903 A-17 401.4905 A-18 501.4906 A-18 501.4907 C-25 2511.4935 A-19 531.4941 C-11, C-12 230, 2351.4948 C-10, C-12 225, 2351.4961 C-11, C-12 230, 2351.5415 A-10 81.5419 A-10 81.5637 D-20, D-33 293, 3071.5662 D-20, D-33 293, 3071.5680 D-20, D-33 293, 3071.6368 A-23, A-61 64, 881.7220 A-50 791.7225 A-50 791.7706 A-14 291.8070 A-14 29

INDEX


INDE

X

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE1.8960 A-70 891.8961 A-70 891.8963 A-70 8910CrMo 9-10 A-13 2013% manganese steel E-21, E-60 344, 372153MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 24615CrMoV 5 11 A-14 2915Mo3 A-10 815NiCuMoNb5 A-23, A-61 64, 8815RE10 (Sandvik) C-30 25416Mo3 A-10 817-4PH (Armco) B-12 1082.0872 D-70 3212.0882 D-70 3212.0883 D-70 3212.4061 D-50 3152.4066 D-50 3152.4068 D-50 3152.4360 D-60 3182.4361 D-60 3182.4365 D-60 3182.4602 D-32 3042.4605 D-31 3012.4617 D-80 3252.4642 D-41 3122.4663 D-40 3092.4678 C-90 2772.4680 C-90 2772.4685 D-80 3252.4697 D-31, D-32 301, 3042.4811 D-31, D-32 301, 3042.4813 C-90 2772.4819 D-30 2982.4856 D-20 2932.4858 B-42 1622.4879 C-80 2752.4882 D-80 3252.4883 D-30 29820Cb B-41 16020Cb-3 (Carpenter) B-41 16021CrMoV5 11 A-14 292205 (Avesta Polarit) B-60 18622H (Duraloy) C-80 2752304 (Sandvik) B-60 1862507 (Avesta/Sandvik) B-61, B-62 195, 200253MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 246254SLX (Avesta Polarit) B-40 156

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE254SMO (Avesta Polarit) B-47, D-20, D-32 169, 293, 3042RE10 (Sandvik) B-45 1652RE69 B-46 1672RK65 (Sandvik) B-40 1562S143 (BS) B-12 108302C25 C-10 225304C12 B-30 113304C15 B-30, C-10 113, 225304H C-10, C-12 225, 235304L B-30, B-80 113, 208304LN B-30, B-80 113, 208304S11/15/16/31 B-30 113304S51 C-10, C-12 225, 235304S61 B-30 113309C30 C-21 248309H C-21 248309S C-21 248309S24 C-21 248310C40 (BS1504/3100) C-31 258310C45 C-30 254310MoLN B-46 167310S C-30 254310S24 C-30 254310S31 C-30 254316C12 B-32 126316C16/71 B-32, C-12, C-13 126, 235, 240316Cb B-34 139316H C-12, C-13 235, 240316L B-32, B-81 126, 212316LN B-32, B-81 126, 212316S11/13/16/31/33 B-32 126316S51 C-12, C-13 235, 240316S53 C-12, C-13 235, 240316S61 B-32 126316Ti B-34 139317/317L B-35 142317C12/16 B-35 142317S12/16 B-35 142318C17 B-34 139318S13 B-60 186320S31/33 B-34 139321H C-12 235321S31 B-31 121321S51 C-11, C-12 230, 235330C11 (BS3100) C-41 263331C40 (BS3100) C-41 263332C13 (BS3100) B-63 205

INDEX



INDEX

www.metrode.com

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGE347C17 B-31 121347H C-11, C-12 230, 235347S31 B-31 121347S51 C-11, C-12 230, 23534CrMo4 A-50 793-5% Ni steels D-10, D-11 282, 288364C11 (BS1504) B-40 1563CR12 (Cromweld) B-50, C-21 170, 2483S144 (BS) B-12 1083S145 (BS) B-12 108403/405/409 B-50 170410C21 B-10 99410S21 B-10 99425C11 (BS3100) B-11 10342CrMo4 A-50 7955EE (BS4360) A-40 7155F (BS4360) A-60 83630 (ASTM) B-12 108654SMO (Avesta Polarit) D-31, D-32 301, 304709M40 (En19) E-20, E-22, A-50 341, 348, 79762 (BS3604) A-19 53817M40 (En24) E-20 341826M40 (En26) E-20 341897M39 (En40C) E-20 3419% Ni steels D-20, D-33 293, 307904L (Uddelholm) B-40 156904S13 B-40 15691 (ASTM A387) A-17 40911 (ASTM A387) A-18 50A126 E-10 334A159 E-10 334A202 grade E D-20, D-33 293, 307A204 A, B, C A-10 8A216 (WCA, WCB, WCC) E-70 375A220 E-11 337A297 HP40Cb C-50 267A302 C, D A-61 88A319 E-10 334A333 grade 3 D-33 307A333 grade 6 A-40, A-41 71, 75A338 E-11 337A351 grade CN-7M B-41 160A351 grade CT15C C-40 260A352 LC4 (cast) D-20, D-33 293, 307A353/A353M D-20, D-33 293, 307A356 Gr 9 A-14 29A387 Gr 11 & 12 A-12 11

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGEA387 Gr 21 & 22 A-13 20A387 Gr 5 A-15 33A387 Gr 9 A-16 36A387 Gr 911 A-18 50A389 C24 A-14 29A47 E-11 337A48 E-10 334A487 2A, B, C A-50 79A508 1, 1A, 2, 3 A-61 88A533 A-D A-61 88A553/A553M Type I D-20, D-33 293, 307A553/A553M Type II D-20, D-33 293, 307A588 A, B, C, K A-70 89A602 E-11 337A645 D-20, D-33 293, 307A744 grade CN-7M B-41 160A890 grade 1A, 2A B-63 205A890 grade 4A B-60 186A890 grade 5A B-61, B-62 195, 200A890 grade 6A B-61, B-62 195, 200AB1 (BS1400) E-36 354AB2 (BS1400) E-37 355AISI See Each GradeAL-6X/N D-20, D-31, D-32 293, 301, 304Alloy 20 B-41, B-42 160, 162Alloy 59 D-31 301Aluminium bronze E-36 354API 5A L80 A-60 83Armco iron E-72 381Armour steel E-20, E-21 341, 344Armox 816 E-20 341ASTM See Each GradeB1 (BS3100) A-10 8B2 (BS3100) A-12 11B3 (BS3100) A-13 20B5 (BS3100) A-15 33B50A224 A-14 29B6 (BS3100) A-16 36B7 (BS3100) A-13 20Brass E-33, E-36 353, 354Brightray (Inco) D-11 288Bronze E-33 353BS1452 E-10 334BS1501 224 grade 490B A-41 75BS1501 grade 271, 281 A-61 88BS1501 grade 510/510N D-20, D-33 293, 307BS1501 grade 620/621 A-12 11

INDEX



INDE

X

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGEBS1501 grade 622 A-13 20BS1501 grade 625 A-15 33BS1502 grade 509-690 D-20, D-33 293, 307BS1503 grade 509-690 D-20, D-33 293, 307BS1503 grade 620/621 A-12 11BS1503 grade 622 A-13 20BS1503 grade 625 A-15 33BS1503 grade 660 A-13 20BS1503 grade 91 A-17 40BS1504 grade 245 A-10 8BS1504 grade 332C11 B-41 160BS1504 grade 620 A-12 11BS1504 grade 622 A-13 20BS1504 grade 625 A-15 33BS1504 grade 629 A-16 36BS1504 grade 660 A-13 20BS2789 E-11 337BS2858 E-72 381BS3059 grade 243 A-10 8BS3059 grade 620 A-12 11BS3059 grade 622 A-13 20BS3146 ANC15 D-80 325BS3146 ANC20 B-12 108BS3604 grade 620/621 A-12 11BS3604 grade 622 A-13 20BS3604 grade 625 A-15 33BS3604 grade 629 A-16 36BS3604 grade 660 A-13 20BS3604 grade 762 A-19 53BS3604 grade CFS 591 A-23, A-61 64, 88BS3604 grade HFS 591 A-23, A-61 64, 88BS3606 grade 243, 245, 261 A-10 8BS4534 grade 8, 9 C-41 263BS6681 E-11 337BS970 See Each GradeBuild-up E-21 344C10200 E-30 351C103 E-30 351C12A (ASTM A217) A-17 40C5 (ASTM A217) A-15 33C50100-C52400 E-33 353C61400 E-36 354C70600 D-70 321C71500 D-70 321C96200 D-70 321C96400 D-70 321CA101-103 E-36 354

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGECA104-105 E-37 355CA15 (ASTM A487) B-10 99CA15M (ASTM A487) B-10 99CA6NM B-11 103Cast iron E-10, E-11 334, 337CB2 A-25 68CB-7Cu-1 (ASTM A747) B-12 108CB-7Cu-2 (ASTM A747) B-12 108CD4MCu (A351, A744) B-63 205Centralloy 4852/4852 Micro C-50 267Centralloy 4859 C-40 260Centralloy 4879 C-80 275Centralloy ET35Co C-70 273Centralloy ET45 Micro C-60 270Centralloy H101 C-45 265CF10 C-10 225CF10M C-12, C-13 235, 240CF10MC B-34 139CF3 B-30, B-80 113, 208CF3M B-32, B-81 126, 212CF8 B-30, B-80, C-10 113, 208, 225CF8C B-31 121CF8M B-32, B-81 126, 212CG8M B-35 142CH8, 10, 20 (ASTM A351) C-21 248CK20 C-30 254CN102/106/107/108 D-70 321Compass B555 E-20 341Copper E-30, E-31 351, 352Corten A/B (Corus, USS) A-70 89Cronifer 1925LC (VDM) B-40 156Cronifer 2205LCN (VDM) B-60 186Cronifer 2521LC (VDM) B-45 165Cronifer 2525LCN (VDM) B-46 167Cronite HR33 C-50 267Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 C-41 263Cronite HR6 C-31 258CT15C (ASTM A351) C-40 260Cunifer 10/30 (VDM) D-70 321Custom 450 B-12 108Custom 630 B-12 108CW-12M (ASTM A743/A744) D-30 298CW-12MW (ASTM A494) D-30 298CW-6MC (ASTM A494) D-20 293Dissimilar B-50, B-51, E-21, E-22 170, 177, 344, 348DP3W (Sumitomo) B-61 195Ductile irons E-11 337

INDEX



INDEX

www.metrode.com

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGEEn19 (709M40) A-50, E-20, E-22 79, 341, 348En24 (817M40) E-20 341En26 (826M40) E-20 341En40C (897M39) E-20 341En56A (410S21) B-10 99En8 (080M40) E-22 348En9 (080M50) E-22 348F1 (ASTM A336) A-10 8F11 (ASTM A182) A-12 11F12 (ASTM A182) A-12 11F22 (ASTM A182) A-13 20F36 (ASTM A182) A-23 64F5 (ASTM A336) A-15 33F51 (ASTM A182) B-60 186F53 (ASTM A182) B-62 200F6NM B-11 103F9 (ASTM A336) A-16 36F91 (ASTM A182) A-17 40F911 (ASTM A182, A336) A-18 50F92 (ASTM A182) A-20 56FB2 A-25 68Ferralium 255/SD40 (Meighs) B-63 205Ferrinox 255 B-63 205FP911 (ASTM A369) A-18 50FV520B (Firth Vickers) B-12 108G-NiCr28W C-80 275Grey cast iron E-10, E-11 334, 337GS-17CrMoV5 11 A-14 29GS-18CrMo 9 10 A-13 20GS-22Mo4 A-10 8GS-25CrMo4 A-12 11Gunmetal E-33 353G-X10Cr13 B-10 99G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 A-18 50GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1 A-25 68G-X22CrMoV 12 1 A-19 53G-X25CrNiSi20 14 C-21 248G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28 C-80 275G-X5CrNi13 4 B-11 103G-X8CrNi13 B-10 99Hadfield steel E-21, E-60 344, 372Hardfacing E-50, E-51, E-55 358, 361, 366Hastelloy™ B-2(Haynes) D-80 325Hastelloy™ C-2000™ (Haynes) D-31 301Hastelloy™ C-22 (Haynes) D-31 301Hastelloy™ C-22 (Haynes) D-32 304Hastelloy™ C-276 (Haynes) D-30 298

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGEHastelloy™ C-276 (Haynes) D-30 298High speed steel E-53 365HK40 (ASTM A351/A608) C-31 258HP, HP40, HP40Cb (A297) C-50 267HP10Cb (ASTM A297) C-45 265HR17 (Cronite) C-41 263HR31 (Cronite) C-41 263HR33 (Cronite) C-50 267HR3C D-40 309HR5 (Cronite) C-41 263HR6 (Cronite) C-31 258HT (ASTM A297) C-41 263HT 30 (ASTM A351) C-41 263HU (ASTM A297) C-41 263HY100 A-60 83HY80 A-60 83Hystal 77 (Corus) A-60 83Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers) C-30 254IN-657 (Special Metals) C-90 277IN-671 (Special Metals) C-90 277Incoloy™ 800 (Special Metals) C-40, D-11, D-40 260, 288, 309

Incoloy™ 800H (Special Metals) C-40, D-20 260, 293Incoloy™ 800HT (Special Metals) C-40, D-40 260, 309Incoloy™ 825 (Special Metals) B-42, D-20 162, 293Incoloy™ DS (Special Metals) C-41, D-11 263, 288Inconel™ 600 (Special Metals) D-10, D-11, D-12 282, 288, 292Inconel™ 601 (Special Metals) D-20, D-40 293, 309Inconel™ 617 (Special Metals) D-40 309Inconel™ 622 (Special Metals) D-32 304Inconel™ 625 (Special Metals) D-20 293Inconel™ 686 (Special Metals) D-31 301Inconel™ 690 (Special Metals) D-41 312J92205 B-60 186J93370 B-63 205J93380 B-61 195J93404 B-61, B-62 195, 200K41583 D-20, D-33 293, 307K71340 D-20, D-33, D-80 293, 307, 325K81340 D-20, D-33, D-80 293, 307, 325Langalloy 20V (Meighs) B-41 160LC1 (ASTM A352) A-10 8LC2 (ASTM A352) A-41 75LDX 2101 (Avesta) B-59 183LF1/LF2 (ASTM A350) A-41 75LG3 E-33 353LG4 E-33 353Lloyds T47 (LBA) C-31 258

INDEX



INDE

X

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGELloyds T50 (LBA) C-41 263Lloyds T57 (LBA) C-45 265Lloyds T63 (LBA) C-50 267Lloyds T64 (LBA) C-50 267Lloyds T66 (LBA) C-70 273Lloyds T75(LBA) C-80 275Lloyds T75MA(LBA) C-60 270Lloyds T80 (LBA) C-60 270LPB1 E-33 353LT50 A-41 75Manaurite 35K (Manoir) C-70 273Manaurite 36X/36XM (Manoir) C-50 267Manaurite 50W (Manoir) C-80 275Manaurite 900 (Manoir) C-40 260Manaurite XT/XTM C-60 270Mild steel E-70 375Monel™ 400 (Inco) D-60 318Monel™ K500 (Inco) D-60 318MORE 10/10A (Duraloy) C-50 267MORE 21 (Duraloy) C-40 260MORE 6 (Duraloy) C-70 273MVEE 816 (MoD) E-20 341N02200 D-50 315N02201 D-50 315N04400 D-60 318N04405 D-60 318N05500 D-60 318N06022 D-32 304N06059 D-31 301N06601 D-20, D-40 293, 309N06617 D-40 309N06625 D-20 293N06690 D-41 312N08028 B-42 162N08367 D-32 304N08800 C-40 260N08810 C-40 260N08811 C-40 260N08825 B-42 162N08904 B-40 156N08925 D-32 304N08926 D-32 304N10001 D-80 325N10276 D-30 298N10665 D-80 325N-12M (A743/A744) D-80 325N-7M (A494) D-80 325

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGENA1 D-60 318NA11 D-50 315NA12 D-50 315NA13 D-60 318NA14 D-12 292NA15 C-40 260NA15H D-40 309NA16 (BS1501/3072) B-42 162NA21 D-20 293Naxtra 70 A-60 83Nickel 200/201 (Inco) D-50 315Nicrofer™ 3127LC (VDM) B-42 162Nicrofer™ 3220 (VDM) C-40 260Nicrofer™ 4221 (VDM) B-42 162Nicrofer™ 5520Co (VDM) D-40 309Nicrofer™ 5716hMoW (VDM) D-30 298Nicrofer™ 5923hMo (VDM) D-31 301Nicrofer™ 6020hMo (VDM) D-20 293Nicrofer™ 6022hMo (VDM) D-20 293Nil ferrite 316 B-33 134Nilo™ (Inco) D-11 288Nimofer 6928 (VDM) D-80 325Nimonic™ 75 (Inco) D-10 282Nirosta 4003 (Krupp) B-50 170Nitronic 19D B-59 183Nitronic 50 B-33 134NO6600 D-10, D-12 282, 292Non-magnetic 316 B-33 134P1 (ASTM A335) A-10 8P11 (ASTM A335) A-12 11P12 (ASTM A335) A-12 11P22 (ASTM A335) A-13 20P23 (ASTM A335) A-21 61P36 (ASTM A335) A-23 64P5 (ASTM A335) A-15 33P9 (ASTM A335) A-16 36P91 (ASTM A335) A-17 40P911 (ASTM A335) A-18 50P92 (ASTM A335) A-20 56Paralloy CR32W C-40 260Paralloy CR39W C-45 265Paralloy H20 C-31 258Paralloy H33/35/38/40 C-41 263Paralloy H39/H39W C-50 267Paralloy H46M C-60 270Paralloy H48T C-80 275Paralloy N50W C-90 277

INDEX



INDEX

www.metrode.com

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGEParamount P20 (Lake & Elliot) B-41 160Phosphor bronze E-33 353Pyrotherm G25/35Nb C-50 267Pyrotherm G28/48/5W C-80 275Pyrotherm NbTZ C-50 267Q1(N) A-60 83Q2(N) A-60 83R30006 E-65 373R30021 E-66 374RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys) C-41 263Rail steel A-80 92RQT601 (Corus) A-60 83RQT701 (Corus) A-60 83S20910 B-33 134S30400 B-30, B-80 113, 208S30403 B-30, B-80 113, 208S30409 C-10, C-12 225, 235S30415 C-20 246S30432 C-25 251S30453 B-30, B-80 113, 208S30815 C-20 246S30900 C-21 248S30908 C-21 248S30909 C-21 248S31000 C-30 254S31008 C-30 254S31050 B-46 167S31254 B-47, D-20, D-31, D-32 169, 293, 301, 304S31266 D-32 304S31600 B-32, B-81 126, 212S31603 B-32, B-81 126, 212S31609 C-12, C-13 235, 240S31635 B-34 139S31640 B-34 139S31653 B-32, B-81 126, 212S31700 B-35 142S31703 B-35 142S31803 B-60 186S32001 B-59 183S32101 B-59 183S32109 C-11, C-12 230, 235S32205 B-60 186S32304 B-59, B-60 183, 186S32550 B-61, B-63 195, 205S32654 D-32 304S32750 B-61, B-62 195, 200S32760 B-61, B-62 195, 200

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGES32950 B-61 195S34565 D-31, D-32 301, 304S34709 C-11, C-12 230, 235S39274 B-61 195S41000 B-10 99S41500 B-11 103S45000 B-12 108SAE See Each GradeSAF 2205 (Sandvik) B-60 186SAF 2304 (Sandvik) B-59, B-60 183, 186SAF 2507 (Sandvik) B-61, B-62 195, 200Sanicro 28 (Sandvik) B-42 162Sanicro 31 (Sandvik) C-40 260SG irons E-10, E-11 334, 337Sirius 3 (Industeel) C-30 254Stellite 21 (Deloro) E-66 374Stellite 6 (Deloro) E-65 373Super 304H C-25, D-40 251, 309Supertherm (Duraloy) C-70 273T1 (ASTM A209, A250) A-10 8T11 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-12 11T12 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-12 11T22 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-13 20T23 (ASTM A213) A-21 61T36 (ASTM A213) A-23 64T5 (ASTM A199, A213) A-15 33T9 (ASTM A199, A200, A213) A-16 36T91 (ASTM ASTM A213) A-17 40T911 (ASTM ASTM A213) A-18 50T92 (ASTM A213) A-20 56Thermalloy T47 (Lloyds) C-31 258Thermalloy T50 (Lloyds) C-41 263Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) C-40 260Thermalloy T57 (Lloyds) C-45 265Thermalloy T58 (Lloyds) C-41 263Thermalloy T63/T64 (Lloyds) C-50 267Thermalloy T75 (Lloyds) C-80 275Tin bronze E-33 353Toolsteel E-53 365UNS See Each GradeUranus 25 22 2 (Industeel) B-46 167Uranus 35N (Industeel) B-59, B-60 183, 186Uranus 45N (Industeel) B-60 186Uranus 47N (Industeel) B-62 200Uranus 52N+ (Industeel) B-61 195Uranus 55/50M (Industeel) B-63 205Uranus 65 (Industeel) B-45 165

INDEX



INDE

X

BASE MATERIAL DATASHEET PAGEUranus B6, B6M (Industeel) B-40 156Uranus™ B66 (Industeel) D-31, D-32 301, 304WB36 A-23 64WC1 (ASTM A217) A-10 8WC11(ASTM A217) A-12 11WC6 (ASTM A217) A-12 11WC9 (ASTM A217) A-13 20Weathering steel A-70 89Werkstoff No. See Each GradeWP911 (ASTM A234) A-18 50WR50A/C (BS4360) A-70 89X10Cr13 B-10 99X10CrMoVNb9 1 A-17 40X10CrWMoVNb9-2 A-20 56X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 A-18 50X12CrMo 9 1 A-16 36X12CrNi22 12 C-21 248X1CrNi25 21 B-45 165X20CrMoV12 1 A-19 53X2CrNiN23L B-59 183XM-19 B-33 134XM-25 B-12 108Z1 CN 25 20 B-45 165Z2 CN 25 20 M B-45 165Z6 CND 1304-M B-11 103Zeron® 100 (RA) B-61 195Zeron® 100 (RA) B-61 195

Hastelloy and C-2000 are trademarks of Haynes International, Inc.Inconel, Incoloy, Monel, Nimonic and Nilo are trademarks of Special Metals. Nicrofer is a trademark of VDM. Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd.

INDEX



INDEX

www.metrode.com


INDE

X

www.metrode.com

rev 13 – March 2016 (R) © Metrode Products Limited. All Rights Reserved

Metrode Products LimitedHanworth Lane, ChertseySurrey, KT16 9LLUnited Kingdom

tel: +44(0)1932 566721fax: +44(0)1932 565168e-mail: [email protected]

www.metrode.com

technical handbook - lincoln electricnovember 2006, metrode joined the lincoln electric company as a...

Documents